WO2014023106A1 - 信令发送方法及相关设备 - Google Patents

信令发送方法及相关设备 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014023106A1
WO2014023106A1 PCT/CN2013/073760 CN2013073760W WO2014023106A1 WO 2014023106 A1 WO2014023106 A1 WO 2014023106A1 CN 2013073760 W CN2013073760 W CN 2013073760W WO 2014023106 A1 WO2014023106 A1 WO 2014023106A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
timer
user equipment
base station
power overhead
preference
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2013/073760
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
权威
张戬
姜怡
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to AU2013302146A priority Critical patent/AU2013302146B2/en
Priority to KR1020167026276A priority patent/KR20160114197A/ko
Priority to KR1020177023529A priority patent/KR20170100061A/ko
Priority to KR1020157005728A priority patent/KR20150039841A/ko
Priority to CN201380002697.XA priority patent/CN103959864B/zh
Priority to BR112015002702-4A priority patent/BR112015002702B1/pt
Priority to JP2015525707A priority patent/JP6465466B2/ja
Priority to EP13827361.0A priority patent/EP2874444B1/en
Publication of WO2014023106A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014023106A1/zh
Priority to US14/616,346 priority patent/US9681376B2/en
Priority to US15/598,151 priority patent/US10117177B2/en

Links

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
    • H04W52/0209—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices
    • H04W52/0212—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices managed by the network, e.g. network or access point is master and terminal is slave
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
    • H04W52/0209—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
    • H04W52/0209—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices
    • H04W52/0212—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices managed by the network, e.g. network or access point is master and terminal is slave
    • H04W52/0216—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices managed by the network, e.g. network or access point is master and terminal is slave using a pre-established activity schedule, e.g. traffic indication frame
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
    • H04W52/0209—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices
    • H04W52/0251—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices using monitoring of local events, e.g. events related to user activity
    • H04W52/0254—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices using monitoring of local events, e.g. events related to user activity detecting a user operation or a tactile contact or a motion of the device
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/21—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the uplink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards the network
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/20—Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/27—Transitions between radio resource control [RRC] states
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W88/00—Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
    • H04W88/02—Terminal devices
    • H04W88/06—Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks or having at least two operational modes, e.g. multi-mode terminals
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02D—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a signaling sending method and related devices. Background technique
  • UE User Equipment
  • the user equipment may send an indication of the power preference of the UE to the eNB (evolved Node B). For example, when the screen of the UE is turned off, the UE hopes to work in a more power-saving state, so that the eNB can be requested to obtain a more power-saving configuration; and when the UE wishes to restore the default state, the QoS (Quality of Service) can be guaranteed.
  • the UE may request the eNB to return to its default state to obtain configuration parameters that guarantee QoS requirements.
  • the indication of the power overhead preference can also be defined as an indication of the request power overhead "high/low".
  • the UE may request to reduce the configuration of the power overhead, that is, send an indication that the value is "low” to the eNB; conversely, if the UE wishes to obtain more
  • the UE may send an indication to the eNB that the value is "high”.
  • the "high” or “low” is a relative concept, that is, the UE can continuously request "high” or continuous request "low”.
  • the prior art proposes some restriction mechanisms, one of which is a timer-based restriction mechanism, the mechanism includes: After the UE sends a power overhead preference indication (request power overhead is high)
  • the request can be optimized for the power (that is, the length of the DRX cycle is extended, and the power consumption is reduced), and the request for performance improvement can be shortened (ie, the DRX cycle length is shortened, and the power consumption is sacrificed in exchange for performance improvement. Power overhead). It can be seen from the two requests that the urgency of the UE request performance improvement is higher than the request power optimization. Otherwise, if the performance improvement request cannot be quickly satisfied, the user experience may be degraded.
  • the present invention provides a signaling sending method and related device, which separately treats a preference indication for reducing power consumption and a preference indication for increasing power consumption, thereby improving user experience.
  • a first aspect of the present invention provides a method for acquiring network information, which may include:
  • the base station When the preference of the user equipment for the power consumption is changed to increase the power consumption, the base station sends a preference indication for increasing the power overhead, or determines whether the second timer for limiting the transmission of the preference indication for increasing the power overhead times out, if If the determination result is yes, a preference indication for increasing power consumption is sent to the base station.
  • the user equipment includes a default state And the two states of the peak low power consumption state, when the preference of the user equipment for the power consumption is changed to the power consumption reduction, the first judgment of determining whether the user equipment is in the default state is performed, and if the judgment result of the first judgment is yes, And performing a second determination to determine whether the first timer for transmitting the preference indication for reducing the power consumption is timed out, and if the determination result of the second determination is yes, sending a preference indication for reducing the power consumption to the base station;
  • the method for determining, by the user equipment, the state in which the user equipment is located includes:
  • the user equipment determines the state of the user according to the specified parameter length. When the parameter length meets the length required by the default state, the user equipment is determined to be in a default state; when the parameter length meets the reduced power overhead. If the state needs to be satisfied, the user equipment is determined to be in a reduced power consumption state;
  • the determining method of the user equipment determining the state in which the user equipment is located includes:
  • the user equipment is in a default state; when the user equipment is using When the DRX parameter is received by the discontinuity corresponding to the low power consumption state, it is determined that the user equipment is in a reduced power consumption state.
  • the first possible implementation manner of the first aspect when determining that the first timer does not time out
  • the protocol layer in the user equipment for transmitting the preference indication of reducing the power consumption is notified that the preference of the protocol layer for reducing the power consumption of the user equipment is changed, or the transmission of the preference indication for reducing the power overhead is limited; or
  • the user equipment When it is determined that the first timer does not time out, the user equipment does not perform any operation.
  • the first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the fourth possible implementation manner, when determining that the second timer does not time out The protocol layer in the user equipment for transmitting the preference indication for increasing the power consumption is notified that the preference of the protocol layer that increases the power consumption of the user equipment is changed, or the transmission of the preference indication of increasing the power overhead is limited; or
  • the user equipment When it is determined that the second timer does not time out, the user equipment does not perform any operation.
  • the method further includes:
  • the user equipment When the user equipment includes a first timer, starting the first timer;
  • the first timer and/or the second timer are started when the user equipment includes a first timer and a second timer.
  • a sixth possible implementation When the first timer in the user equipment does not time out, the radio resource parameter configuration result sent by the base station is received, and the user equipment's preference for power consumption is changed again to reduce power consumption, the user equipment cannot Sending a preference indication of reducing power consumption to the base station until the first timer expires;
  • the user The device may not send a preference indication of increasing power overhead to the base station until the second timer expires.
  • a seventh possible implementation manner when the first timer in the user equipment has timed out, but the radio resource sent by the base station is not received, the user equipment cannot send a preference indication for reducing the power consumption to the base station until the radio resource parameter configuration sent by the base station is received.
  • the user equipment cannot send a preference indication for increasing power consumption to the base station until the radio resource parameter configuration result sent by the base station is received.
  • the method further includes:
  • the method further includes:
  • the user equipment When the user equipment includes a first timer, starting the first timer;
  • the first timer and/or the second timer are started when the user equipment includes a first timer and a second timer.
  • the user equipment When the base station determines that the radio resource parameter configuration cannot be updated for the user equipment, the user equipment does not receive the response message of the base station's preference indication for the reduced power consumption or the preference indication of the increased power consumption.
  • the radio resource parameter configured by the base station receives, by the user equipment, the radio resource parameter configured by the base station, according to the received preference indication of the reduced power consumption or the preference indication of the increased power consumption, to the user equipment, where: the user equipment receives the base station Discontinuously receiving DRX parameters and physical layer parameters configured for the user equipment by a radio resource management procedure.
  • the user equipment when the user equipment includes two states: a default state and a reduced power consumption state, the user equipment receives the The discontinuous reception DRX parameters and physical layer parameters configured by the base station for the user equipment by using a radio resource management process include:
  • the user equipment When the user equipment receives the RRC connection reconfiguration of the radio resource management, the user equipment configures two sets of discontinuous reception DRX parameters for the user equipment, and indicates that the user equipment uses a reduced power overhead when performing radio resource management connection. Information indicating the corresponding DRX parameter; and receiving the base station The physical layer parameters corresponding to the DRX parameters corresponding to the reduced power consumption are used according to the two sets of non-continuous receiving DRX parameters, the two physical layer parameters configured for the user equipment, and the user equipment indicating that the radio resource management connection is reconfigured. Instructions.
  • the user equipment when the user equipment includes two states, a default state and a reduced power consumption state, the user equipment receives the The discontinuous reception DRX parameters and physical layer parameters configured by the base station for the user equipment by using a radio resource management process include:
  • the user equipment When the user equipment receives the RRC connection reconfiguration of the radio resource management, the user equipment configures two sets of discontinuous reception DRX parameters for the user equipment, and indicates that the user equipment uses increased power overhead when performing radio resource management connection. And the indication information of the corresponding DRX parameter; and receiving, by the base station, the two sets of physical layer parameters configured for the user equipment according to the two sets of discontinuous reception DRX parameters, and indicating that the user equipment is performing reconfiguration of the radio resource management connection, The indication information of the physical layer parameter corresponding to the DRX parameter corresponding to the power consumption is used.
  • the length of the first timer is greater than or equal to the length of the second timer.
  • the length of the first timer, the second The length of the timer and the length of the third timer are preset in the user equipment;
  • the length of the first timer, the length of the second timer, and the length of the third timer are specified by the base station in a radio resource management connection establishment process or a radio resource management connection reconfiguration process.
  • the user equipment is specified by the base station in a radio resource management connection establishment process or a radio resource management connection reconfiguration process.
  • the sixteenth possible implementation manner before the preference of the user equipment for power consumption is changed to be required to reduce power consumption, also includes:
  • the user equipment acquires a fourth timer
  • Determining the power consumption of the user equipment when the fourth timer of the user equipment expires or the time when the user equipment predicts that the user equipment is in the idle state is greater than or equal to the length of the fourth timer of the user equipment. The preference shifts to the need to reduce power overhead;
  • the method further includes: acquiring, by the user equipment, a fifth timer;
  • Determining the power consumption of the user equipment when the fifth timer of the user equipment expires or the time when the user equipment is expected to be in the idle state is less than or equal to the length of the fifth timer of the user equipment. The preference shifts to the need to increase power overhead.
  • the acquiring, by the user equipment, the fourth timer includes:
  • the fourth timer according to the sixth timer; or obtaining the fourth timer from the base station, where the sixth timer is a timer set in the base station;
  • the acquiring, by the user equipment, the fifth timer includes:
  • the fifth timer according to the seventh timer; or obtaining the fifth timer from the base station, where the seventh timer is a timer set in the base station.
  • the length of the fourth timer is less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer, before the user equipment sets the fourth timer according to the sixth timer, the method further includes:
  • the length of the fifth timer is less than or equal to the length of the seventh timer, and the user setting Before setting the fifth timer according to the seventh timer, the method further includes:
  • the fourth timer when the fourth timer is obtained from the base station, the fourth timer carries Any one of a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover message sent by the base station;
  • the fifth timer When the fifth timer is obtained from the base station, the fifth timer carries any one of a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover message sent by the base station.
  • a radio resource control protocol message When the fifth timer is obtained from the base station, the fifth timer carries any one of a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover message sent by the base station.
  • the sixth timer When the sixth timer is obtained from the base station, the sixth timer carries any one of a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover message sent by the base station.
  • the seventh timer When the seventh timer is obtained from the base station, the seventh timer carries any one of a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover message sent by the base station. in.
  • a second aspect of the present invention provides a method of determining a power consumption preference, which may include:
  • the user equipment acquires at least one of a fourth timer and a fifth timer
  • Determining the power consumption of the user equipment when the fourth timer of the user equipment expires or the time when the user equipment is expected to be in the idle state of the user equipment is greater than or equal to the length of the fourth timer of the user equipment.
  • the preference shifts to the need to reduce power overhead
  • Determining the user when the fifth timer of the user equipment expires or the user equipment predicts that the user equipment is in an idle state for less than or equal to a length of the fifth timer of the user equipment The device's preference for power overhead translates to the need to increase power overhead.
  • the acquiring, by the user equipment, the fourth timer includes:
  • the fourth timer according to the sixth timer; or obtaining the fourth timer from the base station, where the sixth timer is a timer set in the base station;
  • the acquiring, by the user equipment, the fifth timer includes:
  • the fifth timer according to the seventh timer; or obtaining the fifth timer from the base station, where the seventh timer is a timer set in the base station.
  • the length of the fourth timer is less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer, and the user equipment is configured according to the sixth Before the timer is set to the fourth timer, the method further includes:
  • the length of the fifth timer is less than or equal to the length of the seventh timer.
  • the method further includes:
  • the fourth timer when the fourth timer is obtained from the base station, the fourth timer is carried by the base station a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, or a cell handover message;
  • the fifth timer is carried in a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover message sent by the base station. Any one;
  • the sixth timer When the sixth timer is obtained from the base station, the sixth timer carries any one of a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover message sent by the base station.
  • the seventh timer When the seventh timer is obtained from the base station, the seventh timer carries any one of a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover message sent by the base station. in.
  • a third aspect of the present invention provides a user equipment, where the user equipment includes at least one of a second control module and a third control module, including the indication sending module and the first control module: the indication sending module, And sending, to the base station, a power consumption preference indication, where the power consumption indication includes a preference indication for reducing power consumption or a preference indication for increasing power consumption;
  • the first control module is configured to determine, when the user equipment's preference for the power consumption is changed to reduce the power consumption, whether the first timer for limiting the transmission of the preference indication for reducing the power consumption times out, if the determination result is yes Notifying the indication sending module to send a preference indication for reducing power consumption to the base station;
  • the second control module is configured to notify the indication sending module to send a preference indication for increasing power consumption to the base station when the preference of the user equipment for power consumption is changed to increase the power consumption; or, the third control a module, configured to determine, when the user equipment's preference for power consumption is changed to increase power consumption, whether a second timer for limiting the transmission of the preference indication for increasing the power consumption is timed out, and if the determination result is yes, notifying the indication
  • the sending module sends a preference indication of increasing power overhead to the base station.
  • the acquiring module is specifically configured to send an external network information query request to the second network device by using a data interface established with the second network device, And receiving query result information returned by the second network device according to the query request.
  • the user equipment includes two states: a default state and a reduced power consumption state; the user equipment further includes a state determination module for determining a state in which the user equipment is located;
  • the first control module is specifically configured to: when the user equipment's preference for the power consumption is changed to reduce the power consumption, and the state determining module indicates that the user equipment is in the default state, determine that the power consumption is limited. Whether the first timer of the preference indication is timed out, and if the determination result is yes, notifying the indication sending module to send a preference indication for reducing power consumption to the base station;
  • the second control module is configured to notify the indication sending module when the user equipment changes the power consumption preference to increase the power consumption, and the status determining module instructs the user equipment to reduce the power consumption status. Sending a preference indication of increasing power overhead to the base station;
  • the third control module is specifically configured to: when the user equipment changes the power consumption preference to increase the power consumption, and the state determining module instructs the user equipment to reduce the power consumption state, determining to limit the power Whether the second timer sent by the preference of the overhead indicates timeout. If the determination result is yes, the indication sending module is notified to send a preference indication of increasing power consumption to the base station.
  • the state determining module determines that the state of the user equipment is:
  • the state judging module judges the state of the user equipment according to the specified parameter length, and when the parameter length meets the length that the default state needs to meet, determining that the user equipment is in a default state; If the length meets the length required to reduce the power consumption state, the user equipment is determined to be in a reduced power consumption state;
  • the state determining module determines that the state of the user equipment is:
  • the state determining module determines, according to the discontinuous reception DRX parameter configured by the base station for the user equipment, the state in which the user is located, when the user equipment is using the discontinuity corresponding to the default state.
  • the DRX parameter is received, the user equipment is determined to be in a default state; when the user equipment is using the discontinuous reception DRX parameter corresponding to the reduced power consumption state, the user equipment is determined to be in a peak low power overhead state.
  • the first control module is further configured to: when it is determined that the first timer does not time out, the indication is The indication sending module of the protocol layer that sends the preference indication of the reduced power overhead in the user equipment notifies the protocol layer in the user equipment that the preference of the power consumption of the user equipment is changed, and the transmission of the preference indication of reducing the power overhead is limited. Or, when it is determined that the first timer does not time out, the user equipment is instructed not to perform any operation.
  • the third control module is further configured to: when it is determined that the second timer does not time out, the indication is The protocol layer that sends the preference indication of the increased power overhead in the user equipment notifies that the transmission of the preference indicator of the protocol layer that increases the power consumption of the preference of the power consumption of the user equipment is restricted; or, when determining the second timer When not timed out, the user equipment is instructed not to perform any operation.
  • the first timer management module is configured to: when the user equipment includes a first timer, After the sending module sends the power consumption preference indication to the base station, the first timer is started; and when the user equipment includes the first timer and the second timer, and the indication sending module sends the power overhead to the base station. After the preference indication, the first timer and/or the second timer are started.
  • the receiving module is configured to receive a radio resource parameter configuration result configured by the base station for the user equipment, where
  • the user equipment further includes at least one of a sixth control module and a seventh control module, where
  • the sixth control module is configured to: when the first timer in the user equipment does not time out, but the configuration receiving module receives the radio resource parameter configuration result, and the user equipment's preference for power consumption is changed to a required state again.
  • the indication sending module may not send a preference indication for reducing power consumption to the base station before the first timer expires;
  • the seventh control module is configured to: when the second timer in the user equipment does not time out, but the configuration receiving module receives the radio resource parameter configuration result sent by the base station, and the user equipment uses power consumption When the preference is changed again to increase the power consumption, the indication sending module is notified that the preference indication of increasing power consumption cannot be sent to the base station before the second timer expires.
  • the receiving module is configured to receive a radio resource parameter configuration result configured by the base station for the user equipment, where
  • the user equipment further includes at least one of an eighth control module and a ninth control module, where
  • the eighth control module is configured to: when the first timer in the user equipment has timed out, but the configuration receiving module does not receive the radio resource parameter configuration result sent by the base station, and the user equipment uses power When the preference of the overhead is changed again to reduce the power consumption, the indication sending module may not send a preference indication for reducing the power consumption to the base station before receiving the radio resource parameter configuration result sent by the base station;
  • the ninth control module is configured to: when the second timer in the user equipment has timed out, but the configuration receiving module does not receive the radio resource parameter configuration result sent by the base station, and the user equipment powers When the preference of the overhead is changed to the need to increase the power consumption, the indication sending module may not send a preference indication of increasing power consumption to the base station before receiving the radio resource parameter configuration result sent by the base station.
  • the user equipment further includes: a setting module, configured to pre-set a length of the first timer and a length of the second timer in the user equipment.
  • the user equipment further includes: a length receiving module, configured to receive, by the base station, the The length of a timer, the length of the second timer, and the length of the third timer.
  • the user equipment further includes:
  • a timer acquiring module configured to acquire at least one of a fourth timer and a fifth timer, where the determining module is configured to: when the fourth timer acquired by the timer acquiring module times out or the user equipment predicts When the time when the user equipment is in the idle state is greater than or equal to the length of the fourth timer obtained by the timer acquiring module, determining that the preference of the user equipment for power consumption is changed to reduce power consumption; and/or,
  • the timer acquiring module includes at least one of a first obtaining submodule and a second obtaining submodule, where: The first obtaining submodule is configured to set the fourth timer according to a sixth timer; or, obtain the fourth timer from the base station, where the sixth timer is set in the base station a second acquiring submodule, configured to set the fifth timer according to a seventh timer; or, obtain the fifth timer from the base station, where the seventh timer is The timer set in the base station.
  • the length of the fourth timer is less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer
  • the first acquiring Child The module is further configured to acquire the sixth timer from the base station, or estimate a length of the sixth timer set in the base station according to a message acquired from the base station;
  • the length of the fifth timer is less than or equal to the length of the seventh timer
  • the second acquiring submodule is further configured to acquire the seventh timer from the base station, or according to obtaining from the base station
  • the message estimates the length of the seventh timer set in the base station.
  • the length of the fourth timer is less than or equal to the sixth timer
  • the second setting module is Before the fourth timer is set, the timer receiving module acquires the sixth timer from the base station, or the second setting module passes the base station before setting the fourth timer.
  • the obtained message estimates the length of the sixth timer
  • the length of the fifth timer is less than or equal to the seventh timer, and the second setting module acquires the seventh from the base station before setting the fifth timer.
  • a timer, or the second setting module estimates a length of the seventh timer by using a message acquired from the base station before setting the fifth timer.
  • the first acquiring submodule obtains the fourth timer from the base station, from the base station Obtaining the fourth timer in any one of a sent radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover message;
  • the second obtaining submodule obtains the fifth timer from the base station, any one of a RRC message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell switching message sent from the base station Obtaining the fifth timer;
  • the first obtaining submodule obtains the sixth timer from the base station, the RRC message, the physical layer message, the data link layer message, and the cell handover message sent by the base station Obtaining the sixth timer in any one of the modes;
  • the second obtaining submodule obtains the seventh timer from the base station, any one of a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell switching message sent from the base station The seventh timer is obtained.
  • a fourth aspect of the present invention provides a user equipment, which may include:
  • a timer acquiring module configured to acquire at least one of a fourth timer and a fifth timer, where the determining module is configured to: when the fourth timer acquired by the timer acquiring module times out or the user equipment predicts When the time when the user equipment is in the idle state is greater than or equal to the length of the fourth timer obtained by the timer acquiring module, determining that the preference of the user equipment for power consumption is changed to reduce power consumption; and/or,
  • the timer acquiring module includes at least one of a first obtaining submodule and a second acquiring submodule, where:
  • the first obtaining submodule is configured to set the fourth timer according to a sixth timer; or, obtain the fourth timer from the base station, where the sixth timer is set in the base station a second acquiring submodule, configured to set the fifth timer according to a seventh timer; or, obtain the fifth timer from the base station, where the seventh timer is The timer set in the base station.
  • the length of the fourth timer is less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer
  • the first acquiring submodule The method is further configured to: acquire the sixth timer from the base station, or estimate a length of the sixth timer set in the base station according to a message acquired from the base station;
  • the length of the fifth timer is less than or equal to the length of the seventh timer
  • the second acquiring submodule is further configured to acquire the seventh timer from the base station, or according to obtaining from the base station The message estimates the length of the seventh timer set in the base station.
  • the length of the fourth timer is less than or equal to the sixth timer, and the second setting module is configured.
  • the timer receiving module acquires the sixth timer from the base station, or the second setting module obtains from the base station before setting the fourth timer.
  • the message estimates the length of the sixth timer;
  • the length of the fifth timer is less than or equal to the seventh timer, and the second setting module acquires the seventh from the base station before setting the fifth timer.
  • a timer, or the second setting module estimates a length of the seventh timer by using a message acquired from the base station before setting the fifth timer.
  • a fourth possible implementation manner when the first acquiring submodule obtains the fourth timer from the base station, Obtaining the fourth timer in any one of a RRC message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover message;
  • the second obtaining submodule obtains the fifth timer from the base station, any one of a RRC message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell switching message sent from the base station Obtaining the fifth timer;
  • the first obtaining submodule obtains the sixth timer from the base station, any one of a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover message sent from the base station Obtaining the sixth timer;
  • a fifth aspect of the present invention provides a signaling control system, which may include any one of the user equipments of the present invention and a base station, where the base station is configured to receive a power consumption preference indication sent by the user equipment, and The resource management process performs radio resource parameter configuration for the user equipment, where the power consumption preference indication includes a preference indication for reducing power consumption or a preference indication for increasing power consumption.
  • the base station is further configured to send, to the user equipment, at least one of a fourth timer, a fifth timer, a sixth timer, and a seventh timer. .
  • the base station performs radio resource parameter configuration for the user equipment by using a radio resource management process, including: when the radio resource management connection is established, the base station configures two sets of discontinuous reception DRX parameters for the user equipment, and indicates a DRX parameter used by the user equipment to perform a radio resource management connection, where a set of parameters is used to indicate that the user equipment is in a default state, and another set of parameters is used to indicate that the user equipment is in a reduced power overhead state; The base station receives the DRX parameters according to different discontinuities, and configures the corresponding two sets of physical layers for the user equipment;
  • the base station performs radio resource parameter configuration for the user equipment by using a radio resource management process, where: when the radio resource management reconfiguration process is performed, the base station configures two sets of discontinuous reception DRX parameters for the user equipment, And indicating the DRX parameter that is used by the user equipment after the radio resource management reconfiguration is completed, where a set of parameters is used to indicate that the user equipment is in a default state, and another set of parameters is used to indicate that the user equipment is in a reduced power overhead. State; the base station is different according to The discontinuous reception receives the DRX parameters, and configures the corresponding two sets of physical layers for the user equipment.
  • a sixth aspect of the present invention provides a computer storage medium, which may store a program, which may include some or all of the steps of the signaling method provided by the present invention when executed by the program.
  • a seventh aspect of the present invention provides a computer storage medium, wherein the computer storage medium may store a program, and the program execution may include some or all steps of determining a power consumption preference provided by the present invention.
  • the eighth aspect of the present invention provides a user equipment. The method includes: an input device, an output device, and a processor, where the processor performs the following steps:
  • the output device When the user equipment's preference for power consumption is changed to increase power consumption, the output device is instructed to send a preference indication for increasing power consumption to the base station, or to determine a second transmission for limiting the preference indication for increasing power consumption. Whether the timer expires, and if the result of the determination is yes, the output device is instructed to send a preference indication of increasing power consumption to the base station.
  • the user equipment includes two states: a default state and a reduced power consumption state, and the processor further performs the following steps:
  • the third determination of whether the user equipment is in the state of reducing the power consumption is performed, and if the determination result of the third determination is yes, performing the limitation for increasing the power overhead is performed.
  • a fourth determination of whether the second timer of the preference indication is timed out if the determination result of the fourth determination is yes, instructing the output device to send a preference indication of increasing power consumption to the base station.
  • the method for determining, by the processor, the state of the user equipment includes:
  • the determining, by the processor, the status of the user equipment where the determining, by the processor, the status of the user equipment according to the discontinuity receiving DRX parameter configured by the base station for the user equipment
  • the determining, by the processor, the status of the user equipment according to the discontinuity receiving DRX parameter configured by the base station for the user equipment When the user equipment is receiving the DRX parameter by using the discontinuity corresponding to the default state, determining that the user equipment is in a default state; when the user equipment is using the discontinuity receiving DRX parameter corresponding to the reduced power consumption state And determining that the user equipment is in a reduced power overhead state.
  • the processor further performs the following steps:
  • the protocol layer that notifies the user equipment of the preference indication for transmitting the reduced power overhead notifies the preference layer of the protocol layer that reduces the power overhead of the preference of the power consumption of the user equipment Limited delivery; Or, when it is determined that the first timer does not time out, the user equipment is notified not to perform any operation.
  • the processor further performs the following steps:
  • the protocol layer that notifies the user equipment of the preference indication for sending the increased power overhead informs the protocol layer that the preference of the power consumption of the user equipment is changed, and the preference indication of the power consumption overhead is increased. Limited delivery;
  • the user equipment When it is determined that the second timer does not time out, the user equipment is notified not to perform any operation.
  • the sending, by the base station, a preference indication for reducing power consumption or sending the increased power overhead to the base station After the preference indication, the processor further performs the following steps:
  • the user equipment When the user equipment includes a first timer, starting the first timer;
  • the user equipment includes the first timer and the second timer
  • the first timer and the second timer are started.
  • the processor further performs the following steps:
  • the radio resource parameter configuration result sent by the base station is received, and the user equipment's preference for power consumption is changed again to increase power consumption.
  • the indication indicates that the output device is unable to send a preference indication of increasing power overhead to the base station until the second timer expires.
  • the processor is further configured to: when the first timer in the user equipment has timed out, but not Receiving a radio resource parameter configuration result sent by the base station, and the user equipment's preference for power consumption is again changed to a power consumption reduction requirement, indicating that the output device cannot send a preference indication for reducing power consumption to the base station until receiving a radio resource parameter configuration result sent to the base station;
  • the indication indication The output device cannot send a preference indication for increasing power consumption to the base station until the radio resource parameter configuration result sent by the base station is received.
  • the processor further performs the following steps:
  • the user equipment When the user equipment includes a first timer, starting the first timer;
  • the user equipment includes the first timer and the second timer
  • the first timer and the second timer are started.
  • the length of the first timer is greater than or equal to a length of the second timer.
  • the processor further performs the following steps:
  • the processor further performing the following steps: acquiring a fourth timer;
  • the processor determines the user equipment pair when the acquired fourth timer expires or the time when the user equipment predicts that the user equipment is in an idle state is greater than or equal to the length of the acquired fourth timer.
  • the preference for power overhead translates to a need to reduce power overhead;
  • the processor determines the user when the fifth timer of the user equipment expires or the user equipment predicts that the user equipment is in an idle state for less than or equal to a length of the fifth timer of the user equipment.
  • the device's preference for power overhead translates to the need to increase power overhead.
  • the acquiring, by the processor, the fourth timer, the acquiring the fourth timer specifically includes:
  • the processor sets the fourth timer according to a sixth timer; or, the processor obtains the fourth timer from the base station, where the sixth timer is a timing set in the base station Device
  • the acquiring the fifth timer by the processor specifically includes:
  • the processor sets the fifth timer according to a seventh timer; or, the processor obtains the fifth timer from the base station, where the seventh timer is a timing set in the base station Device.
  • the length of the fourth timer is less than or equal to a length of the sixth timer
  • the processor Before setting the fourth timer according to the sixth timer, the following steps are also performed:
  • the length of the fifth timer is less than or equal to the length of the seventh timer.
  • the processor obtains the fourth timer from the base station, the fourth timer And being carried in any one of a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover message sent by the base station;
  • the fifth timer carries a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover message sent by the base station. In any of them;
  • the sixth timer When the processor obtains the sixth timer from the base station, the sixth timer carries a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover message sent by the base station. In any of them;
  • the seventh timer carries a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover message sent by the base station. In any of them. It can be seen that, in some feasible implementation manners of the present invention, the sending of the preference indication of the reduced power overhead by the user equipment and the sending of the preference indication of the increased power overhead are respectively defined, and the same timer is used to define the phase with the prior art. More flexible, and enhance the user experience.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a first embodiment of a signaling sending method according to the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a second embodiment of a signaling sending method according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a third embodiment of a signaling sending method according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a fourth embodiment of a signaling sending method according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a first embodiment of a user equipment according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a second embodiment of a user equipment according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a third embodiment of a user equipment according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a fourth embodiment of a user equipment according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a signaling sending system according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a seventh embodiment of a user equipment according to the present invention. Specific embodiment
  • the base station when the user equipment's preference for power consumption is changed to a peak-low power overhead, it is determined whether the first timer for transmitting the preference indication for limiting the power consumption is timed out, if it is determined If the result is yes, the base station sends a preference indication for reducing the power consumption; when the preference of the user equipment for the power consumption is changed to increase the power consumption, the base station sends a preference indication for increasing the power consumption; or, when the user equipment is When the power consumption preference is changed to the need to increase the power consumption, it is determined whether the second timer for transmitting the preference indication for limiting the power consumption is timed out. If the determination result is yes, the preference indication for increasing the power overhead is sent to the base station. .
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a first embodiment of a signaling sending method according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1, it may include:
  • Step S10 When the user equipment's preference for the power consumption is changed to reduce the power consumption, it is determined whether the first timer for transmitting the preference indication for limiting the power consumption is timed out. If the determination result is yes, step S11 is performed.
  • Step S11 The user equipment sends a preference indication for reducing power consumption to the base station.
  • Step S12 When the preference of the user equipment for the power consumption is changed to increase the power consumption, the preference indication of increasing the power overhead is sent to the base station.
  • the steps sio and S12 may be in no order, that is, the user equipment's preference for power consumption is first changed to need to increase power overhead, and then converted to need to reduce power consumption.
  • the method before step S10, further includes: determining whether the preference of the user equipment for the power consumption is changed to a process for reducing power consumption, which may include:
  • the user equipment acquires a fourth timer; when the fourth timer of the user equipment expires or the user equipment predicts that the user equipment is in an idle state, the time is greater than or equal to the length of the fourth timer of the user equipment, Determining that the preference of the user equipment for the power consumption is changed to reduce the power consumption; in some feasible implementation manners, before step S12, the method further includes determining whether the preference of the user equipment for the power consumption is changed to a process for increasing the power consumption. , which can include:
  • the time is less than or equal to the length of the fifth timer of the user equipment, Determining the user equipment's preference for power overhead translates to an increase in power overhead.
  • the user equipment may obtain the fourth timer from the base station, The user equipment may obtain the fifth timer from the base station, where the fourth timer and/or the fifth timer may send a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, and a data link from the base station. Obtained in at least one of a layer message and a cell handover message.
  • the length of the fourth timer is less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer in the base station, and the length of the fifth timer is less than or equal to the length of the seventh timer in the base station.
  • the sixth timer is a trigger for maintaining the base station side to reduce the power consumption in the base station, where the seventh timer is used by the base station to increase the power overhead for the base station side triggering. trigger.
  • the fourth timer obtained by the user equipment is timed out, it is determined that the power consumption preference of the user equipment is changed to a power consumption reduction.
  • the fifth timer obtained by the user equipment times out, the power of the user equipment is determined. The preference for overhead shifts to the need to increase power overhead.
  • the user equipment may obtain the sixth timer from the base station, where the user equipment may obtain the seventh timer, the sixth timer, and/or the The seven timers are obtained from at least one of a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover message sent by the base station.
  • the fourth timer may be set in the user equipment according to the sixth timer, and the seventh timer is configured according to the seventh timer.
  • the fifth timer, and the length of the set fourth timer may be less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer, and the length of the set fifth timer may be less than or equal to the length of the seventh timer.
  • the user equipment may estimate the length of the sixth timer and the seventh timer according to the message acquired from the base station by itself. For example, after the UE performs a data transceiving operation, a timer is started, and the timer is restarted after the UE performs the next data transceiving operation. Assuming that the base station sends a reconfiguration message/RRC connection release message to the user equipment, the user equipment may decide whether to record the length of the timer as the sixth timer and the seventh timer according to the content of the reconfiguration message/RRC connection release message. length.
  • the user equipment does not record the length of the timer as the sixth timer and the seventh.
  • the length of the timer if the reconfiguration message/RRC connection release message is configured to DRX or configure a more power-saving DRX, the user equipment records the length of the timer as the length of the sixth timer and the seventh timer.
  • the fourth timer when the user equipment records the sixth timer length and the length of the seventh timer, the fourth timer may be set in the user equipment according to the sixth timer, and the fifth timing is set according to the seventh timer.
  • the length of the fourth timer that is set may be less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer, and the length of the set fifth timer may be less than or equal to the length of the seventh timer.
  • the user equipment may obtain the length of the sixth timer and the seventh timer by multiple estimations, such as averaging the multiple estimation results, or taking the minimum value. Or, the maximum value or the like is taken, wherein each estimation process is the same as the above estimation method, and is not described herein to increase the accuracy of obtaining the length of the sixth timer or the seventh timer.
  • the user equipment when the user equipment performs a data transceiving operation and enters an idle state, the user equipment may predict that the user equipment will continue to be in an idle state (in a specific implementation, the user equipment may be according to the user equipment.
  • the service type of the data being sent and received, the status of the current network, and the like are expected to be in the idle state for the user equipment, for example, 10s, and at the same time, the user equipment may be based on the sixth timing received from the base station.
  • the user equipment can set the fourth timer to be 5s, or directly receive the fourth timer from the base station (for example, l is ), so that when the user equipment predicts that the user equipment is idle
  • the time of the state (such as 10s above) is greater than or equal to the length of the fourth timer of the user equipment (such as 5s above), and determining that the preference of the user equipment for power consumption is changed to reduce power consumption, if When the user equipment predicts that the user equipment is in an idle state (such as 10s above) is smaller than the length of the fourth timer of the user equipment (such as the above l is ), the preference cannot be converted into a peak low power overhead. in conclusion. Similar to the fifth timer, it will not be described here.
  • the foregoing determining that the user equipment's preference for power consumption is changed to reduce power consumption, and/or determining that the user equipment's preference for power consumption is converted into a process that needs to increase power consumption may be independent. It exists in the flow shown in Figure 1.
  • the power consumption indication (“power preference indication”, including the preference indication of reducing the power overhead and the preference indication of increasing the power overhead) is based on two explicit states in which the user equipment is located.
  • the user equipment includes two states: a default state ("default” state) and a reduced power consumption state (“lower power consumption” state).
  • default state a default state
  • low power consumption a reduced power consumption state
  • the base station eg, the evolved base station eNB
  • step S10 when the user equipment's preference for power consumption is changed to reduce power consumption, the user equipment first determines whether it is in the default state, and if the determination result is yes, further determines the preference for limiting the power consumption reduction. Whether the indicated first timer (which can be recorded as "T_Default") is timed out (ie, the timer is not running), and if the result of the determination is yes, step S11 is performed. And in step S12, when the user equipment's preference for power consumption is changed to increase power consumption, it is determined whether the user is in the process of reducing power. The rate overhead state, if the determination result is yes, sends a preference indication of increasing power consumption to the base station.
  • the determining method of the user equipment determining the state in which the user equipment is located may include:
  • the user equipment determines the state of the user according to the specified parameter length. When the parameter length meets the length required by the default state, the user equipment is determined to be in a default state; when the parameter length meets the reduced power overhead. If the state needs to be satisfied, the user equipment is determined to be in a reduced power consumption state.
  • the length of the DRX cycle in the user equipment may be determined according to the length of the DRX cycle in the user equipment. When the length of the DRX cycle currently configured by the user equipment is less than the length of the DRX cycle in the idle (IDLE) state, Then, it is judged that it is in the "default" state.
  • the UE When the length of the DRX cycle currently configured by the user equipment is equal to or greater than the length of the IDLE state DRX cycle, the UE is considered to be in the "lower power consumption” state.
  • the length of the DRX cycle in the idle state is used as the threshold to distinguish the "default" and “lower power consumption". Only one example is used. In the specific implementation, the length of other parameters can be used as the threshold. In this way, in step S10, when the user equipment is using the length of the DRX cycle corresponding to the "default" state, that is, when the user equipment is in the "default” state, if the power preference of the user equipment changes, it is desirable to reduce the power overhead.
  • the user equipment sends a "power preference indication" to the base station, requesting to use the DRX parameter configuration corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state.
  • step S12 when the user equipment is using the length of the DRX cycle corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state, that is, when the user equipment is in the "lower power consumption” state, the power preference of the user equipment changes, and it is desired to improve performance, that is, increase For the power overhead, the user equipment sends a "power preference indication" to the base station, requesting to use the DRX parameter configuration corresponding to the "default" state.
  • the user equipment determines a state in which the user is located Can include:
  • the user equipment is in a default state; when the user equipment is using the discontinuous reception DRX parameter corresponding to the reduced power consumption state, it is determined that the user equipment is in a reduced power consumption state.
  • the base station may simultaneously configure the discontinuous reception DRX parameter corresponding to the default state and the discontinuous reception DRX parameter corresponding to the reduced power consumption state to the user equipment, and adopt an explicit or implicit manner. Prompting to the user the status corresponding to the parameter.
  • the base station may also configure only one set of DRX parameters to the user equipment at a time, and indicate the status corresponding to the DRX parameters in an explicit manner. For example, when the base station can establish a radio resource management RRC connection, two sets of different DRX parameters are configured for the user equipment.
  • the base station can indicate, in an explicit manner, which set of DRX parameters (using the DRX parameter corresponding to "default” or the DRX parameter corresponding to "lower power consumption") when the UE enters the RRC connection state, that is, which state is in the state; It is also stipulated by default that when the user equipment enters the RRC connection state, it directly enters the "default” state and uses the DRX parameter corresponding to the "default” state. Alternatively, by default, when the user equipment enters the RRC connection state, it directly enters the "lower power consumption” state and uses the DRX parameter corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state.
  • the base station can perform the RRC connection reconfiguration process, that is, in the RRC connection reconfiguration process, the base station configures two sets of different DRX parameters for the user equipment. Then, the base station can indicate which set of DRX parameters, ie, which state, the user equipment uses after the RRC reconfiguration process by using the displayed indication. For another example, the base station indicates the state of the user equipment in an implicit manner. The user equipment determines the current state by determining the DRX parameter currently used: If the user equipment discovers two sets of DRX newly configured by the base station.
  • step S10 when the user equipment is using the DRX parameter corresponding to the "default" state, that is, when the user equipment is in the "default” state, if the power preference of the user equipment changes, it is desirable to reduce the power overhead, and satisfy the first
  • the user equipment sends a "power preference indication" to the base station, requesting the DRX parameter configuration corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state.
  • step S12 when the user equipment is using the DRX parameter corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state, that is, when the user equipment is in the "lower power consumption” state, the power preference of the user equipment changes, and it is hoped that the performance can be improved, that is, the power is increased.
  • the user equipment sends a "power preference indication" to the base station, requesting to use the DRX parameter configuration corresponding to the "default" state.
  • the power consumption indication (“power preference indication", including the preference indication of reducing the power overhead and the preference indication of increasing the power overhead) may not be limited by the state in which the user equipment is located, ie, when When the user equipment's preference for power overhead changes, the power consumption preference indication may be sent to the base station.
  • the first timer for determining the transmission of the preference indication for limiting the power consumption is directly determined to be timed out. If the determination result is yes, Then, a preference indication for reducing the power overhead is sent to the base station.
  • step S12 when the preference of the user equipment for the power consumption is changed to increase the power consumption, the preference indication for increasing the power overhead is directly sent to the base station.
  • the determination result is no, that is, when the first timer is still running, if the user equipment determines the power preference transition
  • the operation layer that performs the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management is not in the same protocol layer as the user equipment.
  • the protocol layer of the user equipment performing the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management operation is AS. (Access Stratum, The access layer), and the protocol layer for determining the power preference is the upper layer of the AS, the AS layer of the user equipment can notify the upper layer, and the "power preference indication" is restricted.
  • the AS layer of the user equipment can also notify the upper layer that the transmission is not restricted.
  • the upper layer of the AS receives the unrestricted indication, it determines that the user equipment still needs to send a preference indication for reducing the power consumption, and may notify the access layer AS layer; otherwise, if the user equipment does not need to send the reduced power overhead. No preference is given for the preference indication. If the user equipment determines the power preference at the same protocol layer as the user equipment performs the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management operation (the protocol layer is not specifically defined herein, and the execution entity is collectively referred to as the user equipment), The user device can perform no operations.
  • the length of the first timer is preset in the user equipment.
  • the length of the first timer is specified by the base station to the user equipment in a radio resource management connection establishment process or a radio resource management connection reconfiguration process.
  • the base station may determine whether the current location can be The user equipment updates the radio resource parameter configuration. If the judgment result is no, the base station does not respond to the preference indication of reducing the power consumption or the base station does not respond to the preference indication of the increased power overhead.
  • the base station determines whether the radio resource parameter configuration can be updated for the user equipment, if the judgment result is No, the base station does not respond to the preference indication of reducing power consumption.
  • the user is defined by the first timer.
  • the device does not limit the transmission of the preference indication for reducing the power overhead, and the transmission of the preference indication for increasing the power consumption is not limited, thereby respectively limiting the transmission of the user equipment's preference indication for reducing the power overhead and the preference indication for increasing the power overhead.
  • Sending is more flexible than the prior art by the same timer, which enhances the user experience.
  • the embodiment of the present invention controls whether the user equipment enters the reduced power overhead by the fourth timer controlled by the sixth timer on the network side, and is controlled by the preference of the seventh timer and the fifth timer of the network side to increase the power overhead.
  • the requirements of the power preference of the network side and the user equipment are more effectively coordinated, and the user equipment is adjusted to adjust the power preference in the shortest time.
  • the defect that the network side timer is inconsistent with the timer duration of the user equipment side and the power preference adjustment is not timely can be effectively solved.
  • the fourth timer and the fifth timer are combined to control whether the user equipment enters the preference for reducing the power overhead or increasing the power consumption.
  • the user equipment's power preference is coordinated to ensure that the user equipment adjusts the power preference in the shortest time.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a second embodiment of a signaling sending method according to the present invention. It is an extension of the first embodiment, as shown in Figure 2, which may include:
  • Step S20 When the preference of the user equipment for the power consumption is changed to reduce the power consumption, determine whether the first timer for transmitting the preference indication for limiting the power consumption is timed out. If the determination result is yes, step S21 is performed.
  • Step S21 The user equipment sends a preference indication for reducing power consumption to the base station.
  • Step S22 When the preference of the user equipment for power consumption is changed to increase the power consumption, it is determined whether the second timer for transmitting the preference indication for limiting the power consumption is timed out. If the determination result is yes, step S23 is performed.
  • Step S23 The user equipment sends a preference indication for increasing power consumption to the base station.
  • step S20 and step S22 may be in no order, that is, the user The device's preference for power overhead first shifts to the need to increase power overhead, and then shifts to the need to reduce power overhead.
  • the method before step S20, further includes: determining whether the preference of the user equipment for the power consumption is changed to a process for reducing power consumption, which may include:
  • the user equipment acquires a fourth timer; when the fourth timer of the user equipment expires or the user equipment predicts that the user equipment is in an idle state, the time is greater than or equal to the length of the fourth timer of the user equipment, Determining that the preference of the user equipment for the power consumption is changed to reduce the power consumption; in some possible implementations, before the step S22, the method further includes determining whether the preference of the user equipment for the power consumption is changed to a process for increasing the power consumption. , which can include:
  • the time is less than or equal to the length of the fifth timer of the user equipment, Determining the user equipment's preference for power overhead translates to an increase in power overhead.
  • the user equipment may obtain the fourth timer from the base station, where the user equipment may obtain the fifth timer, the fourth timer, and/or the The five timers are obtained from at least one of a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover message sent by the base station.
  • the length of the fourth timer is less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer in the base station
  • the length of the fifth timer is less than or equal to the length of the seventh timer in the base station.
  • the sixth timer is a trigger for maintaining the base station side to reduce the power consumption in the base station, where the seventh timer is used by the base station to increase the power overhead for the base station side triggering.
  • the user equipment may obtain the sixth timer from the base station, where the user equipment may obtain the seventh timer, the sixth timer, and/or the The seven timers are obtained from at least one of a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover message sent by the base station.
  • the fourth timer when the user equipment obtains the sixth timer length and the length of the seventh timer from the base station, the fourth timer may be set in the user equipment according to the sixth timer, and the seventh timer is configured according to the seventh timer.
  • the fifth timer, and the length of the set fourth timer may be less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer, and the length of the set fifth timer may be less than or equal to the length of the seventh timer.
  • the user equipment may estimate the length of the sixth timer and or the seventh timer according to the message acquired from the base station. For example, after the UE performs a data transceiving operation, a timer is started, and the timer is restarted after the UE performs the next data transceiving operation. If the base station sends a reconfiguration message/RRC connection release message to the user equipment, the user equipment The length of the timer may be recorded as the length of the sixth timer and the seventh timer according to the content of the reconfiguration message/RRC connection release message.
  • the user equipment does not record the length of the timer as the sixth timer and the seventh.
  • the length of the timer if the reconfiguration message/RRC connection release message is configured to DRX or configure a more power-saving DRX, the user equipment records the length of the timer as the length of the sixth timer and the seventh timer.
  • the fourth timer when the user equipment records the sixth timer length and the length of the seventh timer, the fourth timer may be set in the user equipment according to the sixth timer, and the fifth timing is set according to the seventh timer. And the length of the set fourth timer may be less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer, The length of the set fifth timer may be less than or equal to the length of the seventh timer. In this way, when the fourth timer set in the user equipment expires, it is determined that the power consumption preference of the device is changed to reduce the power consumption. When the fifth timer set by the user equipment times out, the user is determined. The device's preference for power overhead translates to the need to increase power overhead.
  • the user equipment may obtain the length of the sixth timer and the seventh timer by multiple estimations, such as averaging the multiple estimation results, or taking the minimum value. Or, the maximum value or the like is taken, wherein each estimation process is the same as the above estimation method, and is not described herein to increase the accuracy of obtaining the length of the sixth timer or the seventh timer.
  • the user equipment when the user equipment performs a data transceiving operation and enters an idle state, the user equipment may predict that the user equipment will continue to be in an idle state (in a specific implementation, the user equipment may be according to the user equipment.
  • the service type of the data being sent and received, the status of the current network, and the like are expected to be in the idle state for the user equipment, for example, 10s, and at the same time, the user equipment may be based on the sixth timing received from the base station.
  • the fourth timer is set, and the sixth timer is 8s, the user equipment can set the fourth timer to be 5s, or directly receive the fourth timer from the base station (for example, l is ), so Determining, by the user equipment, that the user equipment is in an idle state (such as 10s above) is greater than or equal to a length of the fourth timer of the user equipment (such as 5s above), determining a preference transition of the user equipment for power consumption. In order to reduce the power overhead, if the user equipment predicts that the user equipment is in an idle state If the interval (such as 10s above) is smaller than the length of the fourth timer of the user equipment (such as l is above), the conclusion that the preference transitions to the peak low power overhead cannot be obtained. Similar to the fifth timer, it will not be described here.
  • the foregoing determining that the user equipment's preference for power consumption is changed to reduce power consumption, and/or determining that the user equipment's preference for power consumption is converted into a process that needs to increase power consumption may be independent. It exists in the flow shown in Figure 2.
  • the power consumption indication (“power preference indication", including the preference indication of reducing the power overhead and the preference indication of increasing the power overhead) is based on two explicit states in which the user equipment is located. At this time, the user equipment includes two states: a default state ("default" state) and a reduced power consumption state (“lower power consumption” state).
  • the user equipment When the user equipment judges that it is in the "default” state, it can only The base station (eg, the evolved base station eNB) sends a preference indication of "lower power consumption”; conversely, if the user determines that he is in the "lower power consumption” state, it can only send a return to the "default” state to the base station (increase Power overhead) preference indication.
  • the base station eg, the evolved base station eNB
  • step S20 when the preference of the user equipment for the power consumption is changed to the power consumption reduction, the user equipment first determines whether it is in the default state, and if the determination result is yes, further determines the preference for limiting the power consumption reduction.
  • step S21 when the indicated first timer (which can be recorded as "T_Default") is timed out (ie, the timer is not running), and if the result of the determination is YES, step S21 is performed. And in step S22, when the preference of the user equipment for the power consumption is changed to increase the power consumption, it is determined whether the user is in the reduced power consumption state. If the determination result is yes, the first indication of the preference indication for limiting the increased power overhead is further determined. Whether the second timer (which can be recorded as "T-Lower Power”) times out, if the determination is yes, sends a preference indication of increasing power overhead to the base station.
  • T_Default the timer is not running
  • the method for determining that the user equipment determines the state in which the user is located may include:
  • the user equipment determines the state of the user according to the specified parameter length. When the parameter length meets the length required by the default state, the user equipment is determined to be in a default state; when the parameter length meets the reduced power overhead. If the state needs to be satisfied, the user equipment is determined to be in a reduced power consumption state.
  • the length of the DRX cycle in the user equipment may be determined according to the length of the DRX cycle in the user equipment. When the length of the DRX cycle currently configured by the user equipment is less than When the length of the DRX cycle is in the IDLE state, it is judged that it is in the "default" state.
  • the UE When the DRX cycle length currently configured by the user equipment is equal to or greater than the IDLE state DRX cycle length, the UE is considered to be in the "lower power consumption” state. .
  • the length of the DRX cycle in the idle state is used as the threshold to distinguish between the "default" and the “lower power consumption". Only one example is used. In the specific implementation, the length of other parameters may be used as the threshold. In this way, in step S20, when the user equipment is using the length of the DRX cycle corresponding to the "default" state, that is, when the user equipment is in the "default” state, if the power preference of the user equipment changes, it is desirable to reduce the power overhead.
  • the user equipment sends a "power preference indication" to the base station, requesting to use the DRX parameter configuration corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state.
  • step S22 when the user equipment is using the length of the DRX cycle corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state, that is, when the user equipment is in the "lower power consumption” state, the power preference of the user equipment changes, and it is expected to improve performance, that is, increase For the power overhead, the user equipment sends a "power preference indication" to the base station, requesting to use the DRX parameter configuration corresponding to the "default" state.
  • the determining manner that the user equipment determines the state in which the user equipment is located may include:
  • the user equipment is in a default state; when the user equipment is using the discontinuous reception DRX parameter corresponding to the reduced power consumption state, it is determined that the user equipment is in a reduced power consumption state.
  • the base station can simultaneously configure the discontinuous reception DRX parameter corresponding to the default state and the discontinuous reception DRX parameter corresponding to the reduced power consumption state to the user.
  • the device prompts the user with the status corresponding to the parameter in an explicit or implicit manner.
  • the base station may also configure only one set of DRX parameters to the user equipment at a time, and indicate the status corresponding to the DRX parameters in an explicit manner. For example, when the base station can establish a radio resource management RRC connection, two sets of different DRX parameters are configured for the user equipment.
  • the base station can indicate, in an explicit manner, which set of DRX parameters (using the DRX parameter corresponding to "default” or the DRX parameter corresponding to "lower power consumption") when the UE enters the RRC connection state, that is, which state is in the state; It is also stipulated by default that when the user equipment enters the RRC connection state, it directly enters the "default” state and uses the DRX parameter corresponding to the "default” state. Alternatively, by default, when the user equipment enters the RRC connection state, it directly enters the "lower power consumption” state and uses the DRX parameter corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state.
  • the base station can perform the RRC connection reconfiguration process, that is, in the RRC connection reconfiguration process, the base station configures two sets of different DRX parameters for the user equipment. Then, the base station can indicate which set of DRX parameters, ie, which state, the user equipment uses after the RRC reconfiguration process by using the displayed indication. For another example, the base station indicates the state of the user equipment in an implicit manner. The user equipment determines the current state by determining the DRX parameter currently used: If the user equipment discovers two sets of DRX newly configured by the base station. The parameter, where a set of DRX parameters is the same as the DRX parameter currently used by the user equipment, the UE determines the state of the DRX parameter after the reconfiguration.
  • step S20 when the user equipment is using the DRX parameter corresponding to the "default" state, that is, when the user equipment is in the "default” state, if the power preference of the user equipment changes, it is desirable to reduce the power overhead.
  • the user equipment sends a "power preference indication" to the base station, requesting the DRX parameter configuration corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state.
  • step S22 when the user equipment is using the DRX parameter corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state, that is, when the user equipment is in the “lower power consumption” state, the power preference of the user equipment changes, hoping to improve performance, that is, increase If the power consumption is exceeded, the user equipment sends a "power preference indication" to the base station, and requests the DRX parameter configuration corresponding to the "default" state.
  • the power consumption indication (“power preference indication", including the preference indication of reducing the power overhead and the preference indication of increasing the power overhead) may not be limited by the state in which the user equipment is located, ie, when When the user equipment's preference for power overhead changes, the power consumption preference indication may be sent to the base station.
  • the first timer for determining the transmission of the preference indication for limiting the power consumption is directly determined. If the determination result is yes, Then, a preference indication for reducing the power overhead is sent to the base station.
  • step S22 when the preference of the user equipment for power consumption is changed to increase the power consumption, directly determining whether the second timer for limiting the transmission of the preference indication for increasing the power consumption times out, if the determination result is yes, then The base station sends a preference indication that increases power overhead.
  • the step S20 determines whether the first timer is still running, that is, when the first timer is still running, if the user equipment determines the power preference transition.
  • the operation layer that performs the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management is not in the same protocol layer as the user equipment.
  • the protocol layer of the user equipment performing the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management operation is AS. (Access Stratum, access layer), and the protocol layer for determining the power preference is the upper layer (upper layer) of the AS, the AS layer of the user equipment can notify the upper layer, and the "power preference indication" is restricted.
  • the AS layer of the user equipment can also notify the upper layer that the transmission is not restricted.
  • the upper layer of the AS receives the unrestricted indication, it determines that the user equipment still needs to send a preference indication for reducing the power consumption, and may notify the access layer AS layer; otherwise, if the user equipment does not need to send the reduced power overhead. No preference is given for the preference indication. If the user equipment is for power The preference judgment is performed at the same protocol layer as the operation performed by the user equipment to perform the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management. (The protocol layer is not specifically defined here, and the execution entity is collectively referred to as the user equipment), and the user equipment may not execute. Any operation.
  • the determination result is no, that is, when the second timer is still running, if the user equipment determines the power preference transition
  • the operation layer of the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management performed by the user equipment is not in the same protocol layer.
  • the protocol layer of the user equipment performing the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management operation is AS. (Access Stratum, access layer), and the protocol layer for determining the power preference is the upper layer (upper layer) of the AS, the AS layer of the user equipment can notify the upper layer, and the "power preference indication" is restricted.
  • the AS layer of the user equipment can also notify the upper layer that the transmission is not restricted.
  • the upper layer of the AS receives the unrestricted indication, it determines that the user equipment still needs to send a preference indication for increasing power consumption, and may notify the access layer AS layer; otherwise, if the user equipment does not need to send an increased power overhead. No preference is given for the preference indication. If the user equipment determines the power preference at the same protocol layer as the user equipment performs the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management operation (the protocol layer is not specifically defined herein, and the execution entity is collectively referred to as the user equipment), The user device can perform no operations.
  • the lengths of the first timer and the second timer may be preset in the user equipment.
  • the length of the first timer and the length of the second timer may be specified by the base station to the user in a radio resource management connection establishment process or a radio resource management connection reconfiguration process. device. In some possible implementations, the length of the first timer is longer than or equal to the length of the second timer.
  • the base station may determine whether the current location can be The user equipment updates the radio resource parameter configuration. If the judgment result is no, the base station does not respond to the preference indication of reducing the power consumption or the base station does not respond to the preference indication of the increased power overhead.
  • the base station determines whether the radio resource parameter configuration can be updated for the user equipment, if the judgment result is No, the base station does not respond to the preference indication of reducing power consumption.
  • the first timer is used to limit the sending of the user equipment's preference indication for reducing power consumption
  • the second timer is used to limit the sending of the user's preference indication for increasing power consumption.
  • the transmission of the user equipment's preference for reducing the power consumption and the transmission of the preference indication for increasing the power consumption are respectively defined, which is more flexible and more user-friendly than the prior art by the same timer.
  • the embodiment of the present invention controls whether the user equipment enters the reduced power overhead by the fourth timer controlled by the sixth timer on the network side, and is controlled by the preference of the seventh timer and the fifth timer of the network side to increase the power overhead.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a third embodiment of a signaling sending method according to the present invention, which is an extension performed on the basis of the second embodiment. As shown in FIG. 3, it may include:
  • Step S30 When the user equipment's preference for the power consumption is changed to reduce the power consumption, it is determined whether the first timer for transmitting the preference indication for limiting the power consumption is timed out. If the determination result is yes, step S31 is performed.
  • Step S31 The user equipment sends a preference indication for reducing power consumption to the base station.
  • Step S32 When the user equipment's preference for power consumption is changed to increase the power consumption, it is determined whether the second timer for limiting the transmission of the preference indication for increasing the power consumption times out. If the determination result is yes, step S33 is performed.
  • Step S33 The user equipment sends a preference indication for increasing power consumption to the base station.
  • Step S34 The user equipment starts the first timer and/or the second timer.
  • step o and step S32 may be in no order, that is, the user equipment's preference for power consumption is first changed to need to increase power overhead, and then converted to need to reduce power consumption.
  • the order of step 34 and step 30, step 31, step 32 and step 33 is: step 30, step 31, step 34; or step 32, step 33, step 34. That is, each time the user equipment sends a power consumption preference indication to the base station, step 34 needs to be performed, regardless of whether the power consumption preference of the transmission indicates a decrease or an increase.
  • the method before step S30, further includes: determining whether the preference of the user equipment for the power consumption is changed to a process for reducing power consumption, which may include:
  • the user equipment acquires a fourth timer; when the fourth timer of the user equipment expires or the user equipment predicts that the user equipment is in an idle state, the time is greater than or equal to the length of the fourth timer of the user equipment, Determining that the preference of the user equipment for power consumption is changed to reduce power consumption;
  • the method before step S32, the method further includes: determining whether the preference of the user equipment for the power consumption is changed to a process for increasing power consumption, which may include:
  • the time is less than or equal to the length of the fifth timer of the user equipment, Determining the user equipment's preference for power overhead translates to an increase in power overhead.
  • the user equipment may obtain the fourth timer from the base station, where the user equipment may obtain the fifth timer, the fourth timer, and/or the The five timers are obtained from at least one of a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover message sent by the base station.
  • the length of the fourth timer is less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer in the base station
  • the length of the fifth timer is less than or equal to the length of the seventh timer in the base station.
  • the sixth timer is a trigger for maintaining the base station side to reduce the power consumption in the base station, where the seventh timer is used by the base station to increase the power overhead for the base station side triggering.
  • the fourth timer obtained by the user equipment is timed out, it is determined that the power consumption preference of the user equipment is changed to a power consumption reduction.
  • the fifth timer obtained by the user equipment times out, the power of the user equipment is determined. The preference for overhead shifts to the need to increase power overhead.
  • the user equipment may obtain the sixth timer from the base station, where the user equipment may obtain the seventh timer, the sixth timer, and/or the The seven timers are obtained from at least one of a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover message sent by the base station.
  • the fourth timer may be set in the user equipment according to the sixth timer, and the seventh timer is configured according to the seventh timer.
  • the length of the set fourth timer may be less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer, and the length of the set fifth timer may be less than or equal to The length of the seventh timer.
  • the user equipment may estimate the length of the sixth timer and or the seventh timer according to the message acquired from the base station. For example, after the UE performs a data transceiving operation, a timer is started, and the timer is restarted after the UE performs the next data transceiving operation. If the base station sends a reconfiguration message/RRC connection release message to the user equipment, the user equipment The length of the timer may be recorded as the length of the sixth timer and the seventh timer according to the content of the reconfiguration message/RRC connection release message.
  • the user equipment does not record the length of the timer as the sixth timer and the seventh.
  • the length of the timer if the reconfiguration message/RRC connection release message is configured to DRX or configure a more power-saving DRX, the user equipment records the length of the timer as the length of the sixth timer and the seventh timer.
  • the fourth timer when the user equipment records the sixth timer length and the length of the seventh timer, the fourth timer may be set in the user equipment according to the sixth timer, and the fifth timing is set according to the seventh timer.
  • the length of the fourth timer that is set may be less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer, and the length of the set fifth timer may be less than or equal to the length of the seventh timer.
  • the user equipment may obtain the length of the sixth timer and the seventh timer by multiple estimations, such as averaging the multiple estimation results, or taking the minimum value. , or take the largest value, etc., where each estimation process is the same as the above estimation method, here is not As described above, the accuracy of obtaining the length of the sixth timer and or the seventh timer is increased.
  • the user equipment may predict that the user equipment will continue to be in an idle state (in a specific implementation, the user equipment may be according to the user equipment.
  • the service type of the data being sent and received, the status of the current network, and the like are expected to be in the idle state for the user equipment, for example, 10s, and at the same time, the user equipment may be based on the sixth timing received from the base station.
  • the fourth timer is set, and the sixth timer is 8s, the user equipment can set the fourth timer to be 5s, or directly receive the fourth timer from the base station (for example, l is ), so Determining, by the user equipment, that the user equipment is in an idle state (such as 10s above) is greater than or equal to a length of the fourth timer of the user equipment (such as 5s above), determining a preference transition of the user equipment for power consumption.
  • the user equipment predicts that the user equipment is in an idle state (such as the above 10s) is smaller than the length of the fourth timer of the user equipment (such as l is above), and the conclusion that the preference is converted to the peak low power overhead cannot be obtained. Similar to the fifth timer, it will not be described here.
  • the foregoing determining that the user equipment's preference for power consumption is changed to reduce power consumption, and/or determining that the user equipment's preference for power consumption is converted into a process that needs to increase power consumption may be independent. It exists in the flow shown in Figure 3.
  • the power consumption indication (“power preference indication”, including the preference indication of reducing the power overhead and the preference indication of increasing the power overhead) is based on two explicit states in which the user equipment is located.
  • the user equipment includes two states: a default state ("default" state) and a reduced power consumption state (“lower power consumption” state).
  • default state a default state
  • low power consumption a reduced power consumption state
  • the base station eg, the evolved base station eNB
  • step S30 when the preference of the user equipment for the power consumption is changed to the power consumption reduction, the user equipment first determines whether it is in the default state, and if the determination result is yes, further determines the preference for limiting the power consumption reduction. Whether the indicated first timer (which can be recorded as "T_Default”) is timed out (ie, the timer is not running), and if the result of the determination is YES, step S31 is performed. And in step S32, when the user equipment's preference for the power consumption is changed to the power consumption requirement, it is determined whether the user is in the reduced power consumption state. If the determination result is yes, the method further determines the preference indication for limiting the increased power consumption. Whether the second timer (which can be recorded as "T-Lower Power”) times out, if the determination is yes, sends a preference indication of increasing power overhead to the base station.
  • T_Default the indicated first timer
  • step S32 when the user equipment's preference for the power consumption is changed to the power consumption requirement, it is determined
  • the method for determining that the user equipment determines the state in which the user is located may include:
  • the user equipment determines the state of the user according to the specified parameter length. When the parameter length meets the length required by the default state, the user equipment is determined to be in a default state; when the parameter length meets the reduced power overhead. If the state needs to be satisfied, the user equipment is determined to be in a reduced power consumption state.
  • the length of the DRX cycle in the user equipment may be determined according to the length of the DRX cycle in the user equipment. When the length of the DRX cycle currently configured by the user equipment is less than the length of the DRX cycle in the idle (IDLE) state, Then, it is judged that it is in the "default" state.
  • the UE When the length of the DRX cycle currently configured by the user equipment is equal to or greater than the length of the IDLE state DRX cycle, the UE is considered to be in the "lower power consumption" state.
  • the length of the DRX cycle in the idle state is used as the threshold to distinguish between the "default" and the “lower power consumption". Only one example is used. In the specific implementation, the length of other parameters may be used as the threshold.
  • step S30 when the user equipment is using the length of the DRX cycle corresponding to the "default" state, that is, when the user equipment is in the "default” state, if the power preference of the user equipment changes, it is desirable to drop The low power overhead, on the premise that the first timer expires, the user equipment sends a "power preference indication" to the base station, requesting to use the DRX parameter configuration corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state.
  • step S32 when the user equipment is using the length of the DRX cycle corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state, that is, when the user equipment is in the "lower power consumption” state, the power preference of the user equipment changes, and it is desired to improve performance, that is, increase For the power overhead, the user equipment sends a "power preference indication" to the base station, requesting to use the DRX parameter configuration corresponding to the "default" state.
  • the determining manner that the user equipment determines the state in which the user equipment is located may include:
  • the user equipment is in a default state; when the user equipment is using the discontinuous reception DRX parameter corresponding to the reduced power consumption state, it is determined that the user equipment is in a reduced power consumption state.
  • the base station may simultaneously configure the discontinuous reception DRX parameter corresponding to the default state and the discontinuous reception DRX parameter corresponding to the reduced power consumption state to the user equipment, and adopt an explicit or implicit manner. Prompting to the user the status corresponding to the parameter.
  • the base station may also configure only one set of DRX parameters to the user equipment at a time, and indicate the status corresponding to the DRX parameters in an explicit manner. For example, when the base station can establish a radio resource management RRC connection, two sets of different DRX parameters are configured for the user equipment.
  • the base station can indicate, in an explicit manner, which set of DRX parameters (using the DRX parameter corresponding to "default” or the DRX parameter corresponding to "lower power consumption") when the UE enters the RRC connection state, that is, which state is in the state; It is also stipulated by default that when the user equipment enters the RRC connection state, it directly enters the "default” state, using "default”. The DRX parameter corresponding to the status. Alternatively, by default, when the user equipment enters the RRC connection state, it directly enters the "lower power consumption” state and uses the DRX parameter corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state.
  • the base station can perform the RRC connection reconfiguration process, that is, in the RRC connection reconfiguration process, the base station configures two sets of different DRX parameters for the user equipment. Then, the base station can indicate which set of DRX parameters, ie, which state, the user equipment uses after the RRC reconfiguration process by using the displayed indication. For another example, the base station indicates the state of the user equipment in an implicit manner. The user equipment determines the current state by determining the DRX parameter currently used: If the user equipment discovers two sets of DRX newly configured by the base station. The parameter, where a set of DRX parameters is the same as the DRX parameter currently used by the user equipment, the UE determines the state of the DRX parameter after the reconfiguration.
  • step S310 when the user equipment is using the DRX parameter corresponding to the "default" state, that is, when the user equipment is in the "default” state, if the power preference of the user equipment changes, it is desirable to reduce the power overhead, and satisfy the first On the premise that the timer expires, the user equipment sends a "ower preference indication" to the base station, requesting to use the DRX parameter configuration corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state. And in step S32, when the user equipment is using the DRX parameter corresponding to the "default" state.
  • the DRX parameter corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state that is, when the user equipment is in the "lower power consumption” state
  • the power preference of the user equipment changes, and it is expected that the performance can be improved, that is, the power overhead is increased, and the second timer expires.
  • the power consumption indication (“power preference indication", including the preference indication of reducing the power overhead and the preference indication of increasing the power overhead) may not be limited by the state in which the user equipment is located, ie, when When the user equipment's preference for power overhead changes, the power consumption preference indication may be sent to the base station.
  • the direct determination is used to limit the power consumption. If the first timer sent by the indication is timed out, if the result of the determination is yes, a preference indication for reducing the power overhead is sent to the base station.
  • step S32 when the preference of the user equipment for power consumption is changed to increase the power consumption, directly determining whether the second timer for limiting the transmission of the preference indication for increasing the power consumption times out, if the determination result is yes, then The base station sends a preference indication that increases power overhead.
  • the step S30 determines whether the first timer is still running, that is, when the first timer is still running, if the user equipment determines the power preference transition
  • the operation layer that performs the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management is not in the same protocol layer as the user equipment.
  • the protocol layer of the user equipment performing the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management operation is AS. (Access Stratum, access layer), and the protocol layer for determining the power preference is the upper layer (upper layer) of the AS, the AS layer of the user equipment can notify the upper layer, and the "power preference indication" is restricted.
  • the AS layer of the user equipment can also notify the upper layer that the transmission is not restricted.
  • the upper layer of the AS receives the unrestricted indication, it determines that the user equipment still needs to send a preference indication for reducing the power consumption, and may notify the access layer AS layer; otherwise, if the user equipment does not need to send the reduced power overhead. No preference is given for the preference indication. If the user equipment determines the power preference at the same protocol layer as the user equipment performs the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management operation (the protocol layer is not specifically defined herein, and the execution entity is collectively referred to as the user equipment), The user device can perform no operations.
  • step S32 when it is determined in step S32 whether the second timer is timed out, the determination result is no, that is, when the second timer is still running, if the user equipment determines the power preference transition
  • the operation of the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management performed by the user equipment is not at the same protocol layer.
  • the user equipment may be called to perform power preference.
  • Indication "The protocol layer of the operation of the transmission and timer management is AS (Access Stratum), and the protocol layer for determining the power preference is the upper layer of the AS), and the AS layer of the user equipment can notify the upper layer. Layer, "power preference indication" is restricted.
  • the AS layer of the user equipment can also notify the upper layer that the transmission is not restricted.
  • the upper layer of the AS receives the unrestricted indication.
  • the access layer AS layer may be notified; otherwise, if the user equipment does not need to send the preference indication for increasing the power overhead, no operation is performed.
  • the power preference is judged at the same protocol layer as the user equipment performing the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management operation. (The protocol layer is not specifically defined here, and the execution entity is collectively referred to as the user equipment.) Do anything.
  • the lengths of the first timer and the second timer may be preset in the user equipment.
  • the length of the first timer and the length of the second timer may be specified by the base station to the user in a radio resource management connection establishment process or a radio resource management connection reconfiguration process. device.
  • the length of the first timer is longer than or equal to the length of the second timer.
  • the base station may determine whether the current location can be The user equipment updates the radio resource parameter configuration. If the judgment result is no, the base station does not respond to the preference indication of reducing the power consumption or the base station does not respond to the preference indication of the increased power overhead.
  • the base station determines whether the radio resource parameter configuration can be updated for the user equipment. If the determination result is no, the base station does not respond to the preference indication of reducing the power consumption.
  • the step of replacing the step of transmitting a preference indication of increasing power consumption to the base station when the user equipment's preference for power consumption is changed to need to increase power overhead is used.
  • step S34 may be replaced by: the user equipment starts the first timer.
  • step S34 when the user equipment includes two explicit states, in step S34, when the user equipment is in the default state, only the first timer may be started; when the user equipment is in the reduced power overhead state, only the first Two timers. If the user equipment only includes the first timer, when it is determined in step S34 that the user is in the reduced power overhead state, it is not necessary to start the timer. If the user equipment is not limited by the status, the first timer and the second timer may be simultaneously started in step S34; if the user equipment includes only the first timer, only the first timer is started in step S34.
  • the "start" referred to in the present invention includes the first start and the subsequent restart after the timer is cleared.
  • step S34 optionally, after performing step S34, the first timer in the user equipment has timed out, but the radio resource parameter configuration result sent by the base station is not received, and When the user equipment's power consumption preference is changed to the power consumption reduction, the user equipment cannot send a preference indication for reducing the power consumption to the base station until the radio resource parameter configuration result sent by the base station is received.
  • the second timer in the user equipment has timed out, but the radio resource parameter configuration sent by the base station is not received.
  • the user equipment cannot send a preference indication of increasing power consumption to the base station until the power consumption preference of the user equipment is changed to the required power consumption overhead, until the radio resource parameter configuration result sent by the base station is received.
  • the user equipment when the first timer in the user equipment does not time out after performing step S34, receiving a radio resource parameter configuration result sent by the base station, and the user When the device's power consumption preference is again changed to reduce the power consumption, the user equipment cannot send a preference indication for reducing the power overhead to the base station until the first timer expires.
  • the user equipment when the second timer in the user equipment does not time out after performing step S34, receiving a radio resource parameter configuration result sent by the base station, and the user When the device's power consumption preference is changed to the need to increase the power consumption, the user equipment cannot send a preference indication of increasing power consumption to the base station until the second timer expires.
  • the first timer is used to limit the sending of the user equipment's preference indication for reducing power consumption
  • the second timer is used to limit the sending of the user's preference indication for increasing power consumption.
  • the transmission of the user equipment's preference for reducing the power consumption and the transmission of the preference indication for increasing the power consumption are respectively defined, which is more flexible and more user-friendly than the prior art by the same timer.
  • the embodiment of the present invention controls whether the user equipment enters the reduced power overhead by the fourth timer controlled by the sixth timer on the network side, and is controlled by the preference of the seventh timer and the fifth timer of the network side to increase the power overhead.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a fourth embodiment of a signaling sending method according to the present invention, which is an extension performed on the basis of the second embodiment. As shown in FIG. 4, it may include:
  • Step S40 When the user equipment's preference for the power consumption is changed to reduce the power consumption, it is determined whether the first timer for transmitting the preference indication for limiting the power consumption is timed out. If the determination result is yes, step S41 is performed.
  • Step S41 The user equipment sends a preference indication for reducing power consumption to the base station.
  • Step S42 When the user equipment's preference for power consumption is changed to increase the power consumption, it is determined whether the second timer for limiting the transmission of the preference indication for increasing the power consumption expires. If the determination result is yes, step S43 is performed.
  • Step S43 The user equipment sends a preference indication for increasing power consumption to the base station.
  • Step S44 The base station configures a radio resource parameter for the user equipment according to the received preference indication of the reduced power overhead or the preference indication of increasing the power overhead.
  • Step S45 The user equipment receives a radio resource parameter configuration result sent by the base station.
  • Step S46 The user equipment starts the first timer and/or the second timer.
  • step S40 and step S42 may be in no order, that is, the user equipment's preference for power consumption is first changed to need to increase power overhead, and then converted to need to reduce power consumption.
  • the order of step 44 to step 46 and step 40, step 41, step 42 and step 43 are: step 40, step 41, step 44 to step 46; or step 42, step 43, step 44 to step 46. That is, each time the user equipment receives the radio resource parameter configuration result sent by the base station, steps 44 to 46 need to be performed, regardless of whether the transmitted power consumption preference indication is decreased or increased.
  • the method before step S40, further includes: determining whether the preference of the user equipment for the power consumption is changed to a process for reducing the power consumption, which may include: The user equipment acquires a fourth timer; when the fourth timer of the user equipment expires or the user equipment predicts that the user equipment is in an idle state, the time is greater than or equal to the length of the fourth timer of the user equipment, Determining the user equipment's preference for the power consumption is to reduce the power consumption; in some feasible implementations, before step S42, the method further includes determining whether the preference of the user equipment for the power consumption is changed to a process for increasing the power consumption. , which can include:
  • the time is less than or equal to the length of the fifth timer of the user equipment, Determining the user equipment's preference for power overhead translates to an increase in power overhead.
  • the user equipment may obtain the fourth timer from the base station, where the user equipment may obtain the fifth timer, the fourth timer, and/or the The five timers are obtained from at least one of a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover message sent by the base station.
  • the length of the fourth timer is less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer in the base station
  • the length of the fifth timer is less than or equal to the length of the seventh timer in the base station.
  • the sixth timer is a trigger for maintaining the base station side to reduce the power consumption in the base station, where the seventh timer is used by the base station to increase the power overhead for the base station side triggering.
  • the fourth timer obtained by the user equipment is timed out, it is determined that the power consumption preference of the user equipment is changed to a power consumption reduction.
  • the fifth timer obtained by the user equipment times out, the power of the user equipment is determined. The preference for overhead shifts to the need to increase power overhead.
  • the user equipment may obtain the sixth timer from the base station, where the user equipment may obtain the seventh timer, the sixth timer, and/or the The seven timers are obtained from at least one of a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover message sent by the base station.
  • the user equipment obtains the first from the base station
  • the fourth timer is set in the user equipment according to the sixth timer
  • the fifth timer is set according to the seventh timer
  • the fourth timer is set.
  • the length of the timer may be less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer, and the length of the set fifth timer may be less than or equal to the length of the seventh timer.
  • the user equipment may estimate the length of the sixth timer and or the seventh timer according to the message acquired from the base station. For example, after the UE performs a data transceiving operation, a timer is started, and the timer is restarted after the UE performs the next data transceiving operation. If the base station sends a reconfiguration message/RRC connection release message to the user equipment, the user equipment The length of the timer may be recorded as the length of the sixth timer and the seventh timer according to the content of the reconfiguration message/RRC connection release message.
  • the user equipment does not record the length of the timer as the sixth timer and the seventh.
  • the length of the timer if the reconfiguration message/RRC connection release message is configured to DRX or configure a more power-saving DRX, the user equipment records the length of the timer as the length of the sixth timer and the seventh timer.
  • the fourth timer when the user equipment records the sixth timer length and the length of the seventh timer, the fourth timer may be set in the user equipment according to the sixth timer, and the fifth timing is set according to the seventh timer.
  • the length of the fourth timer that is set may be less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer, and the length of the set fifth timer may be less than or equal to the length of the seventh timer.
  • the user equipment may obtain the length of the sixth timer and the seventh timer by multiple estimations, such as averaging the multiple estimation results, or taking the minimum value. Or, the maximum value or the like is taken, wherein each estimation process is the same as the above estimation method, and is not described herein to increase the accuracy of obtaining the length of the sixth timer or the seventh timer.
  • the user equipment when the user equipment performs a data transceiving operation and enters an idle state, the user equipment may predict that the user equipment will continue to be in an idle state (in a specific implementation, the user equipment may be according to the user equipment.
  • the service type of the data being sent and received, the status of the current network, and the like are expected to be in the idle state for the user equipment, for example, 10s, and at the same time, the user equipment may be based on the sixth timing received from the base station.
  • the fourth timer is set, and the sixth timer is 8s, the user equipment can set the fourth timer to be 5s, or directly receive the fourth timer from the base station (for example, l is ), so Determining, by the user equipment, that the user equipment is in an idle state (such as 10s above) is greater than or equal to a length of the fourth timer of the user equipment (such as 5s above), determining a preference transition of the user equipment for power consumption. In order to reduce the power overhead, if the user equipment predicts that the user equipment is in an idle state If the interval (such as 10s above) is smaller than the length of the fourth timer of the user equipment (such as l is above), the conclusion that the preference transitions to the peak low power overhead cannot be obtained. Similar to the fifth timer, it will not be described here.
  • the foregoing determining that the user equipment's preference for power consumption is changed to reduce power consumption, and/or determining that the user equipment's preference for power consumption is converted into a process that needs to increase power consumption may be independent. It exists in the flow shown in FIG.
  • the power consumption indication (“power preference indication”, including the preference indication of reducing the power overhead and the preference indication of increasing the power overhead) is based on two explicit states in which the user equipment is located.
  • the user equipment includes a default state ("default” state) and a reduced power overhead state (“lower power consumption” state). State, when the user equipment determines that it is in the "default” state, it can only send a preference indication of "lower power consumption” to the base station (eg, the evolved base station eNB); conversely, if the user It is determined that the user is in the "lower power consumption” state, and can only send a preference indication to the base station to return a "default” state (adding power overhead).
  • the base station eg, the evolved base station eNB
  • step S40 when the user equipment's preference for power consumption is changed to lower power consumption.
  • the user equipment first determines whether it is in the default state, if the determination result is yes, it is further determined whether the first timer (which can be recorded as "T-Default") for limiting the transmission of the preference indication for reducing the power consumption is timed out ( That is, if the timer is not running, if the result of the determination is yes, step S41 is performed.
  • step S42 when the user equipment's preference for power consumption is changed to need to increase power consumption, it is determined whether the user is in a reduced power overhead state. The result is yes, then further judged to limit the increase in power overhead Good indication of the second timer (may be recorded as "T- LowerPower") whether a timeout, if yes, then the base station transmits to the cost of power increasing preference indication.
  • the method for determining that the user equipment determines the state in which the user is located may include:
  • the user equipment determines the state of the user according to the specified parameter length. When the parameter length meets the length required by the default state, the user equipment is determined to be in a default state; when the parameter length meets the reduced power overhead. If the state needs to be satisfied, the user equipment is determined to be in a reduced power consumption state.
  • the length of the DRX cycle in the user equipment may be determined according to the length of the DRX cycle in the user equipment. When the length of the DRX cycle currently configured by the user equipment is less than the length of the DRX cycle in the idle (IDLE) state, Then, it is judged that it is in the "default" state.
  • the UE When the length of the DRX cycle currently configured by the user equipment is equal to or greater than the length of the IDLE state DRX cycle, the UE is considered to be in the "lower power consumption” state.
  • the length of the DRX cycle in the idle state is used as a threshold to distinguish between "default” and “lower power consumption", only It is only an example. In the specific implementation, the length of other parameters can be used as the threshold judgment. In this way, in step S40, when the user equipment is using the length of the DRX cycle corresponding to the "default" state, that is, when the user equipment is in the "default” state, if the power preference of the user equipment changes, it is desirable to reduce the power overhead.
  • the user equipment sends a "power preference indication" to the base station, requesting to use the DRX parameter configuration corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state.
  • step S42 when the user equipment is using the length of the DRX cycle corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state, that is, when the user equipment is in the "lower power consumption” state, the power preference of the user equipment changes, and it is desired to improve performance, that is, increase For the power overhead, the user equipment sends a "power preference indication" to the base station, requesting to use the DRX parameter configuration corresponding to the "default" state.
  • the determining manner that the user equipment determines the state in which the user equipment is located may include:
  • the user equipment is in a default state; when the user equipment is using the discontinuous reception DRX parameter corresponding to the reduced power consumption state, it is determined that the user equipment is in a reduced power consumption state.
  • the base station may simultaneously configure the discontinuous reception DRX parameter corresponding to the default state and the discontinuous reception DRX parameter corresponding to the reduced power consumption state to the user equipment, and adopt an explicit or implicit manner. Prompting to the user the status corresponding to the parameter.
  • the base station may also configure only one set of DRX parameters to the user equipment at a time, and indicate the status corresponding to the DRX parameters in an explicit manner. For example, when the base station can establish a radio resource management RRC connection, two sets of different DRX parameters are configured for the user equipment. And the base station can indicate that the UE is entering the RRC in an explicit manner.
  • the base station can perform the RRC connection reconfiguration process, that is, in the RRC connection reconfiguration process, the base station configures two sets of different DRX parameters for the user equipment.
  • the base station can indicate which set of DRX parameters, ie, which state, the user equipment uses after the RRC reconfiguration process by using the displayed indication.
  • the base station indicates the state of the user equipment in an implicit manner.
  • the user equipment determines the current state by determining the DRX parameter currently used: If the user equipment discovers two sets of DRX newly configured by the base station.
  • step S40 when the user equipment is using the DRX parameter corresponding to the "default" state, that is, when the user equipment is in the "default” state, if the power preference of the user equipment changes, it is desirable to reduce the power overhead.
  • the user equipment sends a "power preference indication" to the base station, requesting the DRX parameter configuration corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state.
  • step S42 when the user equipment is using the DRX parameter corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state, that is, when the user equipment is in the "lower power consumption” state, the power preference of the user equipment changes, and it is desired to improve performance, that is, increase power.
  • the user equipment sends a "power preference indication" to the base station, requesting to use the DRX parameter configuration corresponding to the "default” state.
  • a power consumption indication (“power preference indication”), including a preference indication for reducing power overhead and a preference indication for increasing power overhead)
  • the sending may be independent of the state in which the user equipment is located, that is, when the user equipment's preference for power overhead changes, the power consumption preference indication may be sent to the base station.
  • the first timer for determining the transmission of the preference indication for limiting the power consumption is directly determined to be timed out. If the determination result is yes, Then, a preference indication for reducing the power overhead is sent to the base station.
  • step S42 when the preference of the user equipment for the power consumption is changed to increase the power consumption, directly determining whether the second timer for limiting the transmission of the preference indication for increasing the power consumption times out, if the determination result is yes, then The base station sends a preference indication that increases power overhead.
  • the determination result is no, that is, when the first timer is still running, if the user equipment determines the power preference transition
  • the operation layer that performs the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management is not in the same protocol layer as the user equipment.
  • the protocol layer of the user equipment performing the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management operation is AS. (Access Stratum, access layer), and the protocol layer for determining the power preference is the upper layer (upper layer) of the AS, the AS layer of the user equipment can notify the upper layer, and the "power preference indication" is restricted.
  • the AS layer of the user equipment can also notify the upper layer that the transmission is not restricted.
  • the upper layer of the AS receives the unrestricted indication, it determines that the user equipment still needs to send a preference indication for reducing the power consumption, and may notify the access layer AS layer; otherwise, if the user equipment does not need to send the reduced power overhead. No preference is given for the preference indication. If the user equipment determines the power preference at the same protocol layer as the user equipment performs the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management operation (the protocol layer is not specifically defined herein, and the execution entity is collectively referred to as the user equipment), The user device can perform no operations.
  • step S42 determines whether the second timer is super When the judgment result of the time is no, that is, when the second timer is still running, if the user equipment determines that the power preference transition is not in the same protocol layer as the user equipment performs the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management operation,
  • the protocol layer of the user equipment performing the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management operation is AS (Access Stratum)
  • the protocol layer for judging the power preference is the upper layer of the AS. The upper layer)
  • the AS layer of the user equipment can notify the upper layer, and the "power preference indication" is restricted.
  • the AS layer of the user equipment can also notify the upper layer that the transmission is not restricted.
  • the upper layer of the AS After the upper layer of the AS receives the unrestricted indication, it determines that the user equipment still needs to send a preference indication for increasing power consumption, and may notify the access layer AS layer; otherwise, if the user equipment does not need to send an increased power overhead. No preference is given for the preference indication. If the user equipment determines the power preference at the same protocol layer as the user equipment performs the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management operation (the protocol layer is not specifically defined herein, and the execution entity is collectively referred to as the user equipment), The user device can perform no operations.
  • step S44 when the preferences indicate the base station receives the reduced power overhead will reduce power overhead ( "lower power consumption") corresponding to the state DRX parameters and physical layer parameters (e.g., CQI, Sounding To the user equipment, the practice can be as follows:
  • the base station configures two sets of discontinuous reception DRX parameters for the user equipment, and instructs the user equipment to use the DRX parameter corresponding to "lower power consumption" when performing the radio resource management connection;
  • the base station configures two sets of physical layer parameters for the user equipment according to the two sets of non-continuous receiving DRX parameters, and instructs the user equipment to use the physical layer corresponding to the DRX parameter corresponding to the "lower power consumption” when performing the radio resource management connection. parameter.
  • step S44 when the base station receives the cost of power increasing preference indication, the increase in power overhead ( "default") corresponding to the state of DRX parameters and physical layer parameters (such as CQI, Sounding) to the user equipment, the practice can be as follows:
  • the base station configures two sets of discontinuous reception DRX parameters for the user equipment, and instructs the user equipment to use a DRX parameter corresponding to "default" when performing a radio resource management connection;
  • the base station configures two sets of physical layer parameters for the user equipment according to the two sets of discontinuous reception DRX parameters, and instructs the user equipment to use the physical layer parameters corresponding to the DRX parameters corresponding to "default" when performing the radio resource management connection.
  • the setting of the DRX parameter by the base station includes setting the length of the DRX cycle.
  • the length of the DRX cycle may be set to be smaller than the length of the IDLE state DRX cycle.
  • the length of the DRX cycle may be set to be greater than or equal to the length of the IDLE state DRX cycle.
  • the user equipment may also implicitly determine the used DRX parameter by determining the current state: the current user equipment is in the "default” state, and if the base station does not explicitly indicate the user equipment transformation state, The user equipment uses the new DRX parameter corresponding to the "default” state; otherwise, the current user equipment is in the "lower power consumption” state, and if the base station does not explicitly indicate the user equipment change state, the user equipment uses the new corresponding "lower power consumption” state.
  • DRX parameters the current state: the current user equipment is in the "default” state, and if the base station does not explicitly indicate the user equipment transformation state, The user equipment uses the new DRX parameter corresponding to the "default" state; otherwise, the current user equipment is in the "lower power consumption” state, and if the base station does not explicitly indicate the user equipment change state, the user equipment uses the new corresponding "lower power consumption” state.
  • the lengths of the first timer and the second timer may be preset in the user equipment.
  • the length of the first timer and the length of the second timer may be specified by the base station to the user in a radio resource management connection establishment process or a radio resource management connection reconfiguration process. device.
  • the length of the first timer is longer than or equal to the length of the second timer.
  • the base station may determine whether the current location can be The user equipment updates the radio resource parameter configuration. If the judgment result is no, the base station does not respond to the preference indication of reducing the power consumption or the base station does not respond to the preference indication of the increased power overhead.
  • the base station determines whether the radio resource parameter configuration can be updated for the user equipment, if the judgment result is No, the base station does not respond to the preference indication of reducing power consumption.
  • the step of replacing the step of transmitting a preference indication of increasing power consumption to the base station when the user equipment's preference for power consumption is changed to need to increase power overhead is used.
  • step S46 may be replaced by: the user equipment starts the first timer.
  • step S46 when the user equipment includes two explicit states, in step S46, when the user equipment is in the default state, only the first timer may be started; when the user equipment is in the reduced power overhead state, only the first Two timers. If the user equipment only includes the first timer, when it is determined in step S46 that the user is in the reduced power overhead state, it is not necessary to start the timer. If the user equipment is not limited by the status, the first timer and the second timer may be simultaneously started in step S46; if the user equipment includes only the first timer, only the first timer is started in step S46.
  • the user equipment starts two timers at the same time, if the user equipment requests to send a new power overhead preference and satisfies the transmission condition, if one of the two timers is still running, the timer needs to be stopped, and then The first timer and the second timer are simultaneously started.
  • the first timer is used to limit the sending of the preference indication of the user equipment to reduce the power consumption
  • the second timer is used to limit the user to increase the power.
  • the sending of the preference indication of the overhead so as to respectively limit the transmission of the user equipment's preference indication for reducing the power consumption and the transmission of the preference indication for increasing the power consumption, which is more flexible than the prior art by the same timer.
  • the embodiment of the present invention controls whether the user equipment enters the reduced power overhead by the fourth timer controlled by the sixth timer on the network side, and is controlled by the preference of the seventh timer and the fifth timer of the network side to increase the power overhead.
  • the requirements of the power preference of the network side and the user equipment are more effectively coordinated, and the user equipment is adjusted to adjust the power preference in the shortest time.
  • the defect that the network side timer is inconsistent with the timer duration of the user equipment side and the power preference adjustment is not timely can be effectively solved.
  • the fourth timer and the fifth timer are combined to control whether the user equipment enters the preference for reducing the power overhead or increasing the power consumption.
  • the user equipment's power preference is coordinated to ensure that the user equipment adjusts the power preference in the shortest time.
  • the user equipment of the present invention may include an indication sending module 700, a first control module 701, and a second control module 702, where:
  • the indication sending module 700 is configured to send a power consumption preference indication to the base station, where the power consumption indication includes a preference indication for reducing power consumption or a preference indication for increasing power consumption.
  • the first control module 701 is configured to determine, when the preference of the user equipment for the power consumption is changed to reduce the power consumption, whether the first timer for limiting the transmission of the preference indication for reducing the power consumption times out, and if the determination result is yes, The indication sending module 700 is notified to send a preference indication of reducing power consumption to the base station.
  • the second control module 702 is configured to: when the preference of the user equipment for power consumption is changed to need to increase work When the rate is overhead, the indication sending module is notified to send a preference indication of increasing power consumption to the base station.
  • the power consumption indication (“power preference indication", including the preference indication of reducing the power overhead and the preference indication of increasing the power overhead) may be based on two explicit states in which the user equipment is located.
  • the user equipment includes two states: a default state ("default” ⁇ dog state) and a peak ["lower power consumption” state), when the user equipment judges that it is in “default” (default) "In the state, the preference indication of "lower power consumption” can only be sent to the base station (for example, the evolved base station eNB); conversely, if the user judges that he is in the "lower power consumption” state, it can only send to the base station. Returns a preference indication for the "default" state (increasing power overhead).
  • the optional user equipment of the present invention further includes a state determining module 704, configured to determine a state in which the user equipment is located.
  • the first control module 701 determines, when the user equipment's preference for power consumption is changed to reduce power consumption, and the state determining module 704 indicates that the user equipment is in a default state, determining a preference indication for limiting power consumption reduction. If the first timer (which can be recorded as "T-Default") is timed out (that is, the timer is not running), if the result of the determination is yes, the indication sending module 700 is notified to send a preference indication for reducing the power overhead to the base station. . And the second control module 702 notifies the indication sending module 700 to the location when the user equipment changes the power consumption preference to the power consumption overhead, and the state determining module 704 instructs the user equipment to reduce the power consumption state. The base station sends a preference indication for increasing power overhead.
  • the determining manner of the state determining module 704 determining the state of the user equipment may include:
  • the state judging module 704 determines, according to the specified parameter length, the state in which the user equipment is located, and when the parameter length meets the length that the default state needs to meet, determining that the user equipment is in a default state; Determining the length required to reduce the power overhead state, then determining the use The user equipment is in a reduced power overhead state. For example, the state judging module 704 may determine, according to the length of the discontinuous reception period (DRX cycle) in the user equipment, the state of the user equipment, when the length of the DRX cycle currently configured by the user equipment is less than the IDLE state.
  • DRX cycle discontinuous reception period
  • the UE When the length of the DRX cycle is determined to be in the "default” state, the UE is considered to be in the "lower power consumption” state when the length of the DRX cycle currently configured by the user equipment is equal to or greater than the length of the IDLE state DRX cycle.
  • the above-mentioned "default” and “lower power consumption” states are distinguished by using the length of the DRX cycle as the threshold in the idle state. This is only an example. In the specific implementation, the length of other parameters may be used as the threshold value.
  • the indication sending module 700 may send a "power preference indication" to the base station, requesting to use the DRX parameter configuration corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state.
  • the indication sending module 700 may send a "power preference indication" to the base station, requesting to use the DRX parameter configuration corresponding to the "default" state.
  • the determining, by the state determining module 704, the status of the user equipment may include:
  • the state determining module 704 determines, according to the discontinuous reception DRX parameter configured by the base station for the user equipment, the state of the user equipment, when the user equipment is receiving the DRX parameter by using the discontinuity corresponding to the default state, Determining that the user equipment is in a default state; when the user equipment is using the discontinuity receiving DRX parameter corresponding to the reduced power consumption state, determining the use The user equipment is in a reduced power overhead state.
  • the base station can simultaneously receive the discontinuous reception corresponding to the default state.
  • the DRX parameter and the discontinuous reception DRX parameter corresponding to the reduced power consumption state are simultaneously configured to the user equipment, and the user is prompted to the state corresponding to the parameter in an explicit or implicit manner.
  • the base station may also configure only one set of DRX parameters to the user equipment at a time, and indicate the status corresponding to the DRX parameters in an explicit manner. For example, when the base station can establish a radio resource management RRC connection, two sets of different DRX parameters are configured for the user equipment.
  • the base station can indicate, in an explicit manner, which set of DRX parameters (using the DRX parameter corresponding to "default” or the DRX parameter corresponding to "lower power consumption") when the UE enters the RRC connection state, that is, which state is in the state; It is also stipulated by default that when the user equipment enters the RRC connection state, it directly enters the "default” state and uses the DRX parameter corresponding to the "default” state. Alternatively, by default, when the user equipment enters the RRC connection state, it directly enters the "lower power consumption” state and uses the DRX parameter corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state.
  • the base station can perform the RRC connection reconfiguration process, that is, in the RRC connection reconfiguration process, the base station configures two sets of different DRX parameters for the user equipment. Then, the base station can indicate which set of DRX parameters, ie, which state, the user equipment uses after the RRC reconfiguration process by using the displayed indication. For another example, the base station indicates the state of the user equipment in an implicit manner. The user equipment determines the current state by determining the DRX parameter currently used: If the user equipment discovers two sets of DRX newly configured by the base station. The parameter, where a set of DRX parameters is the same as the DRX parameter currently used by the user equipment, the UE determines the state of the DRX parameter after the reconfiguration.
  • the state judgment module 704 determines that the user equipment is using the DRX parameter corresponding to the "default" state, that is, when the user equipment is in the "default” state, if the power preference of the user equipment changes, it is desirable to reduce the power overhead.
  • the user equipment may send a "power preference indication" to the base station, requesting to use “lower power”. Consumption" state corresponding DRX parameter configuration.
  • the state determination module 704 determines that the user equipment is using the DRX parameter corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state, that is, when the user equipment is in the "lower power consumption” state, the power preference of the user equipment changes.
  • the user equipment may send a "power preference indication" to the base station, requesting to use the DRX parameter configuration corresponding to the "default” state.
  • the power consumption indication (“power preference indication", including the preference indication of reducing the power overhead and the preference indication of increasing the power overhead) may not be limited by the state in which the user equipment is located, ie, when When the user equipment's preference for power overhead changes, the power consumption preference indication may be sent to the base station.
  • the user equipment may not include the state determination module 704.
  • the first control module 701 directly determines whether the first timer for limiting the transmission of the preference indication for reducing the power consumption times out. If the determination result is yes, the notification is The indication sending module 700 sends a preference indication for reducing the power overhead to the base station.
  • the second control module 702 directly notifies the indication sending module 700 to send a preference indication of increasing power consumption to the base station.
  • the first control module 701 determines whether the first timer is timed out, the determination result is no, that is, when the first timer is still running, if the user equipment changes power preference The judgment is not in the same protocol layer as the operation performed by the user equipment to perform the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management.
  • the protocol layer of the user equipment performing the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management operation may be referred to.
  • the AS Access Stratum
  • the protocol layer for determining the power preference is the upper layer of the AS
  • the first control module 701 is further configured to indicate the upper layer of the AS layer, "power preference indication"" Sending is restricted.
  • the first control module 701 is further configured to indicate that the AS layer is further The upper layer can be notified that the transmission is not restricted.
  • the upper layer of the AS receives the unrestricted indication, it determines that the user equipment still needs to send a preference indication for reducing the power consumption, and may notify the access layer AS layer; otherwise, if the user equipment does not need to send the reduced power overhead. No preference is given for the preference indication. If the user equipment determines the power preference at the same protocol layer as the user equipment performs the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management operation (the protocol layer is not specifically defined herein, and the execution entity is collectively referred to as the user equipment), The user device can perform no operations.
  • the length of the first timer is preset in the user equipment.
  • the user equipment may further include a setting module (not shown), which is used in advance for the user.
  • the length of the first timer is set in the device.
  • the length of the first timer is specified by the base station to the user equipment in a radio resource management connection establishment process or a radio resource management connection reconfiguration process.
  • the user equipment may further include a length receiving module (not shown) for receiving the length of the first timer that the base station assigns to the user equipment.
  • the user equipment may further include a timer acquisition module (not shown), configured to acquire at least one of a fourth timer and a fifth timer;
  • An indication determining module (not shown), configured to: when a fourth timer acquired by the timer acquiring module times out or the user equipment predicts that the user equipment is in an idle state, is greater than or equal to that obtained by the timer acquiring module Determining, by the user equipment, a preference for power consumption to reduce power consumption; and/or,
  • the timer acquiring module includes a first acquiring submodule and a Second, at least one of the submodules is obtained, wherein:
  • the first obtaining submodule is configured to set the fourth timer according to a sixth timer; or, obtain the fourth timer from the base station, where the sixth timer is set in the base station a second acquiring submodule, configured to set the fifth timer according to a seventh timer; or, obtain the fifth timer from the base station, where the seventh timer is The timer set in the base station.
  • the length of the fourth timer is less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer
  • the first acquiring submodule is further configured to acquire the sixth timer from the base station, Or estimating a length of the sixth timer set in the base station according to a message acquired from the base station;
  • the length of the fifth timer is less than or equal to the length of the seventh timer
  • the second acquiring submodule is further configured to acquire the seventh timer from the base station, or according to obtaining from the base station
  • the message estimates the length of the seventh timer set in the base station.
  • the first obtaining submodule may obtain the fourth timer from the base station, where the second acquiring submodule may obtain the fifth timer from the base station, specifically,
  • the fourth timer and/or the fifth timer may be obtained from at least one of a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover message sent by the base station.
  • the length of the fourth timer is less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer in the base station
  • the length of the fifth timer is less than or equal to the length of the seventh timer in the base station.
  • the sixth timer is a trigger for maintaining the base station side to reduce the power consumption in the base station, where the seventh timer is used by the base station to increase the power overhead for the base station side triggering. trigger.
  • the instruction determining module learns that the fourth timer obtained by the first acquiring sub-module times out, it may be determined that the device's preference for power consumption is changed to a required power consumption, and when the indication determining module learns that the second acquiring sub-module obtains
  • the fifth timer expires, determining that the preference of the user equipment for power consumption is changed to increase power Overhead.
  • the first obtaining submodule may obtain the sixth timer from the base station, where the second obtaining submodule may obtain the seventh timer, the sixth The timer and/or the seventh timer may be obtained from at least one of a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover message sent by the base station.
  • the fourth timer may be set in the user equipment according to the sixth timer, and the second acquiring submodule obtains the seventh timer from the base station.
  • the fifth timer may be set according to the seventh timer, and the length of the set fourth timer may be less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer, and the length of the set fifth timer may be less than Equal to the length of the seventh timer.
  • the user equipment may estimate the sixth timer according to the message acquired by the first acquiring submodule from the base station, or estimate the seventh timer according to the message acquired by the second acquiring submodule from the base station. length. For example, after the UE performs a data transceiving operation, a timer is started, and the timer is restarted after the UE performs the next data transceiving operation.
  • the first The obtaining submodule may determine, according to the content of the reconfiguration message/RRC connection release message, whether to record the length of the timer as the length of the sixth timer; the second obtaining submodule may be based on the content of the reconfiguration message/RRC connection release message. It is decided whether to record the length of the above timer as the length of the seventh timer. For example, if the reconfiguration message/RRC connection release message is a handover command, or a new radio bearer is established, or the original radio bearer is released, the first acquisition submodule or the second acquisition submodule does not record the length of the timer. For the sixth timer Length; if the reconfiguration message/RRC connection release message is configured to DRX or configure a more power-saving DRX, the first acquisition sub-module records the length of the timer as the length of the sixth timer.
  • the first acquiring submodule may set a fourth timer in the user equipment according to the sixth timer, and the second acquiring submodule may be configured according to The seventh timer sets a fifth timer, and the length of the set fourth timer may be less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer, and the length of the set fifth timer may be less than or equal to the first timer.
  • the length of the seven timers when the length of the sixth timer and the length of the seventh timer are recorded, the first acquiring submodule may set a fourth timer in the user equipment according to the sixth timer, and the second acquiring submodule may be configured according to The seventh timer sets a fifth timer, and the length of the set fourth timer may be less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer, and the length of the set fifth timer may be less than or equal to the first timer.
  • the length of the seven timers when the length of the sixth timer and the length of the seventh timer are recorded.
  • the indication determining module learns that the fourth timer set by the first acquiring sub-module is timed out, determining that the device's preference for power consumption is changed to reduce power consumption, when the indication determining module learns that the second acquiring sub-module is set When the fifth timer expires, it is determined that the preference of the user equipment for power consumption is changed to increase power consumption.
  • the user equipment may obtain the length of the sixth timer and the seventh timer by multiple estimations, such as averaging the multiple estimation results, or taking the minimum value. Or, the maximum value or the like is taken, wherein each estimation process is the same as the above estimation method, and is not described herein to increase the accuracy of obtaining the length of the sixth timer or the seventh timer.
  • the user equipment when the user equipment performs a data transceiving operation and enters an idle state, the user equipment may predict that the user equipment will continue to be in an idle state (in a specific implementation, the user equipment may be according to the user equipment.
  • the service type of the data being sent and received, the status of the current network, and the like are expected to be in the idle state for the user equipment, for example, 10s, and at the same time, the user equipment may be based on the sixth timing received from the base station.
  • the fourth timer is set, and if the sixth timer is 8s, the user equipment can set the fourth timer to be 5s, or directly receive the fourth timer (for example, lis) from the base station, so that when The user equipment is expected to have the user equipment in an idle state (such as 10s above) greater than or equal to the length of the fourth timer of the user equipment (such as 5s above), and determine that the user equipment's preference for power consumption is changed to Need to reduce power overhead, if When the user equipment predicts that the user equipment is in an idle state (such as 10s above) is less than the length of the fourth timer of the user equipment (such as the above l is ), the preference cannot be converted to a peak low. The conclusion of power overhead. Similar to the fifth timer, it will not be described here.
  • the user equipment in the embodiment of the present invention may include only a timer acquiring module and an indication determining module, and the user equipment may be dedicated to determining a power consumption preference of the user equipment.
  • the base station may determine whether the current location can be The user equipment updates the radio resource parameter configuration. If the judgment result is no, the base station does not respond to the preference indication of reducing the power consumption or the base station does not respond to the preference indication of the increased power overhead.
  • the base station determines whether the radio resource parameter configuration can be updated for the user equipment, if the judgment result is No, the base station does not respond to the preference indication of reducing power consumption.
  • the first timer is used to limit the sending of the preference indication of the user equipment to reduce the power overhead, and the sending of the preference indication for increasing the power overhead is not limited.
  • the transmission of the preference indication of the user equipment to reduce the power overhead and the transmission of the preference indication of the increased power consumption are respectively more flexible than the prior art by the same timer, and the user experience is improved.
  • the embodiment of the present invention controls whether the user equipment enters the reduced power overhead by the fourth timer controlled by the sixth timer on the network side, and is controlled by the preference of the seventh timer and the fifth timer of the network side to increase the power overhead.
  • the requirements of the power preference of the network side and the user equipment are more effectively coordinated, and the user equipment is adjusted to adjust the power preference in the shortest time. It can effectively solve the contradiction between the timer of the network side timer and the timer of the user equipment side, resulting in power preference adjustment. Defects that are not timely.
  • the fourth timer and the fifth timer are combined to control whether the user equipment enters the preference for reducing the power overhead or increasing the power consumption.
  • the user equipment's power preference is coordinated to ensure that the user equipment adjusts the power preference in the shortest time.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a second embodiment of a user equipment according to the present invention.
  • the user equipment of the present invention may include an indication transmitting module 800, a first control module 801, and a third control module 803: where:
  • the indication sending module 800 is configured to send a power consumption preference indication to the base station, where the power consumption indication includes a preference indication for reducing power consumption or a preference indication for increasing power consumption.
  • the first control module 801 is configured to determine, when the user equipment's preference for the power consumption is changed to reduce the power consumption, whether the first timer for limiting the transmission of the preference indication for reducing the power consumption times out, and if the determination result is yes, The indication sending module 800 is notified to send a preference indication of reducing power consumption to the base station.
  • the third control module 803 is configured to determine, when the user equipment's preference for the power consumption is changed to increase the power consumption, whether the second timer for limiting the transmission of the preference indication for increasing the power consumption times out, and if the determination result is yes, Notifying the indication sending module 800 to send a preference indication of increasing power consumption to the base station.
  • the power consumption indication (“power preference indication”, including the preference indication of reducing the power overhead and the preference indication of increasing the power overhead) is based on two explicit states in which the user equipment is located.
  • the user equipment includes two states: a default state ("default" state) and a reduced power consumption state (“lower power consumption” state).
  • default state a default state
  • low power consumption a reduced power consumption state
  • a base station eg, an evolved base station eNB
  • the user determines that he is in the "lower power consumption” state he can only send a preference indication to the base station that returns a "default” state (increased power overhead).
  • the user equipment further includes a state determining module 804, when the user equipment's preference for power consumption is changed to reduce power consumption, and the state determining module 804 indicates that the user equipment is in a default state,
  • a control module 801 determines whether the first timer (which can be recorded as "T-Default") for limiting the transmission of the preference indication for reducing the power overhead is timed out (ie, the timer is not running), and if the determination result is yes, the notification station
  • the indication sending module 800 sends a preference indication for reducing the power overhead to the base station.
  • the third control module 803 determines a preference for limiting the increased power overhead.
  • the indicated second timer (which can be recorded as "T-Lower Power") is timed out. If the result of the determination is yes, the indication sending module 800 is notified to send a preference indication of increasing power consumption to the base station.
  • the determining method of the state determining module 804 for determining the state of the user equipment may include:
  • the state determining module 804 determines, according to the specified parameter length, a state in which the user equipment is located, and when the parameter length meets a length that is required to be met by the default state, determining that the user equipment is in a default state; If the length of the power consumption state is required to be reduced, the user equipment is determined to be in a reduced power consumption state.
  • the length of the DRX cycle may be determined by the length of the DRX cycle in the user equipment. When the length of the DRX cycle currently configured by the user equipment is less than the length of the DRX cycle in the idle (IDLE) state, Then, the state judging module 84 judges that the user equipment is in the "default" state.
  • the UE When the DRX cycle length currently configured by the user equipment is equal to or greater than the IDLE ⁇ dog state DRX cycle length, the UE is considered to be in the "lower power consumption” state.
  • the length of the DRX cycle in the idle state is used as a threshold to distinguish between "default" and “lower".
  • the power consumption state is only an example. In a specific implementation, the length of other parameters may be used as the threshold value.
  • the state determining module 804 determines that the user equipment is using the length of the DRX cycle corresponding to the "default" state, , i.e.
  • the user equipment is "default” state, if the user preferences change power device, it is desirable to reduce power overhead, in the premise of meeting the first timer expires, transmitting shellfish 1 J "power preference indication" to the base station, a request The DRX parameter configuration corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state is used.
  • the state determination module 804 determines that the user equipment is using the length of the DRX cycle corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state, that is, the user equipment is in the "lower power consumption” state, the user The power preference of the device changes. It is hoped that the performance can be improved. That is, if the power overhead is increased, the "power preference indication" is sent to the base station, and the DRX parameter configuration corresponding to the "default” state is requested.
  • the determining, by the state determining module 804, the status of the user equipment may include:
  • the state determining module 804 determines, according to the discontinuity receiving DRX parameter configured by the base station for the user equipment, the state in which the user is located, and when the user equipment is receiving the DRX parameter by using the discontinuity corresponding to the default state, The user equipment is in a default state; when the user equipment is using the discontinuous reception DRX parameter corresponding to the reduced power consumption state, it is determined that the user equipment is in a peak low power overhead state.
  • the base station may simultaneously configure the discontinuous reception DRX parameter corresponding to the default state and the discontinuous reception DRX parameter corresponding to the reduced power consumption state to the user equipment, and adopt an explicit or implicit manner. Prompting to the user the status corresponding to the parameter.
  • the base station may also configure only one set of DRX parameters to the user equipment at a time, and indicate the status corresponding to the DRX parameters in an explicit manner. For example, when the base station can establish a radio resource management RRC connection, two sets of different DRX parameters are configured for the user equipment. And the base station can indicate that the UE is entering the RRC in an explicit manner.
  • the base station can perform the RRC connection reconfiguration process, that is, in the RRC connection reconfiguration process, the base station configures two sets of different DRX parameters for the user equipment.
  • the base station can indicate which set of DRX parameters, ie, which state, the user equipment uses after the RRC reconfiguration process by using the displayed indication.
  • the base station indicates the state of the user equipment in an implicit manner.
  • the user equipment determines the current state by determining the DRX parameter currently used: If the user equipment discovers two sets of DRX newly configured by the base station.
  • the state determining module 804 determines that the user equipment is using the DRX parameter corresponding to the "default" state, that is, when the user equipment is in the "default” state, if the power preference of the user equipment changes, it is desirable to reduce the power overhead.
  • the user equipment sends a "power preference indication" to the base station, requesting to use the DRX parameter configuration corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state.
  • the state judging module 804 determines that the user equipment is using the DRX parameter corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state, that is, when the user equipment is in the "lower power consumption” state, the power preference of the user equipment changes, and it is expected to improve performance, that is, increase The power consumption, on the premise that the second timer expires, the user equipment sends a "power preference indication" to the base station, requesting to use the DRX parameter configuration corresponding to the "default" state.
  • the power consumption indication (“power preference indication", including the preference indication of reducing the power overhead and the preference indication of increasing the power overhead) may not be limited by the state in which the user equipment is located, ie, when When the user equipment's preference for power overhead changes, the power consumption preference indication may be sent to the base station. At this time, the user equipment may not include the state determination module 804.
  • the first control module 801 directly determines whether the first timer for limiting the transmission of the preference indication for reducing the power consumption times out. If the determination result is yes, the notification center The indication sending module 800 sends a preference indication for reducing the power overhead to the base station.
  • the third control module 803 directly determines whether the second timer for limiting the transmission of the preference indication for increasing the power consumption times out. If the determination result is yes, the notification is The indication sending module 800 sends a preference indication of increasing power consumption to the base station.
  • the first control module 801 determines whether the first timer is timed out, the determination result is no, that is, when the first timer is still running, if the user equipment is for power preference
  • the judgment of the transition is not in the same protocol layer as the operation performed by the user equipment to perform the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management.
  • the user equipment may be referred to as a protocol for performing "power preference indication" transmission and timer management operations.
  • the layer is an Access Stratum (AS), and the protocol layer for determining the power preference is the upper layer of the AS.
  • the first controller 801 can also instruct the AS layer of the user equipment to notify the upper layer. Preference indication" Send is restricted.
  • the first controller 801 may also instruct the AS layer to notify the upper layer that the transmission is not restricted.
  • the upper layer of the AS receives the unrestricted indication, it determines that the user equipment still needs to send a preference indication for reducing the power consumption, and may notify the access layer AS layer; otherwise, if the user equipment does not need to send the reduced power overhead. No preference is given for the preference indication. If the user equipment determines the power preference and the user equipment performs "power" Preference indication "The operation of the transmission and timer management is at the same protocol layer. (The protocol layer is not specifically defined here, and the execution entity is collectively referred to as the user equipment.) The first control module 801 indicates that the user equipment may not perform any operation.
  • the third control module 803 determines whether the second timer is timed out, the determination result is no, that is, when the second timer is still running, if the user equipment is for power preference
  • the judgment of the transition is not in the same protocol layer as the operation performed by the user equipment to perform the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management.
  • the user equipment may be referred to as a protocol for performing "power preference indication" transmission and timer management operations.
  • the layer is an Access Stratum (AS), and the protocol layer for determining the power preference is the upper layer of the AS.
  • the third control module 803 can instruct the AS layer of the user equipment to notify the upper layer, "power preference. Indication" Send is restricted.
  • the third control module 803 can instruct the AS layer of the user equipment to notify the upper layer that the transmission is not restricted.
  • the upper layer of the AS receives the unrestricted indication, it determines that the user equipment still needs to send a preference indication for increasing power consumption, and may notify the access layer AS layer; otherwise, if the user equipment does not need to send an increased power overhead. No preference is given for the preference indication. If the user equipment determines the power preference at the same protocol layer as the user equipment performs the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management operation (the protocol layer is not specifically defined herein, and the execution entity is collectively referred to as the user equipment), The third control module 803 indicates that the user equipment may not perform any operations.
  • the length of the first timer and the length of the second timer may be preset in the user equipment.
  • the user equipment may further include a setting module ( Not shown), for setting the length of the first timer and the length of the second timer in the user equipment in advance.
  • the length of the first timer and the length of the second timer are specified by the base station to the user in a radio resource management connection establishment process or a radio resource management connection reconfiguration process. device.
  • the user equipment may further include a length receiving module (not shown), configured to receive, by the base station, a length of the first timer that is specified by the base station, and the second timer. length.
  • the length of the first timer is longer than or equal to the length of the second timer.
  • the user equipment may further include a timer acquisition module (not shown), configured to acquire at least one of a fourth timer and a fifth timer;
  • An indication determining module (not shown), configured to: when a fourth timer acquired by the timer acquiring module times out or the user equipment predicts that the user equipment is in an idle state, is greater than or equal to that obtained by the timer acquiring module Determining, by the user equipment, a preference for power consumption to reduce power consumption; and/or,
  • the timer acquisition module includes at least one of a first acquisition submodule and a second acquisition submodule, where:
  • the first obtaining submodule is configured to set the fourth timer according to a sixth timer; or, obtain the fourth timer from the base station, where the sixth timer is set in the base station a second acquiring submodule, configured to set the fifth timer according to a seventh timer; or, obtain the fifth timer from the base station, where the seventh timer is The timer set in the base station.
  • the length of the fourth timer is less than or equal to the sixth
  • the first acquisition sub-module is further configured to acquire the sixth timer from the base station, or estimate the sixth timer set in the base station according to a message acquired from the base station. length;
  • the length of the fifth timer is less than or equal to the length of the seventh timer
  • the second acquiring submodule is further configured to acquire the seventh timer from the base station, or according to obtaining from the base station
  • the message estimates the length of the seventh timer set in the base station.
  • the first obtaining submodule may obtain the fourth timer from the base station, where the second acquiring submodule may obtain the fifth timer from the base station, specifically,
  • the fourth timer and/or the fifth timer may be obtained from at least one of a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover message sent by the base station.
  • the length of the fourth timer is less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer in the base station
  • the length of the fifth timer is less than or equal to the length of the seventh timer in the base station.
  • the sixth timer is a trigger for maintaining the base station side to reduce the power consumption in the base station, where the seventh timer is used by the base station to increase the power overhead for the base station side triggering. trigger.
  • the instruction determining module learns that the fourth timer obtained by the first acquiring sub-module times out, it may be determined that the device's preference for power consumption is changed to a required power consumption, and when the indication determining module learns that the second acquiring sub-module obtains
  • the fifth timer expires, determining that the preference of the user equipment for power consumption is changed to increase power consumption.
  • the first obtaining submodule may obtain the sixth timer from the base station, where the second obtaining submodule may obtain the seventh timer, the sixth The timer and/or the seventh timer may be obtained from at least one of a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover message sent by the base station.
  • the first timer may be configured in the user equipment according to the sixth timer.
  • the fifth timer when the second acquisition submodule obtains the seventh timer from the base station, the fifth timer may be set according to the seventh timer, and the length of the set fourth timer may be less than or equal to the first timer The length of the sixth timer, the length of the set fifth timer may be less than or equal to the length of the seventh timer.
  • the user equipment may estimate the sixth timer according to the message acquired by the first acquiring submodule from the base station, or estimate the seventh timer according to the message acquired by the second acquiring submodule from the base station. length. For example, after the UE performs a data transceiving operation, a timer is started, and the timer is restarted after the UE performs the next data transceiving operation.
  • the first The obtaining submodule may determine, according to the content of the reconfiguration message/RRC connection release message, whether to record the length of the timer as the length of the sixth timer; the second obtaining submodule may be based on the content of the reconfiguration message/RRC connection release message. It is decided whether to record the length of the above timer as the length of the seventh timer. For example, if the reconfiguration message/RRC connection release message is a handover command, or a new radio bearer is established, or the original radio bearer is released, the first acquisition submodule or the second acquisition submodule does not record the length of the timer.
  • the length of the sixth timer if the reconfiguration message/RRC connection release message is configured to DRX or configure a more power-saving DRX, the first acquiring sub-module records the length of the timer as the length of the sixth timer. .
  • the first acquiring submodule may set a fourth timer in the user equipment according to the sixth timer, and the second acquiring submodule may be configured according to The seventh timer sets a fifth timer, and the length of the set fourth timer may be less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer, and the length of the set fifth timer may be less than or equal to the first timer. Seven timer length.
  • the indication determining module learns that the fourth timer set by the first acquiring sub-module is timed out, determining that the device's preference for power consumption is changed to reduce power consumption, when the indication determining module learns that the second acquiring sub-module is set When the fifth timer expires, it is determined that the preference of the user equipment for power consumption is changed to increase power consumption.
  • the user equipment may obtain the length of the sixth timer and the seventh timer by multiple estimations, such as averaging the multiple estimation results, or taking the minimum value. Or, the maximum value or the like is taken, wherein each estimation process is the same as the above estimation method, and is not described herein to increase the accuracy of obtaining the length of the sixth timer or the seventh timer.
  • the user equipment when the user equipment performs a data transceiving operation and enters an idle state, the user equipment may predict that the user equipment will continue to be in an idle state (in a specific implementation, the user equipment may be according to the user equipment.
  • the service type of the data being sent and received, the status of the current network, and the like are expected to be in the idle state for the user equipment, for example, 10s, and at the same time, the user equipment may be based on the sixth timing received from the base station.
  • the fourth timer is set, and the sixth timer is 8s, the user equipment can set the fourth timer to be 5s, or directly receive the fourth timer from the base station (for example, l is ), so Determining, by the user equipment, that the user equipment is in an idle state (such as 10s above) is greater than or equal to a length of the fourth timer of the user equipment (such as 5s above), determining a preference transition of the user equipment for power consumption. In order to reduce the power overhead, if the user equipment predicts that the user equipment is in an idle state If the interval (such as 10s above) is smaller than the length of the fourth timer of the user equipment (such as l is above), the conclusion that the preference transitions to the peak low power overhead cannot be obtained. Similar to the fifth timer, it will not be described here.
  • the user equipment in the embodiment of the present invention may include only a timer acquiring module and an indication determining module, and the user equipment may be dedicated to determining a power consumption preference of the user equipment.
  • the base station may determine whether the radio resource parameter configuration can be updated for the user equipment, and if the determination result is no, the base station does not respond.
  • the base station determines whether the radio resource parameter configuration can be updated for the user equipment, if the judgment result is No, the base station does not respond to the preference indication of reducing power consumption.
  • the first timer is used to limit the sending of the user equipment's preference indication for reducing power consumption
  • the second timer is used to limit the sending of the user's preference indication for increasing power consumption.
  • the transmission of the user equipment's preference for reducing the power consumption and the transmission of the preference indication for increasing the power consumption are respectively defined, which is more flexible and more user-friendly than the prior art by the same timer.
  • the embodiment of the present invention controls whether the user equipment enters the reduced power overhead by the fourth timer controlled by the sixth timer on the network side, and is controlled by the preference of the seventh timer and the fifth timer of the network side to increase the power overhead.
  • the requirements of the power preference of the network side and the user equipment are more effectively coordinated, and the user equipment is adjusted to adjust the power preference in the shortest time. It can effectively solve the defect that the network side timer is inconsistent with the timer duration of the user equipment side, and the power preference adjustment is not timely.
  • the fourth timer and the fifth timer are combined to control whether the user equipment enters the preference for reducing the power overhead or increasing the power consumption.
  • the user equipment's power preference is coordinated to ensure that the user equipment adjusts the power preference in the shortest time.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a third embodiment of a user equipment according to the present invention, which is an extension performed on the basis of the second embodiment.
  • the user equipment may include an indication sending module.
  • the indication sending module 900 is configured to send a power consumption preference indication to the base station, where the power consumption indication includes a preference indication for reducing power consumption or a preference indication for increasing power consumption;
  • the first control module 901 is configured to determine, when the user equipment's preference for power consumption is changed to reduce power consumption, whether the first timer for limiting the transmission of the preference indication for reducing the power consumption times out, if the judgment result is Yes, the indication sending module 900 is notified to send a preference indication of reducing power consumption to the base station.
  • the second control module 902 is configured to notify the indication sending module 900 to send a preference indication for increasing power consumption to the base station when the preference of the user equipment for power consumption is changed to increase the power cost.
  • the third control module 903 is configured to determine, when the user equipment's preference for the power consumption is changed to increase the power consumption, whether the second timer for limiting the transmission of the preference indication for increasing the power consumption times out, if the judgment result is Yes, the indication sending module 900 is notified to send a preference indication of increasing power consumption to the base station.
  • the first timer management module 904 is configured to: after the user equipment includes a first timer, and the indication sending module 900 sends a power consumption preference indication to the base station, start the first timer;
  • the user equipment includes a first timer and a second timer, and the indication sending module 900 starts the first timer and/or the second timer after sending a power consumption preference indication to the base station.
  • the power consumption indication (“power preference indication", including a preference indication for reducing power overhead and a preference indication for increasing power overhead) is sent It is based on two explicit states in which the user equipment is located. At this time, the user equipment includes the default state.
  • the optional user equipment of the present invention further includes a state determining module 905, configured to determine a state in which the user equipment is located.
  • the first control module 901 determines, when the user equipment's preference for the power consumption is changed to reduce the power consumption, and the state determining module 905 indicates that the user equipment is in the default state, determining the preference indication for limiting the power consumption reduction. Whether the first timer sent (which can be recorded as "T-Default") times out
  • the indication sending module 900 is notified to send a preference indication for reducing the power overhead to the base station.
  • the second control module 902 notifies the indication sending module 900 when the user equipment changes the power overhead to increase the power consumption, and the state determining module 905 instructs the user equipment to reduce the power consumption state.
  • the base station sends a preference indication for increasing power overhead.
  • the third control module 903 determines the preference for limiting the increased power consumption.
  • the indicated second timer (which can be recorded as "T-Lower Power”) is timed out. If the result of the determination is yes, the indication sending module 90 is notified to send a preference indication of increasing power overhead to the base station.
  • the determining manner of the state determining module 905 for determining the state of the user equipment may include:
  • the state determining module 905 determines, according to the specified parameter length, the state in which the user equipment is located. When the parameter length meets the length that the default state needs to meet, determining that the user equipment is in the default state. If the length of the parameter meets the length required to reduce the power consumption state, the user equipment is determined to be in a reduced power consumption state. For example, the discontinuity reception cycle in the user equipment can be
  • the length of the DRX cycle determines the state of the user equipment.
  • the state determining module 905 determines that the user equipment is in the "default" state.
  • the state is considered to be in the "lower power consumption” state when the DRX cycle length currently configured by the user equipment is equal to or greater than the IDLE ⁇ dog state DRX cycle length.
  • the above-mentioned "default" and “lower power consumption” states are distinguished by using the length of the DRX cycle as the threshold in the idle state. This is only an example. In the specific implementation, the length of other parameters may be used as the threshold.
  • the state determination module 905 determines that the user equipment is in use
  • Pui 1 J sends a "power preference indication" to the base station, requesting to use the DRX parameter configuration corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state.
  • the state judging module 905 determines that the user equipment is using the length of the DRX cycle corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state, that is, when the user equipment is in the “lower power consumption” state, the power preference of the user equipment changes, and it is expected to improve performance, that is, If the power overhead is increased, the "power preference indication" is sent to the base station, and the DRX parameter configuration corresponding to the "default” state is requested.
  • the determining manner of the state determining module 905 for determining the state of the user equipment may include:
  • the state determining module 905 may determine, according to the discontinuous reception DRX parameter configured by the base station for the user equipment, when the user equipment is receiving the DRX parameter by using the discontinuity corresponding to the default state, The user equipment is in a default state; when the user equipment is receiving a DRX parameter according to a discontinuity corresponding to a reduced power consumption state, determining the user setting The device is in a state of reduced power overhead.
  • the base station can simultaneously receive the discontinuous reception corresponding to the default state.
  • the DRX parameter and the discontinuous reception DRX parameter corresponding to the reduced power consumption state are simultaneously configured to the user equipment, and the user is prompted to the state corresponding to the parameter in an explicit or implicit manner.
  • the base station may also configure only one set of DRX parameters to the user equipment at a time, and indicate the status corresponding to the DRX parameters in an explicit manner. For example, when the base station can establish a radio resource management RRC connection, two sets of different DRX parameters are configured for the user equipment.
  • the base station can indicate, in an explicit manner, which set of DRX parameters (using the DRX parameter corresponding to "default” or the DRX parameter corresponding to "lower power consumption") when the UE enters the RRC connection state, that is, which state is in the state; It is also stipulated by default that when the user equipment enters the RRC connection state, it directly enters the "default” state and uses the DRX parameter corresponding to the "default” state. Alternatively, by default, when the user equipment enters the RRC connection state, it directly enters the "lower power consumption” state and uses the DRX parameter corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state.
  • the base station can perform the RRC connection reconfiguration process, that is, in the RRC connection reconfiguration process, the base station configures two sets of different DRX parameters for the user equipment. Then, the base station can indicate which set of DRX parameters, ie, which state, the user equipment uses after the RRC reconfiguration process by using the displayed indication. For another example, the base station indicates the state of the user equipment in an implicit manner. The user equipment determines the current state by determining the DRX parameter currently used: If the user equipment discovers two sets of DRX newly configured by the base station. The parameter, where a set of DRX parameters is the same as the DRX parameter currently used by the user equipment, the UE determines the state of the DRX parameter after the reconfiguration.
  • the sending module 900 may send a "power preference indication" to the base station, requesting Use the DRX parameter configuration corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state.
  • the state judgment module 905 determines that the user equipment is using the DRX parameter corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state, that is, when the user equipment is in the "lower power consumption” state, the power preference of the user equipment changes, and it is hoped that the performance can be improved, that is, If the power consumption is increased, if the second timer expires (the user equipment includes the third control module 903), the indication sending module 900 may send a "power preference indication" to the base station, requesting to use the "default" State ⁇ ] "Required DRX parameter configuration.
  • the indication sending module 900 can send a "power preference indication" to the base station (the user equipment includes the second control module 902), requesting to use the DRX corresponding to the "default" state. Parameter configuration.
  • the power consumption indication (“power preference indication", including the preference indication of reducing the power overhead and the preference indication of increasing the power overhead) may not be limited by the state in which the user equipment is located, ie, when When the user equipment's preference for power overhead changes, the power consumption preference indication may be sent to the base station. At this time, the user equipment may not include the state determining module 905. When the user equipment's preference for power consumption is changed to reduce the power consumption, the first control module 901 directly determines the first timer for limiting the transmission of the preference indication for reducing the power consumption. If the result of the determination is YES, the indication sending module 900 is notified to send a preference indication for reducing the power overhead to the base station.
  • the second control module 902 directly notifies the sending module 900 to send a preference indication of increasing power consumption to the base station.
  • the third control module 903 directly determines the second timer for limiting the transmission of the preference indication for increasing the power consumption. Whether it is timed out, if the judgment result is yes, the indication sending module 900 is notified to send a preference indication of increasing power consumption to the base station.
  • the determination result is no, that is, when the first timer is still running, if the user equipment is powering
  • the judgment of the preference transition is not in the same protocol layer as the operation performed by the user equipment to perform the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management.
  • the user equipment may be referred to as performing
  • the protocol layer for the operation of "power preference indication" transmission and timer management is AS (Access)
  • the first control module 901 can indicate that the AS layer of the user equipment notifies the upper layer, and the "power preference indication" is restricted. . And after the corresponding first timer expires, the AS layer of the user equipment is notified to the upper layer, and the sending is not restricted. After the upper layer of the AS receives the unrestricted indication, it determines that the user equipment still needs to send a preference indication for reducing the power consumption, and may notify the access layer AS layer; otherwise, if the user equipment does not need to send the reduced power overhead. No preference is given for the preference indication.
  • the first control module 901 can notify the user equipment that no operations are performed.
  • the third control module 903 determines that the second timer is timed out, the determination result is no, that is, when the second timer is still running, if the user equipment is for power preference
  • the judgment of the transition is not in the same protocol layer as the operation performed by the user equipment to perform the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management.
  • the user equipment may be referred to as a protocol for performing "power preference indication" transmission and timer management operations.
  • the layer is AS (Access Stratum, access layer)
  • the protocol layer for judging power preference is the upper layer (upper layer) of AS
  • the third control The module 903 may indicate that the AS layer of the user equipment notifies the upper layer that the "power preference indication" is restricted.
  • the third control module 903 can instruct the AS layer of the user equipment to notify the upper layer that the transmission is not restricted.
  • the upper layer of the AS receives the unrestricted indication, it determines that the user equipment still needs to send a preference indication for increasing power consumption, and may notify the access layer AS layer; otherwise, if the user equipment does not need to send an increased power overhead. No preference is given for the preference indication. If the user equipment determines the power preference at the same protocol layer as the user equipment performs the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management operation (the protocol layer is not specifically defined herein, and the execution entity is collectively referred to as the user equipment), The third control module 903 indicates that the user equipment may not perform any operations.
  • the length of the first timer and the length of the second timer may be preset in the user equipment.
  • the user equipment may further include a setting module ( Not shown), for setting the length of the first timer and the length of the second timer in the user equipment in advance.
  • the length of the first timer and the length of the second timer are specified by the base station to the user in a radio resource management connection establishment process or a radio resource management connection reconfiguration process. device.
  • the user equipment may further include a length receiving module (not shown), configured to receive, by the base station, a length of the first timer that is specified by the base station, and the second timer. length.
  • the length of the first timer is longer than or equal to the length of the second timer.
  • the user equipment may further include a timer acquisition module (not shown), configured to acquire at least one of a fourth timer and a fifth timer;
  • An indication determining module (not shown), configured to: when the timer acquisition module acquires a fourth timer Determining that the user equipment's preference for power consumption is changed to lower power consumption when the user equipment is expected to be in the idle state for a period of time greater than or equal to the length of the fourth timer acquired by the timer acquisition module. ; and / or,
  • the timer acquisition module includes at least one of a first acquisition submodule and a second acquisition submodule, where:
  • the first obtaining submodule is configured to set the fourth timer according to a sixth timer; or, obtain the fourth timer from the base station, where the sixth timer is set in the base station a second acquiring submodule, configured to set the fifth timer according to a seventh timer; or, obtain the fifth timer from the base station, where the seventh timer is The timer set in the base station.
  • the length of the fourth timer is less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer
  • the first acquiring submodule is further configured to acquire the sixth timer from the base station, Or estimating a length of the sixth timer set in the base station according to a message acquired from the base station;
  • the length of the fifth timer is less than or equal to the length of the seventh timer
  • the second acquiring submodule is further configured to acquire the seventh timer from the base station, or according to obtaining from the base station
  • the message estimates the length of the seventh timer set in the base station.
  • the first obtaining submodule may obtain the fourth timer from the base station, where the second acquiring submodule may obtain the fifth timer from the base station, specifically, The fourth timer and/or the fifth timer may be obtained from at least one of a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover message sent by the base station.
  • the length of the fourth timer is less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer in the base station, and the length of the fifth timer is less than or equal to the length of the seventh timer in the base station.
  • the sixth timer is a trigger for maintaining the base station side to reduce the power consumption in the base station, where the seventh timer is used by the base station to increase the power overhead for the base station side triggering. trigger.
  • the instruction determining module learns that the fourth timer obtained by the first acquiring sub-module times out, it may be determined that the device's preference for power consumption is changed to a required power consumption, and when the indication determining module learns that the second acquiring sub-module obtains
  • the fifth timer expires, determining that the preference of the user equipment for power consumption is changed to increase power consumption.
  • the first obtaining submodule may obtain the sixth timer from the base station, where the second obtaining submodule may obtain the seventh timer, the sixth The timer and/or the seventh timer may be obtained from at least one of a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover message sent by the base station.
  • the fourth timer may be set in the user equipment according to the sixth timer, and the second acquiring submodule obtains the seventh timer from the base station.
  • the fifth timer may be set according to the seventh timer, and the length of the set fourth timer may be less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer, and the length of the set fifth timer may be less than Equal to the length of the seventh timer.
  • the user equipment may estimate the sixth timer according to the message acquired by the first acquiring submodule from the base station, or estimate the seventh timer according to the message acquired by the second acquiring submodule from the base station. length. For example, the UE starts a timing after performing a data transceiving operation. The timer is restarted after the UE performs the next data transmission and reception operation. If the base station sends a reconfiguration message/RRC connection release message to the user equipment, the first acquisition submodule may release the message according to the reconfiguration message/RRC connection.
  • the content determines whether to record the length of the timer as the length of the sixth timer; the second obtaining submodule may determine whether to record the length of the timer as the seventh timer according to the content of the reconfiguration message/RRC connection release message. length. For example, if the reconfiguration message/RRC connection release message is a handover command, or a new radio bearer is established, or the original radio bearer is released, the first acquisition submodule or the second acquisition submodule does not record the length of the timer.
  • the first acquiring submodule may set a fourth timer in the user equipment according to the sixth timer, and the second acquiring submodule may be configured according to The seventh timer sets a fifth timer, and the length of the set fourth timer may be less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer, and the length of the set fifth timer may be less than or equal to the first timer.
  • the length of the seven timers when the length of the sixth timer and the length of the seventh timer are recorded, the first acquiring submodule may set a fourth timer in the user equipment according to the sixth timer, and the second acquiring submodule may be configured according to The seventh timer sets a fifth timer, and the length of the set fourth timer may be less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer, and the length of the set fifth timer may be less than or equal to the first timer.
  • the length of the seven timers when the length of the sixth timer and the length of the seventh timer are recorded.
  • the indication determining module learns that the fourth timer set by the first acquiring sub-module is timed out, determining that the device's preference for power consumption is changed to reduce power consumption, when the indication determining module learns that the second acquiring sub-module is set When the fifth timer expires, it is determined that the preference of the user equipment for power consumption is changed to increase power consumption.
  • the user equipment may obtain the length of the sixth timer and the seventh timer by multiple estimations, such as averaging the multiple estimation results, or taking the minimum value. Or, the maximum value or the like is taken, wherein each estimation process is the same as the above estimation method, and is not described herein to increase the accuracy of obtaining the length of the sixth timer or the seventh timer.
  • the user equipment may predict that the user equipment will continue to be in an idle state (specifically In the implementation, the user equipment may estimate the time that the user equipment will remain in an idle state according to the service type of the data that the user equipment is sending and receiving, the current network status, and the like, for example, 10s, and at the same time, the user equipment may be Setting a fourth timer according to the sixth timer received from the base station, and assuming that the sixth timer is 8s, the user equipment may set the fourth timer to be 5s or directly receive the fourth timer from the base station (for example, l is), such that when the user equipment predicts that the user equipment is in an idle state (such as 10s above) is greater than or equal to the length of the fourth timer of the user equipment (such as the above 5s), determining The preference of the user equipment for the power consumption is changed to reduce the power overhead, and when the user equipment predicts that the user equipment is
  • the user equipment in the embodiment of the present invention may include only a timer acquiring module and an indication determining module, and the user equipment may be dedicated to determining a power consumption preference of the user equipment.
  • the base station may determine whether the current location can be The user equipment updates the radio resource parameter configuration. If the judgment result is no, the base station does not respond to the preference indication of reducing the power consumption or the base station does not respond to the preference indication of the increased power overhead.
  • the base station determines whether the radio resource parameter configuration can be updated for the user equipment, if the judgment result is No, the base station does not respond to the preference indication of reducing power consumption.
  • the first timer management module 904 may only start the first timer; when the user equipment is in In the peak low power overhead state, the first timer management module 904 can only initiate the second timer. If the user equipment includes only the first timer, when the user is in the reduced power consumption state, the first timer management module 904 does not need to start the timer. If the user equipment is not limited by the state, the first timer management module 904 can start the first timer and the second timer at the same time; if the user equipment only includes the first timer, the first timer management module 904 only starts The first timer.
  • the user equipment may further include a configuration receiving module 908, and based on the configuration receiving module 908, at least one of the sixth control module 909 and the seventh control module 910. (At this time, the user equipment may not include the eighth control module 911 and the ninth control module 912), wherein:
  • the configuration receiving module 908 is configured to receive a radio resource parameter configuration result configured by the base station for the user equipment.
  • the sixth control module 909 is configured to: when the first timer in the user equipment does not time out, but the configuration receiving module 908 receives the radio resource parameter configuration result, and the user equipment's preference for power consumption is changed to a required state again.
  • the indication sending module 900 is notified that the preference indication for reducing the power consumption cannot be sent to the base station before the first timer expires.
  • the seventh control module 910 is configured to: when the second timer in the user equipment does not time out, but the configuration receiving module 908 receives the radio resource parameter configuration result sent by the base station, and the user equipment uses power consumption When the preference is changed to the need to increase the power consumption, the indication sending module 900 is notified that the preference indication for increasing the power overhead cannot be sent to the base station before the second timer expires.
  • the user equipment may further include a configuration receiving module 908, and including the configuration receiving module 908, and may further include at least one of the eighth control module 911 and the ninth control module 912.
  • the user equipment may not include the sixth control module 909 and the seventh control module 910), where:
  • the configuration receiving module 908 is configured to receive a radio resource parameter configuration result configured by the base station for the user equipment.
  • the eighth control module 911 is configured to: when the first timer in the user equipment has timed out, but the configuration receiving module 908 does not receive the radio resource parameter configuration result sent by the base station, and the user equipment is in power When the preference of the overhead is changed to the power consumption reduction, the indication sending module 900 is not able to send a preference indication for reducing the power consumption to the base station before the configuration receiving module 908 receives the radio resource parameter configuration result sent by the base station.
  • the ninth control module 912 is configured to: when the second timer in the user equipment has timed out, but the configuration receiving module 908 does not receive the radio resource parameter configuration result sent by the base station, and the user equipment powers When the preference of the overhead is changed to the need to increase the power consumption, the indication sending module 900 is not able to send a preference indication of increasing power consumption to the base station before the configuration receiving module 908 receives the radio resource parameter configuration result sent by the base station.
  • the first timer is used to limit the sending of the user equipment's preference indication for reducing power consumption
  • the second timer is used to limit the sending of the user's preference indication for increasing power consumption.
  • the transmission of the user equipment's preference for reducing the power consumption and the transmission of the preference indication for increasing the power consumption are respectively defined, which is more flexible and more user-friendly than the prior art by the same timer.
  • the embodiment of the present invention controls whether the user equipment enters the reduced power overhead by the fourth timer controlled by the sixth timer on the network side, and is controlled by the preference of the seventh timer and the fifth timer of the network side to increase the power overhead.
  • the embodiment of the present invention combines the fourth timer and the fifth timer to determine whether the user equipment enters through the time when the user equipment is in the idle state. The control of lowering the power overhead or increasing the power consumption is more effectively coordinated with the power consumption requirement of the user equipment, and the user equipment is adjusted in the shortest time.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a fourth embodiment of a user equipment according to the present invention.
  • the user equipment in this embodiment may include an indication sending module 1000, a first control module 1001, a second control module 1002, a third control module 1003, a configuration receiving module 1004, and a third timer management module 1005.
  • the second control module 1002 and the third control module 1003 have at least one user equipment in the present invention:
  • the indication sending module 1000 is configured to send a power consumption preference indication to the base station, where the power release indication includes a preference indication for reducing power consumption or a preference indication for increasing power consumption.
  • the first control module 1001 is configured to determine, when the preference of the user equipment for the power consumption is changed to reduce the power consumption, whether the first timer for limiting the transmission of the preference indication for reducing the power consumption times out, if the determination result is Yes, the indication sending module 1000 is notified to send a preference indication of reducing power consumption to the base station.
  • the second control module 1002 is configured to notify the indication sending module 1000 to send a preference indication for increasing power consumption to the base station when the user equipment's preference for power consumption is changed to increase power consumption.
  • the third control module 1003 is configured to determine, when the preference of the user equipment for the power consumption is changed to increase the power consumption, whether the second timer for limiting the transmission of the preference indication for increasing the power consumption times out, if the judgment result is Yes, the indication sending module 1000 is notified to send a preference indication of increasing power consumption to the base station.
  • the configuration receiving module 1004 is configured to receive a radio resource parameter configuration result that is configured by the base station for the user equipment.
  • the third timer management module 1005 is configured to receive the wireless when the configuration receiving module 1004 receives After the resource parameter is configured, the first timer is started when the user equipment includes the first timer, and the first timer is started when the user equipment includes the first timer and the second timer. a timer and/or the second timer.
  • the power consumption indication (“power preference indication", including the preference indication of reducing the power overhead and the preference indication of increasing the power overhead) is based on two explicit states in which the user equipment is located. , at this time, the user device includes the default state
  • the optional user equipment of the present invention further includes a state determining module 1006, configured to determine a state in which the user equipment is located.
  • the first control module 1001 determines, when the user equipment's preference for power consumption is changed to reduce power consumption, and the state determining module 1006 indicates that the user equipment is in a default state, determining a preference indication for limiting power consumption reduction. Whether the first timer sent (which can be recorded as "T-Default") times out
  • the indication sending module 1000 is notified to send a preference indication for reducing the power overhead to the base station.
  • the second control module 1002 when the user equipment's preference for the power consumption is changed to the power consumption requirement, and the state determining module 1006 instructs the user equipment to reduce the power consumption state, notifying the indication sending module 1000
  • the base station sends a preference indication for increasing power overhead.
  • the third control module 1003 determines the preference for limiting the increased power consumption. Whether the indicated second timer (which can be recorded as "T LowerPower") times out, and if the judgment result is yes, notifies the indication sending module 90 sends a preference indication of increased power overhead to the base station.
  • the determining method of the state determining module 1006 for determining the state of the user equipment may include:
  • the state judging module 1006 determines, according to the specified parameter length, the state in which the user equipment is located, and when the parameter length meets the length that the default state needs to meet, determining that the user equipment is in a default state; If the length of the power consumption state is required to be reduced, the user equipment is determined to be in a reduced power consumption state.
  • the length of the DRX cycle may be determined by the length of the DRX cycle in the user equipment. When the length of the DRX cycle currently configured by the user equipment is less than the length of the DRX cycle in the idle (IDLE) state, Then, the state judging module 84 judges that the user equipment is in the "default" state.
  • the UE When the DRX cycle length currently configured by the user equipment is equal to or greater than the IDLE ⁇ dog state DRX cycle length, the UE is considered to be in the "lower power consumption” state.
  • the above-mentioned "default” and “lower power consumption” states are distinguished by using the length of the DRX cycle in the idle state as a threshold. In the specific implementation, the length of other parameters may be used as the threshold determination. In this way, when the state determining module 1006 determines that the user equipment is using the length of the DRX cycle corresponding to the "default" state, that is, when the user equipment is in the "default” state, if the power preference of the user equipment changes, it is desirable to reduce the power overhead.
  • the shell 1 J sends a "power preference indication" to the base station, requesting the DRX parameter configuration corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state.
  • the state judging module 1006 determines that the user equipment is using the length of the DRX cycle corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state, that is, when the user equipment is in the "lower power consumption” state, the power preference of the user equipment changes, and it is expected to improve performance, that is, If the power overhead is increased, the "power preference indication" is sent to the base station, and the DRX parameter configuration corresponding to the "default” state is requested.
  • the state determining module 1006 determines the state of the user equipment.
  • the method of judging state can include:
  • the state determining module 1006 may determine, according to the discontinuity receiving DRX parameter configured by the base station for the user equipment, when the user equipment is receiving the DRX parameter by using the discontinuity corresponding to the default state, The user equipment is in a default state; when the user equipment is using the discontinuous reception DRX parameter corresponding to the reduced power consumption state, the user equipment is determined to be in a reduced power consumption state.
  • the base station can simultaneously receive the discontinuous reception corresponding to the default state.
  • the DRX parameter and the discontinuous reception DRX parameter corresponding to the reduced power consumption state are simultaneously configured to the user equipment, and the user is prompted to the state corresponding to the parameter in an explicit or implicit manner.
  • the base station may also configure only one set of DRX parameters to the user equipment at a time, and indicate the status corresponding to the DRX parameters in an explicit manner. For example, when the base station can establish a radio resource management RRC connection, two sets of different DRX parameters are configured for the user equipment.
  • the base station can indicate, in an explicit manner, which set of DRX parameters (using the DRX parameter corresponding to "default” or the DRX parameter corresponding to "lower power consumption") when the UE enters the RRC connection state, that is, which state is in the state; It is also stipulated by default that when the user equipment enters the RRC connection state, it directly enters the "default” state and uses the DRX parameter corresponding to the "default” state. Alternatively, by default, when the user equipment enters the RRC connection state, it directly enters the "lower power consumption” state and uses the DRX parameter corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state.
  • the base station can perform the RRC connection reconfiguration process, that is, in the RRC connection reconfiguration process, the base station configures two sets of different DRX parameters for the user equipment. Then, the base station can indicate which set of DRX parameters, ie, which state, the user equipment uses after the RRC reconfiguration process by using the displayed indication. For another example, the base station indicates the state of the user equipment in an implicit manner. The user equipment determines the current state by determining the DRX parameter currently used: If the user equipment discovers two sets of DRX newly configured by the base station.
  • the UE determines the state it is in after the reconfiguration by the state corresponding to the set of DRX parameters. In this way, when the state determining module 1006 determines that the user equipment is using the DRX parameter corresponding to the "default" state, that is, when the user equipment is in the "default” state, if the power preference of the user equipment changes, it is desirable to reduce the power overhead.
  • the instructing sending module 1000 may send a "power preference indication" to the base station, requesting to use the DRX parameter configuration corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state.
  • the state determination module 1006 determines that the user equipment is using the DRX parameter corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state, that is, when the user equipment is in the "lower power consumption” state, the power preference of the user equipment changes, and it is expected to improve performance, that is, If the power consumption is increased, if the second timer expires (the user equipment includes the third control module 1003), the indication sending module 1000 may send a "power preference indication" to the base station, requesting to use the "default” state.
  • the DRX parameter configuration that the user equipment is using the DRX parameter corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state
  • the state judging module 1006 determines that the user equipment is using the DRX parameter corresponding to the "lower power consumption” state, that is, when the user equipment is in the "lower power consumption” state, the power preference of the user equipment changes, and it is desired to improve performance, that is, The power consumption is increased, and the sending module 1000 can send a "power preference indication" to the base station (the user equipment includes the second control module 1002), and request the DRX parameter configuration corresponding to the "default" state.
  • the power consumption indication (“power preference indication", including the preference indication of reducing the power overhead and the preference indication of increasing the power overhead) may not be limited by the state in which the user equipment is located, ie, when When the user equipment's preference for power overhead changes, the power consumption preference indication may be sent to the base station. At this time, the user equipment may not include the state determination module 1006.
  • the first control module 1001 directly determines whether the first timer for limiting the transmission of the preference indication for reducing the power consumption is If the result of the determination is YES, the indication sending module 1000 is notified to send a preference indication for reducing the power overhead to the base station.
  • the second control module 1002 directly notifies the sending module 1000 to send a preference indication of increasing power consumption to the base station.
  • the third control module 1003 directly determines whether the second timer for limiting the transmission of the preference indication for increasing the power consumption times out if the user equipment's preference for the power consumption is changed to be increased. If the determination result is yes, the notification is The indication sending module 1000 sends a preference indication of increasing power consumption to the base station.
  • the determination result is no, that is, when the first timer is still running, if the user equipment is powering
  • the judgment of the preference transition is not in the same protocol layer as the operation performed by the user equipment to perform the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management.
  • the user equipment may be referred to as performing "power preference indication" transmission and timer management operations.
  • the protocol layer is the AS (Access Stratum)
  • the protocol layer for determining the power preference is the upper layer of the AS.
  • the first control module 1001 can instruct the AS layer of the user equipment to notify the upper layer. Preference indication "Send is restricted.
  • the AS layer of the user equipment is notified to the upper layer, and the sending is not restricted.
  • the upper layer of the AS receives the unrestricted indication, it determines that the user equipment still needs to send a preference indication for reducing the power consumption, and may notify the access layer AS layer; otherwise, if the user equipment does not need to send the reduced power overhead. No preference is given for the preference indication. If the user equipment determines the power preference at the same protocol layer as the user equipment performs the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management operation (the protocol layer is not specifically defined herein, and the execution entity is collectively referred to as the user equipment), The first control module 1001 can notify the user equipment that no operations are performed.
  • the third control module 1003 determines the second timing If the judgment result of the timeout is no, that is, when the second timer is still running, if the user equipment determines that the power preference transition is not in the same protocol layer as the user equipment performs the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management operation, (For convenience of description, the protocol layer of the user equipment performing the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management operation is AS (Access Stratum), and the protocol layer for determining the power preference is the upper of the AS. The layer (upper layer), the third control module 1003 may indicate that the AS layer of the user equipment notifies the upper layer that the "power preference indication" is restricted.
  • the third control module 1003 may instruct the AS layer of the user equipment to notify the upper layer that the transmission is not restricted.
  • the upper layer of the AS receives the unrestricted indication, it determines that the user equipment still needs to send a preference indication for increasing power consumption, and may notify the access layer AS layer; otherwise, if the user equipment does not need to send an increased power overhead. No preference is given for the preference indication. If the user equipment determines the power preference at the same protocol layer as the user equipment performs the "power preference indication" transmission and the timer management operation (the protocol layer is not specifically defined herein, and the execution entity is collectively referred to as the user equipment), The third control module 1003 indicates that the user equipment may not perform any operations.
  • the length of the first timer and the length of the second timer may be preset in the user equipment.
  • the user equipment may further include a setting module ( Not shown), for setting the length of the first timer and the length of the second timer in the user equipment in advance.
  • the length of the first timer and the length of the second timer are specified by the base station to the user in a radio resource management connection establishment process or a radio resource management connection reconfiguration process. device.
  • the user equipment may further include a length receiving module (not shown), configured to receive, by the base station, a length of the first timer that is specified by the base station, and the second timer. length.
  • the length of the first timer is longer than or equal to the length of the second timer.
  • the user equipment may further include a timer acquisition module (not shown), configured to acquire at least one of a fourth timer and a fifth timer;
  • An indication determining module (not shown), configured to: when a fourth timer acquired by the timer acquiring module times out or the user equipment predicts that the user equipment is in an idle state, is greater than or equal to that obtained by the timer acquiring module Determining, by the user equipment, a preference for power consumption to reduce power consumption; and/or,
  • the timer acquisition module includes at least one of a first acquisition submodule and a second acquisition submodule, where:
  • the first obtaining submodule is configured to set the fourth timer according to a sixth timer; or, obtain the fourth timer from the base station, where the sixth timer is set in the base station a second acquiring submodule, configured to set the fifth timer according to a seventh timer; or, obtain the fifth timer from the base station, where the seventh timer is The timer set in the base station.
  • the length of the fourth timer is less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer
  • the first acquiring submodule is further configured to acquire the sixth timer from the base station, Or estimating a length of the sixth timer set in the base station according to a message acquired from the base station;
  • the length of the fifth timer is less than or equal to the length of the seventh timer
  • the second acquiring submodule is further configured to acquire the seventh timer from the base station, or obtain according to the base station.
  • the message estimates the length of the seventh timer set in the base station.
  • the first obtaining submodule may obtain the fourth timer from the base station, where the second acquiring submodule may obtain the fifth timer from the base station, specifically,
  • the fourth timer and/or the fifth timer may be obtained from at least one of a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover message sent by the base station.
  • the length of the fourth timer is less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer in the base station
  • the length of the fifth timer is less than or equal to the length of the seventh timer in the base station.
  • the sixth timer is a trigger for maintaining the base station side to reduce the power consumption in the base station, where the seventh timer is used by the base station to increase the power overhead for the base station side triggering. trigger.
  • the instruction determining module learns that the fourth timer obtained by the first acquiring sub-module times out, it may be determined that the device's preference for power consumption is changed to a required power consumption, and when the indication determining module learns that the second acquiring sub-module obtains
  • the fifth timer expires, determining that the preference of the user equipment for power consumption is changed to increase power consumption.
  • the first obtaining submodule may obtain the sixth timer from the base station, where the second obtaining submodule may obtain the seventh timer, the sixth The timer and/or the seventh timer may be obtained from at least one of a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover message sent by the base station.
  • the fourth timer may be set in the user equipment according to the sixth timer, and the second acquiring submodule obtains the seventh timer from the base station.
  • the fifth timer may be set according to the seventh timer, and the length of the set fourth timer may be less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer, and the length of the set fifth timer may be less than Equal to the length of the seventh timer.
  • the user equipment may estimate the sixth timer according to the message acquired by the first acquiring submodule from the base station, or estimate the seventh timer according to the message acquired by the second acquiring submodule from the base station. length. For example, after the UE performs a data transceiving operation, a timer is started, and the timer is restarted after the UE performs the next data transceiving operation.
  • the first The obtaining submodule may determine, according to the content of the reconfiguration message/RRC connection release message, whether to record the length of the timer as the length of the sixth timer; the second obtaining submodule may be based on the content of the reconfiguration message/RRC connection release message. It is decided whether to record the length of the above timer as the length of the seventh timer. For example, if the reconfiguration message/RRC connection release message is a handover command, or a new radio bearer is established, or the original radio bearer is released, the first acquisition submodule or the second acquisition submodule does not record the length of the timer.
  • the length of the sixth timer if the reconfiguration message/RRC connection release message is configured to DRX or configure a more power-saving DRX, the first acquiring sub-module records the length of the timer as the length of the sixth timer. .
  • the first acquiring submodule may set a fourth timer in the user equipment according to the sixth timer, and the second acquiring submodule may be configured according to The seventh timer sets a fifth timer, and the length of the set fourth timer may be less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer, and the length of the set fifth timer may be less than or equal to the first timer.
  • the length of the seven timers when the length of the sixth timer and the length of the seventh timer are recorded, the first acquiring submodule may set a fourth timer in the user equipment according to the sixth timer, and the second acquiring submodule may be configured according to The seventh timer sets a fifth timer, and the length of the set fourth timer may be less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer, and the length of the set fifth timer may be less than or equal to the first timer.
  • the length of the seven timers when the length of the sixth timer and the length of the seventh timer are recorded.
  • the indication determining module learns that the fourth timer set by the first acquiring sub-module is timed out, determining that the device's preference for power consumption is changed to reduce power consumption, when the indication determining module learns that the second acquiring sub-module is set When the fifth timer expires, it is determined that the preference of the user equipment for power consumption is changed to increase power consumption.
  • the user equipment may obtain the sixth set by multiple estimations. And the length of the seventh timer, for example, averaging the multiple estimation results, or taking the smallest value, or taking the largest value, etc., wherein each estimation process is the same as the above estimation method, where The details are not described to increase the accuracy of obtaining the length of the sixth timer and the seventh timer.
  • the user equipment when the user equipment performs a data transceiving operation and enters an idle state, the user equipment may predict that the user equipment will continue to be in an idle state (in a specific implementation, the user equipment may be according to the user equipment.
  • the service type of the data being sent and received, the status of the current network, and the like are expected to be in the idle state for the user equipment, for example, 10s, and at the same time, the user equipment may be based on the sixth timing received from the base station.
  • the fourth timer is set, and the sixth timer is 8s, the user equipment can set the fourth timer to be 5s, or directly receive the fourth timer from the base station (for example, l is ), so Determining, by the user equipment, that the user equipment is in an idle state (such as 10s above) is greater than or equal to a length of the fourth timer of the user equipment (such as 5s above), determining a preference transition of the user equipment for power consumption. In order to reduce the power overhead, if the user equipment predicts that the user equipment is in an idle state If the interval (such as 10s above) is smaller than the length of the fourth timer of the user equipment (such as l is above), the conclusion that the preference transitions to the peak low power overhead cannot be obtained. Similar to the fifth timer, it will not be described here.
  • the user equipment in the embodiment of the present invention may include only a timer acquiring module and an indication determining module, and the user equipment may be dedicated to determining a power consumption preference of the user equipment.
  • the base station after receiving the preference indication for reducing power consumption, the base station reduces the DRX parameter and the physical layer parameter configuration (such as CQI, Sounding) corresponding to the power consumption ("lower power consumption”) state to the user equipment.
  • the base station after receiving the preference indication for reducing power consumption, the base station reduces the DRX parameter and the physical layer parameter configuration (such as CQI, Sounding) corresponding to the power consumption ("lower power consumption”) state to the user equipment.
  • the base station configures two sets of discontinuous reception DRX parameters for the user equipment, and instructs the user equipment to use a DRX parameter corresponding to "lower power consumption" when performing a radio resource management connection;
  • the base station receives DRX parameters according to two sets of discontinuities
  • two sets of physical layer parameters are configured, and the user equipment is instructed to use the physical layer parameter corresponding to the DRX parameter corresponding to the "lower power consumption" when performing the radio resource management connection.
  • the base station after the base station receives the preference indication for increasing the power consumption, the base station adds a DRX parameter corresponding to a power consumption ("default") state and a physical layer parameter configuration (such as CQI, Sounding) to the user equipment, where
  • a DRX parameter corresponding to a power consumption ("default") state
  • a physical layer parameter configuration such as CQI, Sounding
  • the base station configures two sets of discontinuous reception DRX parameters for the user equipment, and instructs the user equipment to use a DRX parameter corresponding to "default" when performing a radio resource management connection;
  • the base station configures two sets of physical layer parameters for the user equipment according to the two sets of discontinuous reception DRX parameters, and instructs the user equipment to use the physical layer parameters corresponding to the DRX parameters corresponding to "default" when performing the radio resource management connection.
  • the setting of the DRX parameter by the base station includes setting the length of the DRX cycle.
  • the length of the DRX cycle may be set to be smaller than the length of the IDLE state DRX cycle.
  • the length of the DRX cycle may be set to be greater than or equal to the length of the IDLE state DRX cycle.
  • the user equipment may also implicitly determine the used DRX parameter by determining the current state: the current user equipment is in the "default” state, and if the base station does not explicitly indicate the user equipment transformation state, The user equipment uses the new DRX parameter corresponding to the "default” state; otherwise, the current user equipment is in the "lower power consumption” state, and if the base station does not explicitly indicate the user equipment change state, the user equipment uses the new corresponding "lower power consumption” state.
  • DRX parameters the current state: the current user equipment is in the "default” state, and if the base station does not explicitly indicate the user equipment transformation state, The user equipment uses the new DRX parameter corresponding to the "default" state; otherwise, the current user equipment is in the "lower power consumption” state, and if the base station does not explicitly indicate the user equipment change state, the user equipment uses the new corresponding "lower power consumption” state.
  • the base station may determine whether the current location can be The user equipment updates the radio resource parameter configuration, and if the judgment result is no, And then the base station does not respond to the preference indication of reducing power consumption or the base station does not respond to the preference indication of the increased power overhead.
  • the base station determines whether the radio resource parameter configuration can be updated for the user equipment, if the judgment result is No, the base station does not respond to the preference indication of reducing power consumption.
  • the third timer management module 1005 may only start the first timer; when the user equipment is in the peak low power overhead state, The third timer management module 1005 can only start the second timer. If the user equipment includes only the first timer, the third timer management module 1005 does not need to start the timer when the user is in the reduced power consumption state. If the user equipment is not limited by the state, the third timer management module 1005 can start the first timer and the second timer at the same time; if the user equipment only includes the first timer, the third timer management module 1005 only starts. The first timer.
  • the first timer is used to limit the sending of the user equipment's preference indication for reducing power consumption
  • the second timer is used to limit the sending of the user's preference indication for increasing power consumption.
  • the transmission of the user equipment's preference for reducing the power consumption and the transmission of the preference indication for increasing the power consumption are respectively defined, which is more flexible and more user-friendly than the prior art by the same timer.
  • the embodiment of the present invention controls whether the user equipment enters the reduced power overhead by the fourth timer controlled by the sixth timer on the network side, and is controlled by the preference of the seventh timer and the fifth timer of the network side to increase the power overhead.
  • the requirements of the power preference of the network side and the user equipment are more effectively coordinated, and the user equipment is adjusted to adjust the power preference in the shortest time.
  • the defect that the network side timer is inconsistent with the timer duration of the user equipment side and the power preference adjustment is not timely can be effectively solved.
  • the user equipment estimated by the user equipment in the embodiment of the present invention The time in the idle state is combined with the fourth timer and the fifth timer to control whether the user equipment enters a preference for reducing power consumption or increasing power consumption, thereby more effectively coordinating the user equipment's demand for power preference, and ensuring The user equipment adjusts the power preferences in the shortest amount of time.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a signaling sending system, which may include a user equipment 131 and a base station 132, where the user equipment 131 is any one of the foregoing user equipment embodiments of the present invention, and the base station 132 is used by the base station 132.
  • a signaling sending system which may include a user equipment 131 and a base station 132, where the user equipment 131 is any one of the foregoing user equipment embodiments of the present invention, and the base station 132 is used by the base station 132.
  • the base station is further configured to send at least one of a fourth timer, a fifth timer, a sixth timer, and a seventh timer to the user equipment.
  • the base station performs radio resource parameter configuration for the user equipment by using a radio resource management process, including: when the radio resource management connection is established, the base station configures two sets of discontinuous reception DRX parameters for the user equipment, and indicates a DRX parameter used by the user equipment to perform a radio resource management connection, where a set of parameters is used to indicate that the user equipment is in a default state, and another set of parameters is used to indicate that the user equipment is in a reduced power overhead state; The base station receives the DRX parameters according to different discontinuities, and configures the corresponding two sets of physical layers for the user equipment;
  • the base station performs radio resource parameter configuration for the user equipment by using a radio resource management process, where: when the radio resource management reconfiguration process is performed, the base station configures two sets of discontinuous reception DRX parameters for the user equipment, And indicating the DRX parameter that is used by the user equipment after the radio resource management reconfiguration is completed, where a set of parameters is used to indicate that the user equipment is in a default state, and another set of parameters is used to indicate that the user equipment is in a reduced power overhead.
  • the base station receives the DRX parameters according to different discontinuities, and configures the corresponding two sets of physical layers for the user equipment.
  • the present invention further provides a computer storage medium, wherein the computer storage medium may store a program, and may include a signaling sending method provided by the present invention or a method for determining a power cost preference when the program is executed. Some or all of the steps.
  • the storage medium may be a magnetic disk, an optical disk, a read-only memory (ROM), or a random access memory (RAM).
  • the present invention further provides a user equipment 14, which may include: an input device 141, an output device 142, and a processor 144.
  • the processor 144 of the network device 14 may be multiple. In FIG. 10, only one is taken as an example. The processor 144 performs the following steps:
  • the output device 142 When the user equipment's preference for power consumption is changed to increase power consumption, the output device 142 is instructed to send a preference indication of increasing power consumption to the base station, or to determine a transmission of a preference indication for limiting the increased power overhead. Whether the second timer expires, if the judgment result is yes, the output device 142 is instructed to send a preference indication of increasing power consumption to the base station.
  • the user equipment includes two states, a default state and a reduced power overhead state, and the processor 144 further performs the following steps:
  • the determining, by the processor 144, the status of the user equipment is:
  • the processor 144 determines the state of the user according to the specified parameter length. When the parameter length meets the length required by the default state, the user equipment is determined to be in a default state; when the parameter length meets the reduced power If the length of the overhead state is required, the user equipment is determined to be in a reduced power consumption state;
  • the processor 144 determining, according to the discontinuity receiving DRX parameter configured by the base station for the user equipment, that the user equipment is located a state, when the user equipment is receiving the DRX parameter by using the discontinuity corresponding to the default state, determining that the user equipment is in a default state; when the user equipment is using the discontinuous reception DRX corresponding to the reduced power overhead state When the parameter is used, it is determined that the user equipment is in a reduced power overhead state.
  • the processor 144 also performs the following steps:
  • the result of the determination is that the protocol layer that is used to send the preference indication for reducing the power consumption is notified of the power consumption of the user equipment.
  • the transmission of the preference layer of the protocol layer that reduces the power overhead is limited;
  • the user equipment When it is determined that the first timer is timed out, the result of the determination is no, the user equipment is notified not to perform any operation.
  • the processor 144 also performs the following steps:
  • the protocol layer that notifies the user equipment of the preference indication for transmitting the increased power overhead is notified that the protocol layer of the power consumption preference of the user equipment is changed.
  • the transmission of the power overhead preference indication is limited;
  • the user equipment When it is judged whether the second timer is timed out or not, the user equipment is notified not to perform any operation.
  • the processor 144 after the processor 144 sends a preference indication for reducing power consumption to the base station or the preference indication for sending the increased power overhead to the base station, the processor 144 further performs the following steps:
  • the user equipment When the user equipment includes a first timer, starting the first timer;
  • the first timer and/or the second timer are started when the user equipment includes a first timer and a second timer.
  • the processor 144 also performs the following steps:
  • the output device 142 may not send a preference indication for reducing power consumption to the base station until the first timer expires;
  • the output device 142 is instructed not to send a preference indication of increasing power consumption to the base station until the second timer expires.
  • the processor 144 also performs the following steps:
  • the indication station The output device 142 cannot send a preference indication for reducing power consumption to the base station until the radio resource parameter configuration result sent by the base station is received;
  • the indication station The output device 142 cannot send a preference indication of increasing power overhead to the base station until the radio resource parameter configuration result sent by the base station is received.
  • the processor 144 also performs the following steps:
  • the user equipment When the user equipment includes a first timer, starting the first timer;
  • the first timer and/or the second timer are started when the user equipment includes a first timer and a second timer.
  • the processor 144 also performs the following steps:
  • the third timer is stopped.
  • the length of the first timer is greater than or equal to the length of the second timer.
  • the processor 144 further performs the following steps: Setting a length of the first timer and a length of the second timer in the user equipment in advance;
  • the length of the first timer and the length of the second timer that are allocated to the user equipment by the base station in a radio resource management connection establishment process or a radio resource management connection reconfiguration process.
  • the processor 144 further performs the following steps: obtaining a fourth timer;
  • the processor determines the user equipment pair when the acquired fourth timer expires or the time when the user equipment predicts that the user equipment is in an idle state is greater than or equal to the length of the acquired fourth timer.
  • the preference for power overhead translates to a need to reduce power overhead;
  • the processor determines the user when the fifth timer of the user equipment expires or the user equipment predicts that the user equipment is in an idle state for less than or equal to a length of the fifth timer of the user equipment.
  • the device's preference for power overhead translates to the need to increase power overhead.
  • the acquiring, by the processor 144, the fourth timer to obtain the fourth timer specifically includes:
  • the processor sets the fourth timer according to a sixth timer; or, the processor obtains the fourth timer from the base station, where the sixth timer is a timing set in the base station Device
  • the acquiring the fifth timer by the processor specifically includes:
  • the processor sets the fifth timer according to a seventh timer; or, the processor obtains the fifth timer from the base station, where the seventh timer is a timing set in the base station Device.
  • the length of the fourth timer is less than or equal to the length of the sixth timer, and the processor 144 is configured before the fourth timer according to the sixth timer. Perform the following steps:
  • the length of the fifth timer is less than or equal to the length of the seventh timer.
  • the fourth timer when the processor 144 obtains the fourth timer from the base station, the fourth timer carries a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, and a In any one of a data link layer message and a cell handover message;
  • the fifth timer carries a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover sent by the base station.
  • the fifth timer carries a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover sent by the base station.
  • the sixth timer carries a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover sent by the base station. In any of the messages;
  • the seventh timer carries a radio resource control protocol message, a physical layer message, a data link layer message, and a cell handover sent by the base station. In any of the messages.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本发明涉及通信领域，特别涉及一种信令发送方法及相关设备，其中所述方法包括：当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销时，判断用于限制降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器是否超时，如果判断结果为是，则向基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示；当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时，向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示或者判断用于限制增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第二定时器是否超时，如果判断结果为是，则向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示。本发明可提升用户的体验。

Description

信令发送方法及相关设备
本申请要求于 2012 年 8 月 6 日提交中国专利局， 申请号为 PCT/CN2012/079743 , 发明名称为 "信令发送方法及相关装置" 的 PCT专利申 请的优先权， 其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。 技术领域
本发明涉及通信领域， 特别涉及一种信令发送方法以及相关设备。 背景技术
在 3GPP ( 3rd Generation Partnership Project, 第三代合作伙伴计划） EDDA ( Enhancement on Diverse Data Applications , 多样性数据应用增强 ) WI ( Work Item, 工作项目） 的标准讨论中， 已经同意： UE ( User Equipment, 用户设备） 可以向 eNB ( evolved Node B, 演进节点 B )发送一个关于 UE功率开销偏好的 指示（power preference indication )。 例如， 当 UE的屏幕关闭时， UE希望可以 工作在更省电的状态， 因此可以向 eNB请求获得更为省电的配置； 而当 UE希 望恢复默认状态， 即可以保证其 QoS ( Quality of Service, 服务质量）要求的状 态时， UE可以向 eNB请求返回其默认状态， 获得保证 QoS要求的配置参数。
此外， 该功率开销偏好的指示还可以定义为请求功率开销 "高 /低" 的指示。 例如， 当 UE对当前的 DRX ( Discontinuous Reception, 非连续接收） 配置不满 意时， UE可以请求降低功率开销的配置， 即向 eNB发送值为 "低" 的指示； 相 反的， 如果 UE希望获得更好的用户感受而不在乎功率开销时， UE可以向 eNB 发送值为 "高" 的指示。 所述的 "高" 或者 "低" 均为一个相对概念， 即 UE可 以连续的请求 "高"， 或连续的请求 "低"。 为了限制该功率开销偏好的指示的频繁发送， 造成不必要的信令开销及增 加 UE的功率开销，现有技术提出了一些限制机制，其中一种是基于定时器的限 制机制，该机制包括： 当 UE发送了一次功率开销偏好指示后（请求功率开销 "高
/低" 的指示）， 启动一个预设的定时器， 仅当该定时器超时后， 才能再次发 送功率开销偏好的指示。
由于 UE功率开销偏好的指示， 可以为功率优化的请求（即延长 DRX周期 长度， 降低功率开销）， 也可以为性能提升的请求（即缩短 DRX周期长度， 牺 牲功率开销来换取性能的提升， 提高功率开销）。 从这两种请求可以看出， UE 请求性能提升的紧迫性高于请求功率优化， 否则如果性能提升的请求不能快速 得到满足， 则可能造成用户感受的下降。 发明内容
鉴于此， 本发明提供一种信令发送方法及相关设备， 对降低功率开销的偏 好指示和增加功率开销的偏好指示进行区别处理， 提升用户的体验。
本发明第一方面提供一种网络信息获取方法， 可包括：
当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销时， 判断用于限制降 低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 则 向基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示；
当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 向所述基站发送 增加功率开销的偏好指示， 或者判断用于限制增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送 的第二定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 则向所述基站发送增加功率开销 的偏好指示。
结合第一方面， 在第一种可能的实现方式中， 所述用户设备包括默认状态 和峰低功率开销状态两种状态， 则当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低 功率开销时， 执行判断用户设备是否处于默认状态的第一判断， 如果第一判断 的判断结果为是， 则执行判断用于限制降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一 定时器是否超时的第二判断， 如果第二判断的判断结果为是， 则向基站发送降 低功率开销的偏好指示；
以及当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 判断用户设 备是否处于降低功率开销状态， 如果判断结果为是， 则向所述基站发送增加功 率开销的偏好指示；
以及， 当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 执行用户 设备是否处于 降低功率开销状态的第三判断， 如果第三判断的判断结果为是， 执行用于限制增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第二定时器是否超时的第四判 断， 如果第四判断的判断结果为是， 则向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指 示。
结合第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式， 在第二种可能的实现方式中， 所 述用户设备判断自己所处的状态的判断方法包括：
所述用户设备根据指定的参数长度判断自己所处的状态， 当所述参数长度 符合默认状态所需满足的长度时， 则判断所述用户设备处于默认状态； 当所述 参数长度符合降低功率开销状态所需满足的长度， 则判断所述用户设备处于降 低功率开销状态；
或者， 所述用户设备判断自己所处的状态的判断方法包括：
所述用户设备根据所述基站为所述用户设备配置的非连续性接收 DRX参数 判断自己所处的状态， 当所述用户设备正在使用默认状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数时， 则判断所述用户设备处于默认状态； 当所述用户设备正在使用降 低功率开销状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数时， 则判断所述用户设备处于降 低功率开销状态。
结合第一方面， 第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式， 第一方面的第二种可 能的实现方式， 在第三种可能的实现方式中， 当判断所述第一定时器不超时时， 所述用户设备内用于发送降低功率开销的偏好指示的协议层通知获知用户设备 的功率开销的偏好发生转变的协议层降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送受限； 或者，
当判断所述第一定时器不超时时， 所述用户设备不执行任何操作。
结合第一方面， 第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式， 第一方面的第二种可 能的实现方式， 在第四种可能的实现方式中， 当判断所述第二定时器不超时时， 所述用户设备内用于发送增加功率开销的偏好指示的协议层通知获知用户设备 的功率开销的偏好发生转变的协议层增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送受限； 或者，
当判断所述第二定时器不超时时， 用户设备不执行任何操作。
结合第一方面， 或第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式， 或第一方面的第二 种可能的实现方式， 或第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式， 或第一方面的第四 种可能的实现方式， 在第五种可能的实现方式中，
所述向基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示或所述向所述基站发送增加功率 开销的偏好指示之后， 还包括：
当所述用户设备中包括第一定时器时， 启动所述第一定时器；
当所述用户设备中包括第一定时器和第二定时器时， 启动所述第一定时器 和 /或所述第二定时器。
结合第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式， 在第六种可能的实现方式中， 当所述用户设备中的第一定时器未超时时， 接收到所述基站发送的无线资 源参数配置结果， 且用户设备对功率开销的偏好再次转变为需降低功率开销时 , 所述用户设备不能向所述基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示， 直到所述第一定 时器超时；
以及， 当所述用户设备中的第二定时器未超时时， 接收到所述基站发送的 无线资源参数配置结果， 且用户设备对功率开销的偏好再次转变为需增加功率 开销时， 所述用户设备不能向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示， 直到所 述第二定时器超时。
结合第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式， 在第七种可能的实现方式中， 当 所述用户设备中的所述第一定时器已超时， 但未接收到所述基站发送的无线资 源参数配置结果， 且用户设备对功率开销的偏好再次转变为需降低功率开销时 , 所述用户设备不能向所述基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示， 直到接收到所述 基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果；
以及， 当所述用户设备中的所述第二定时器已超时， 但未接收到所述基站 发送的无线资源参数配置结果， 且用户设备对功率开销的偏好再次转变为需增 加功率开销时， 所述用户设备不能向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示， 直到接收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果。
结合第一方面至第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式， 在第八种可能的实现 方式中，
所述向基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示或所述向所述基站发送增加功率 开销的偏好指示之后， 还包括：
所述用户设备接收所述基站根据接收到的所述降低功率开销的偏好指示或 所述增加功率开销的偏好指示为所述用户设备配置的无线资源参数。 结合第一方面的第八种可能的实现方式， 在第九种可能的实现方式中， 所 述为所述用户设备配置无线资源参数之后， 还包括：
当所述用户设备中包括第一定时器时， 启动所述第一定时器；
当所述用户设备中包括第一定时器和第二定时器时， 启动所述第一定时器 和 /或所述第二定时器。
结合第一方面至第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式， 在第十种可能的实现 方式中，
当基站判断当前不能为用户设备更新无线资源参数配置时， 所述用户设备 未接收到所述基站对所述降低功率开销的偏好指示或所述增加功率开销的偏好 指示的响应消息。
结合第一方面的第八种可能的实现方式， 或第一方面的第九种可能的实现 方式， 在第十一种可能的实现方式中，
所述用户设备接收所述基站根据接收到的所述降低功率开销的偏好指示或 所述增加功率开销的偏好指示为所述用户设备配置的无线资源参数， 包括： 所述用户设备接收所述基站通过无线资源管理过程为所述用户设备配置的 非连续接收 DRX参数和物理层参数。
结合第一方面的第十一种可能的实现方式， 在第十二种可能的实现方式 中， 当所述用户设备包括默认状态和降低功率开销状态两种状态时， 所述用户 设备接收所述基站通过无线资源管理过程为所述用户设备配置的非连续接收 DRX参数和物理层参数包括：
所述用户设备接收所述基站在无线资源管理 RRC连接重配置时， 为所述用 户设备配置两套非连续性接收 DRX参数， 和指示所述用户设备在进行无线资源 管理连接时使用降低功率开销对应的 DRX参数的指示信息； 以及接收所述基站 根据两套非连续性接收 DRX参数， 为所述用户设备配置的两套物理层参数， 和 指示用户设备在进行无线资源管理连接重配置后， 使用降低功率开销对应的 DRX参数对应的物理层参数的指示信息。
结合第一方面的第十一种可能的实现方式，在第十三种可能的实现方式中， 当所述用户设备包括默认状态和降低功率开销状态两种状态时， 所述用户设备 接收所述基站通过无线资源管理过程为所述用户设备配置的非连续接收 DRX参 数和物理层参数包括：
所述用户设备接收所述基站在无线资源管理 RRC连接重配置时， 为所述用 户设备配置两套非连续性接收 DRX参数， 和指示所述用户设备在进行无线资源 管理连接时使用增加功率开销对应的 DRX参数的指示信息； 以及接收所述基站 根据两套非连续性接收 DRX参数， 为所述用户设备配置的两套物理层参数， 和 指示用户设备在进行无线资源管理连接重配置后， 使用增加功率开销对应的 DRX参数对应的物理层参数的指示信息。
结合第一方面至第一方面的第十三种可能的实现方式， 在第十四种可能的 实现方式中， 所述第一定时器的长度大于等于所述第二定时器的长度。
结合第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式， 或第一方面的第十种可能的实现 方式， 在第十五种可能的实现方式中， 所述第一定时器的长度、 所述第二定时 器的长度以及所述第三定时器的长度预先设置在所述用户设备中；
或者， 所述第一定时器的长度、 所述第二定时器的长度以及所述第三定时 器的长度由所述基站在无线资源管理连接建立过程或无线资源管理连接重配置 过程中指定给所述用户设备。
结合第一方面至第一方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中任一种， 在第十六 种可能的实现方式中， 用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销之前， 还包括：
用户设备获取第四定时器；
则当所述用户设备的第四定时器超时或所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处 于空闲状态的时间大于等于所述用户设备的第四定时器的长度时， 确定所述用 户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销；
用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销之前， 还包括： 用户设备获取第五定时器；
则当所述用户设备的第五定时器超时或所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处 于空闲状态的时间小于等于所述用户设备的第五定时器的长度时， 确定所述用 户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销。
结合第一方面的第十六种可能的实现方式， 在第十七种可能的实现方式中， 所述用户设备获取第四定时器包括：
所述用户设备根据第六定时器设定所述第四定时器； 或， 从所述基站获得 所述第四定时器， 所述第六定时器为所述基站中设置的定时器；
所述用户设备获取第五定时器包括：
所述用户设备根据第七定时器设定所述第五定时器； 或， 从所述基站获得 所述第五定时器， 所述第七定时器为所述基站中设置的定时器。
结合第一方面的第十七种可能的实现方式中任一种， 在第十八种可能的实 现方式中， 所述第四定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第六定时器的长度， 所述 用户设备根据第六定时器设定所述第四定时器之前， 还包括：
从所述基站获取所述第六定时器， 或者， 根据从所述基站获取的消息估算 所述基站中设置的所述第六定时器的长度；
所述第五定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第七定时器的长度， 所述用户设 备根据第七定时器设定所述第五定时器之前， 还包括：
从所述基站获取所述第七定时器， 或者， 根据从所述基站获取的消息估算 所述基站中设置的所述第七定时器的长度。
结合第一方面的第十八种可能的实现方式中任一种， 在第十九种可能的实 现方式中， 当从所述基站获得所述第四定时器时， 所述第四定时器携带在所述 基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换 消息中任一种中；
当从所述基站获得所述第五定时器时， 所述第五定时器携带在所述基站发 送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中 任一种中；
当从所述基站获得所述第六定时器时， 所述第六定时器携带在所述基站发 送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中 任一种中；
当从所述基站获得所述第七定时器时， 所述第七定时器携带在所述基站发 送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中 任一种中。
本发明第二方面提供一种确定功率开销偏好的方法， 其可包括：
用户设备获取第四定时器和第五定时器中至少一种；
当所述用户设备的第四定时器超时或所述用户设备预计出所述用户设备处 于空闲状态的时间大于等于所述用户设备的第四定时器的长度时， 确定所述用 户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销；
当所述用户设备的第五定时器超时或所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处于 空闲状态的时间小于等于所述用户设备的第五定时器的长度时， 确定所述用户 设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销。
结合第二方面， 在第一种可能的实现方式中， 所述用户设备获取第四定时 器包括：
所述用户设备根据第六定时器设定所述第四定时器； 或， 从所述基站获得 所述第四定时器， 所述第六定时器为所述基站中设置的定时器；
所述用户设备获取第五定时器包括：
所述用户设备根据第七定时器设定所述第五定时器； 或， 从所述基站获得 所述第五定时器， 所述第七定时器为所述基站中设置的定时器。
结合第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式， 在第二种可能的实现方式中， 所 述第四定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第六定时器的长度， 所述用户设备根据 第六定时器设定所述第四定时器之前， 还包括：
从所述基站获取所述第六定时器， 或者， 根据从所述基站获取的消息估算 所述基站中设置的所述第六定时器的长度；
所述第五定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第七定时器的长度， 所述用户设 备根据第七定时器设定所述第五定时器之前， 还包括：
从所述基站获取所述第七定时器， 或者， 根据从所述基站获取的消息估算 所述基站中设置的所述第七定时器的长度。
结合第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式， 在第三种可能的实现方式中， 当 从所述基站获得所述第四定时器时， 所述第四定时器携带在所述基站发送的无 线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中任一种 中；
当从所述基站获得所述第五定时器时， 所述第五定时器携带在所述基站发 送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中 任一种中；
当从所述基站获得所述第六定时器时， 所述第六定时器携带在所述基站发 送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中 任一种中；
当从所述基站获得所述第七定时器时， 所述第七定时器携带在所述基站发 送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中 任一种中。
本发明第三方面提供一种用户设备， 所述用户设备在包括指示发送模块和 第一控制模块的基础上， 还包括第二控制模块和第三控制模块中至少一个： 所述指示发送模块， 用于向基站发送功率开销偏好指示， 所述功率开销指 示包括降低功率开销的偏好指示或增加功率开销的偏好指示；
所述第一控制模块， 用于当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率 开销时， 判断用于限制降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 通知所述指示发送模块向基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指 示；
所述第二控制模块， 用于当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率 开销时， 通知所述指示发送模块向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示； 或, 所述第三控制模块， 用于当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率 开销时， 判断用于限制增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第二定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 通知所述指示发送模块向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏 好指示。
结合第三方面， 在第一种可能的实现方式中， 所述获取模块具体用于通过 与第二网络设备建立的数据接口向第二网络设备发送外部网络信息查询请求， 并接收所述第二网络设备根据所述查询请求返回的查询结果信息。 所述用户设 备包括默认状态和降低功率开销状态两种状态； 所述用户设备还包括用于判断 所述用户设备所处的状态的状态判断模块；
则 , 所述第一控制模块具体用于当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降 低功率开销， 且所述状态判断模块指示所述用户设备处于默认状态时， 判断用 于限制降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果 为是， 通知所述指示发送模块向基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示；
以及， 所述第二控制模块具体用于当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需 增加功率开销时 , 且所述状态判断模块指示所述用户设备降低功率开销状态时 , 通知所述指示发送模块向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示；
以及， 所述第三控制模块具体用于当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需 增加功率开销时 , 且所述状态判断模块指示所述用户设备降低功率开销状态时 , 判断用于限制增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第二定时器是否超时， 如果判 断结果为是， 通知所述指示发送模块向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示。
结合第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式， 在第二种可能的实现方式中， 所 述状态判断模块判断所述用户设备所处的状态包括：
所述状态判断模块根据指定的的参数长度判断所述用户设备所处的状态， 当所述参数长度符合默认状态所需满足的长度时， 则判断所述用户设备处于默 认状态； 当所述参数长度符合降低功率开销状态所需满足的长度， 则判断所述 用户设备处于降低功率开销状态；
或者， 所述状态判断模块判断所述用户设备所处的状态包括：
所述状态判断模块根据所述基站为所述用户设备配置的非连续性接收 DRX 参数判断自己所处的状态， 当所述用户设备正在使用默认状态对应的非连续性 接收 DRX参数时， 则判断所述用户设备处于默认状态； 当所述用户设备正在使 用降低功率开销状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数时， 则判断所述用户设备处 于峰低功率开销状态。
结合第三方面至第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式， 在第三种可能的实现 方式中， 所述第一控制模块还用于当判断所述第一定时器不超时时， 指示处于 所述用户设备内发送降低功率开销的偏好指示的协议层的指示发送模块通知所 述用户设备内用于获知用户设备的功率开销的偏好发生转变的协议层降低功率 开销的偏好指示的发送受限； 或者， 当判断所述第一定时器不超时时， 指示所 述用户设备不执行任何操作。
结合第三方面至第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式， 在第四种可能的实现 方式中， 所述第三控制模块还用于当判断所述第二定时器不超时时， 指示处于 所述用户设备内发送增加功率开销的偏好指示的协议层通知获知用户设备的功 率开销的偏好发生转变的协议层增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送受限； 或者， 当判断所述第二定时器不超时时， 指示所述用户设备不执行任何操作。
结合第三方面至第三方面的第四种可能的实现方式， 在第五种可能的实现 方式中， 第一定时器管理模块， 用于当所述用户设备包括第一定时器， 且所述 指示发送模块向基站发送了功率开销偏好指示之后， 启动所述第一定时器； 以 及当所述用户设备包括第一定时器和第二定时器， 且所述指示发送模块向基站 发送了功率开销偏好指示之后， 启动所述第一定时器和 /或所述第二定时器。
结合第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式， 在第六种可能的实现方式中， 配 置接收模块， 用于接收基站为所述用户设备配置的无线资源参数配置结果； 在包括配置接收模块的基础上， 所述用户设备还包括第六控制模块、 第七 控制模块中至少一个， 其中； 所述第六控制模块， 用于当所述用户设备中的第一定时器未超时时， 但所 述配置接收模块接收到无线资源参数配置结果， 且用户设备对功率开销的偏好 再次转变为需降低功率开销时， 通知所述指示发送模块在所述第一定时器超时 前不能向所述基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示；
所述第七控制模块， 用于当所述用户设备中的第二定时器未超时时， 但所 述配置接收模块接收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果， 且用户设备对 功率开销的偏好再次转变为需增加功率开销时， 通知所述指示发送模块在所述 第二定时器超时前不能向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示。
结合第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式， 在第七种可能的实现方式中， 配 置接收模块， 用于接收基站为所述用户设备配置的无线资源参数配置结果； 在包括配置接收模块的基础上， 所述用户设备还包括第八控制模块、 第九 控制模块中至少一个， 其中；
所述第八控制模块， 用于当所述用户设备中的所述第一定时器已超时， 但 所述配置接收模块未接收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果， 且用户设 备对功率开销的偏好再次转变为需降低功率开销时 , 通知所述指示发送模块在 接收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果之前不能向所述基站发送降低功 率开销的偏好指示；
所述第九控制模块， 用于当所述用户设备中的所述第二定时器已超时， 但 所述配置接收模块未接收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果， 且用户设 备对功率开销的偏好再次转变为需增加功率开销时， 通知所述指示发送模块在 接收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果之前不能向所述基站发送增加功 率开销的偏好指示。
结合第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式， 在第十种可能的实现方式中， 该 用户设备还包括： 设置模块， 用于预先在所述用户设备中设置所述第一定时器 的长度、 所述第二定时器的长度。
结合第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式， 在第十一种可能的实现方式中， 该用户设备还包括： 长度接收模块， 用于接收所述基站指定给所述用户设备的 所述第一定时器的长度、 所述第二定时器的长度以及所述第三定时器的长度。
结合第三方面至第三方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中任一种， 在第十二 中可能的实现方式中， 所述用户设备还包括：
定时器获取模块， 用于获取第四定时器和第五定时器中至少一种； 指示确定模块， 用于当所述定时器获取模块获取的第四定时器超时或所述 用户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间大于等于所述定时器获取模块 获取的第四定时器的长度时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降 低功率开销； 和 /或，
当所述所述定时器获取模块获取的第五定时器超时或所述用户设备预计所 述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间小于等于所述定时器获取模块获取的第五定时 器的长度时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销。
结合第三方面的第十二种可能的实现方式， 在第十三中可能的实现方式中， 所述定时器获取模块包括第一获取子模块和第二获取子模块中至少一种， 其中： 所述第一获取子模块， 用于根据第六定时器设定所述第四定时器； 或， 从 所述基站获得所述第四定时器， 所述第六定时器为所述基站中设置的定时器； 所述第二获取子模块， 用于根据第七定时器设定所述第五定时器； 或， 从 所述基站获得所述第五定时器， 所述第七定时器为所述基站中设置的定时器。
结合第三方面的第十三种可能的实现方式， 在第十四中可能的实现方式中， 所述第四定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第六定时器的长度， 所述第一获取子 模块还用于从所述基站获取所述第六定时器， 或者， 根据从所述基站获取的消 息估算所述基站中设置的所述第六定时器的长度；
所述第五定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第七定时器的长度， 所述第二获 取子模块还用于从所述基站获取所述第七定时器， 或者， 根据从所述基站获取 的消息估算所述基站中设置的所述第七定时器的长度。
结合第三方面的第十四种可能的实现方式， 在第十五中可能的实现方式中， 所述第四定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第六定时器， 所述第二设置模块在设 定所述第四定时器之前， 所述定时器接收模块从所述基站获取所述第六定时器， 或者所述第二设置模块在设定所述第四定时器之前通过从所述基站获取的消息 估算所述第六定时器的长度；
所述第五定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第七定时器， 所述第二设置模块 在设定所述第五定时器之前， 所述定时器接收模块从所述基站获取所述第七定 时器， 或者所述第二设置模块在设定所述第五定时器之前通过从所述基站获取 的消息估算所述第七定时器的长度。
结合第三方面的第十五种可能的实现方式， 在第十六中可能的实现方式中， 当所述第一获取子模块从所述基站获得所述第四定时器时， 从所述基站发送的 无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中任一 种中获得所述第四定时器；
当所述第二获取子模块从所述基站获得所述第五定时器时， 从所述基站发 送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中 任一种中获得所述第五定时器；
当所述第一获取子模块从所述基站获得所述第六定时器时， 从所述基站发 送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中 任一种中获得所述第六定时器；
当所述第二获取子模块从所述基站获得所述第七定时器时， 从所述基站发 送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中 任一种中获得所述第七定时器。
本发明第四方面提供一种用户设备， 其可包括：
定时器获取模块， 用于获取第四定时器和第五定时器中至少一种； 指示确定模块， 用于当所述定时器获取模块获取的第四定时器超时或所述 用户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间大于等于所述定时器获取模块 获取的第四定时器的长度时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降 低功率开销； 和 /或，
当所述所述定时器获取模块获取的第五定时器超时或所述用户设备预计所 述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间小于等于所述定时器获取模块获取的第五定时 器的长度时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销。
结合第四方面， 在第一种可能的实现方式中， 所述定时器获取模块包括第 一获取子模块和第二获取子模块中至少一种， 其中：
所述第一获取子模块， 用于根据第六定时器设定所述第四定时器； 或， 从 所述基站获得所述第四定时器， 所述第六定时器为所述基站中设置的定时器； 所述第二获取子模块， 用于根据第七定时器设定所述第五定时器； 或， 从 所述基站获得所述第五定时器， 所述第七定时器为所述基站中设置的定时器。
结合第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式， 在第二种可能的实现方式中， 所 述第四定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第六定时器的长度， 所述第一获取子模 块还用于从所述基站获取所述第六定时器， 或者， 根据从所述基站获取的消息 估算所述基站中设置的所述第六定时器的长度； 所述第五定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第七定时器的长度， 所述第二获 取子模块还用于从所述基站获取所述第七定时器， 或者， 根据从所述基站获取 的消息估算所述基站中设置的所述第七定时器的长度。
结合第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式， 在第三种可能的实现方式中， 所 述第四定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第六定时器， 所述第二设置模块在设定 所述第四定时器之前， 所述定时器接收模块从所述基站获取所述第六定时器， 或者所述第二设置模块在设定所述第四定时器之前通过从所述基站获取的消息 估算所述第六定时器的长度；
所述第五定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第七定时器， 所述第二设置模块 在设定所述第五定时器之前， 所述定时器接收模块从所述基站获取所述第七定 时器， 或者所述第二设置模块在设定所述第五定时器之前通过从所述基站获取 的消息估算所述第七定时器的长度。
结合第四方面的第三种可能的实现方式， 在第四种可能的实现方式中， 当 所述第一获取子模块从所述基站获得所述第四定时器时， 从所述基站发送的无 线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中任一种 中获得所述第四定时器；
当所述第二获取子模块从所述基站获得所述第五定时器时， 从所述基站发 送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中 任一种中获得所述第五定时器；
当所述第一获取子模块从所述基站获得所述第六定时器时， 从所述基站发 送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中 任一种中获得所述第六定时器；
当所述第二获取子模块从所述基站获得所述第七定时器时， 从所述基站发 送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中 任一种中获得所述第七定时器。 本发明第五方面提供一种信令发送控制系统， 可包括本发明上述的用户设 备中的任一种和基站， 所述基站用于接收所述用户设备发送的功率开销偏好指 示， 并通过无线资源管理过程为所述用户设备进行无线资源参数配置， 所述功 率开销偏好指示包括降低功率开销的偏好指示或增加功率开销的偏好指示。
结合第五方面， 在第一种可能的实现方式中， 所述基站还用于向所述用户 设备发送第四定时器、 第五定时器、 第六定时器、 第七定时器中至少一种。
结合第五方面至第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式， 在第二种可能的实现 方式中， 当所述用户设备包括默认状态和降低功率开销状态两种状态时，
所述基站通过无线资源管理过程为所述用户设备进行无线资源参数配置， 其包括： 在无线资源管理连接建立时， 所述基站为所述用户设备配置两套非连 续性接收 DRX参数， 并指示所述用户设备在进行无线资源管理连接时使用的 DRX参数， 其中一套参数用于指示所述用户设备处于默认状态， 另一套参数用 于指示所述用户设备处于降低功率开销状态； 所述基站根据不同的非连续性接 收 DRX参数， 为所述用户设备配置对应的两套物理层；
或者，
所述基站通过无线资源管理过程为所述用户设备进行无线资源参数配置， 其包括： 在无线资源管理重配置过程进行时， 所述基站为所述用户设备配置两 套非连续性接收 DRX参数， 并指示所述用户设备在进行无线资源管理重配置完 成后使用的 DRX参数， 其中一套参数用于指示所述用户设备处于默认状态， 另 一套参数用于指示所述用户设备处于降低功率开销状态； 所述基站根据不同的 非连续性接收 DRX参数， 为所述用户设备配置对应的两套物理层。
本发明第六方面提供一种计算机存储介质， 该计算机存储介质可存储有程 序， 给程序执行时可包括本发明提供的信令发送方法的部分或全部步骤。
本发明第七方面提供一种计算机存储介质， 该计算机存储介质可存储有程 序， 给程序执行时可包括本发明提供的确定功率开销偏好的部分或全部步骤 本发明第八方面提供一种用户设备， 包括： 输入装置、 输出装置及处理器， 其中， 所述处理器执行如下步骤：
当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销时， 判断用于限制降 低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 则 指示所述输出装置向基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示；
当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 指示所述输出装 置向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示， 或者， 判断用于限制增加功率开 销的偏好指示的发送的第二定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 指示所述输 出装置向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示。
结合第八方面， 在第一种可能的实现方式中， 所述用户设备包括默认状态 和降低功率开销状态两种状态， 则所述处理器还执行如下步骤：
当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销时， 执行判断用户设 备是否处于默认状态的第一判断， 如果第一判断的判断结果为是， 则执行判断 用于限制降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器是否超时的第二判断， 如果第二判断的判断结果为是， 指示所述输出装置向基站发送降低功率开销的 偏好指示；
以及当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 判断用户设 备是否处于降低功率开销状态， 如果判断结果为是， 指示所述输出装置向所述 基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示；
或者， 当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 执行用户 设备是否处于 降低功率开销状态的第三判断， 如果第三判断的判断结果为是， 执行用于限制增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第二定时器是否超时的第四判 断， 如果第四判断的判断结果为是， 指示所述输出装置向所述基站发送增加功 率开销的偏好指示。
结合第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式， 在第二种可能的实现方式中， 所 述处理器判断所述用户设备所处的状态的判断方法包括：
所述处理器根据指定的参数长度判断自己所处的状态， 当所述参数长度符 合默认状态所需满足的长度时， 则判断所述用户设备处于默认状态； 当所述参 数长度符合降低功率开销状态所需满足的长度， 则判断所述用户设备处于降低 功率开销状态；
或者， 所述处理器判断所述用户设备所处的状态的判断方法包括： 所述处理器根据所述基站为所述用户设备配置的非连续性接收 DRX参数判 断所述用户设备所处的状态， 当所述用户设备正在使用默认状态对应的非连续 性接收 DRX参数时， 则判断所述用户设备处于默认状态； 当所述用户设备正在 使用降低功率开销状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数时， 则判断所述用户设备 处于降低功率开销状态。
结合第八方面至第八方面的第二种可能的实现方式， 在第三种可能的实现 方式中， 所述处理器还执行如下步骤：
当判断所述第一定时器不超时时， 通知所述用户设备内用于发送降低功率 开销的偏好指示的协议层通知获知用户设备的功率开销的偏好发生转变的协议 层降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送受限； 或者， 当判断所述第一定时器不超时时， 通知所述用户设备不执行任何操 作。
结合第八方面至第八方面的第二种可能的实现方式， 在第四种可能的实现 方式中， 所述处理器还执行如下步骤：
当判断所述第二定时器不超时时， 通知所述用户设备内用于发送增加功率 开销的偏好指示的协议层通知获知用户设备的功率开销的偏好发生转变的协议 层增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送受限；
或者，
当判断所述第二定时器不超时时， 通知用户设备不执行任何操作。
结合第八方面至第八方面的第四种可能的实现方式， 在第五种可能的实现 方式中 , 所述向基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示或所述向所述基站发送增加 功率开销的偏好指示之后， 所述处理器还执行如下步骤：
当所述用户设备中包括第一定时器时， 启动所述第一定时器；
当所述用户设备中包括第一定时器和第二定时器时， 启动所述第一定时器 和所述第二定时器。
结合第八方面的第五种可能的实现方式， 在第六种可能的实现方式中， 所 述处理器还执行如下步骤：
当所述用户设备中的第一定时器未超时时， 接收到所述基站发送的无线资 源参数配置结果， 且用户设备对功率开销的偏好再次转变为需降低功率开销时 , 指示所述输出装置不能向所述基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示， 直到所述第 一定时器超时；
当所述用户设备中的第二定时器未超时时， 接收到所述基站发送的无线资 源参数配置结果， 且用户设备对功率开销的偏好再次转变为需增加功率开销时， 指示指示所述输出装置不能向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示， 直到所 述第二定时器超时。
结合第八方面的第五种可能的实现方式， 在第七种可能的实现方式中， 所 述处理器还执行如下步骤： 当所述用户设备中的所述第一定时器已超时， 但未 接收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果， 且用户设备对功率开销的偏好 再次转变为需降低功率开销时 , 指示所述输出装置不能向所述基站发送降低功 率开销的偏好指示， 直到接收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果；
当所述用户设备中的所述第二定时器已超时， 但未接收到所述基站发送的 无线资源参数配置结果， 且用户设备对功率开销的偏好再次转变为需增加功率 开销时 , 指示指示所述输出装置不能向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示， 直到接收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果。
结合第八方面的第七种可能的实现方式， 在第八种可能的实现方式中， 所 述处理器还执行如下步骤：
接收所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果；
当所述用户设备中包括第一定时器时， 启动所述第一定时器；
当所述用户设备中包括第一定时器和第二定时器时， 启动所述第一定时器 和所述第二定时器。
结合第八方面至第八方面的第八种可能的实现方式， 在第九种可能的实现 方式中， 所述第一定时器的长度大于等于所述第二定时器的长度。
结合第八方面的第五种可能的实现方式， 在第十种可能的实现方式中， 所 述处理器还执行如下步骤：
预先在所述用户设备中设置所述第一定时器的长度、 所述第二定时器的长 度； 或者， 接收由所述基站在无线资源管理连接建立过程或无线资源管理连接 重配置过程中指定给所述用户设备的所述第一定时器的长度、 所述第二定时器 的长度。
结合第八方面至第八方面的第十种可能的实现方式中， 在第十一种可能的 实现方式中， 所述处理器还执行如下步骤： 获取第四定时器；
则当所述获取的第四定时器超时或所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处于空 闲状态的时间大于等于所述获取的第四定时器的长度时， 所述处理器确定所述 用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销；
获取第五定时器；
则当所述用户设备的第五定时器超时或所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处 于空闲状态的时间小于等于所述用户设备的第五定时器的长度时， 所述处理器 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销。
结合第八方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中， 在第十二种可能的实现方式 中， 所述处理器获取第四定时器获取第四定时器具体包括：
所述处理器根据第六定时器设定所述第四定时器； 或， 所述处理器从所述 基站获得所述第四定时器， 所述第六定时器为所述基站中设置的定时器；
所述处理器获取第五定时器具体包括：
所述处理器根据第七定时器设定所述第五定时器； 或， 所述处理器从所述 基站获得所述第五定时器， 所述第七定时器为所述基站中设置的定时器。
结合第八方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中， 在第十三种可能的实现方式 中， 所述第四定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第六定时器的长度， 所述处理器 根据第六定时器设定所述第四定时器之前， 还执行如下步骤：
从所述基站获取所述第六定时器， 或者， 根据从所述基站获取的消息估算 所述基站中设置的所述第六定时器的长度；
所述第五定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第七定时器的长度， 所述处理器 根据第七定时器设定所述第五定时器之前， 还执行如下步骤：
从所述基站获取所述第七定时器， 或者， 根据从所述基站获取的消息估算 所述基站中设置的所述第七定时器的长度。
结合第八方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中， 在第十三种可能的实现方式 中， 当所述处理器从所述基站获得所述第四定时器时， 所述第四定时器携带在 所述基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区 切换消息中任一种中；
当所述处理器从所述基站获得所述第五定时器时， 所述第五定时器携带在 所述基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区 切换消息中任一种中；
当所述处理器从所述基站获得所述第六定时器时， 所述第六定时器携带在 所述基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区 切换消息中任一种中；
当所述处理器从所述基站获得所述第七定时器时， 所述第七定时器携带在 所述基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区 切换消息中任一种中。 由上可见， 在本发明的一些可行的实施方式中， 分别限定用户设备对降低 功率开销的偏好指示的发送和对增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送， 与现有技术 通过同一定时器来限定相比， 更加灵活， 提升了用户的体验。 附图说明
图 1为本发明的信令发送方法的第一实施例的流程示意图；
图 2为本发明的信令发送方法的第二实施例的流程示意图；
图 3为本发明的信令发送方法的第三实施例的流程示意图；
图 4为本发明的信令发送方法的第四实施例的流程示意图；
图 5为本发明的用户设备的第一实施例的结构组成示意图；
图 6为本发明的用户设备的第二实施例的结构组成示意图；
图 7为本发明的用户设备的第三实施例的结构组成示意图；
图 8为本发明的用户设备的第四实施例的结构组成示意图；
图 9为本发明的信令发送系统的一实施例结构组成示意图；
图 10为本发明的用户设备的第七实施例的结构组成示意图。 具体实施例
在本发明的一些可行的实施方式中， 当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为 需峰低功率开销时， 判断用于限制降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时 器是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 则向基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示； 当 用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 则向所述基站发送增加 功率开销的偏好指示； 或者， 当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率 开销时， 判断用于限制增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第二定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 则向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示。 以此来分别 限定用户设备对降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送和对增加功率开销的偏好指示 的发送， 与现有技术通过同一定时器来限定相比， 更加灵活， 提升了用户的体 验。 下面将结合附图对本发明实施例作进一步地详细描述。
图 1为本发明的信令发送方法的第一实施例的流程示意图。 如图 1所示， 其可包括：
步骤 S10, 当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销时， 判断用 于限制降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果 为是， 执行步骤 Sll。
步骤 S11 , 所述用户设备向基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示。
步骤 S12, 当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 则向所 述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 步骤 sio和步骤 S12可没有先后顺序， 即用户 设备对功率开销的偏好先转变为需要增加功率开销， 后转变为需要降低功率开 销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 在步骤 S10之前， 还可包括确定用户设备对功 率开销的偏好是否转变为需降低功率开销的流程， 其可包括：
用户设备获取第四定时器； 则当所述用户设备的第四定时器超时或所述用 户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间大于等于所述用户设备的第四定 时器的长度时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销； 在一些可行的实施方式中， 在步骤 S12之前， 还可包括确定用户设备对功 率开销的偏好是否转变为需增加功率开销的流程， 其可包括：
用户设备获取第五定时器， 则当所述用户设备的第五定时器超时或所述用 户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间小于等于所述用户设备的第五定 时器的长度时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备可从所述基站获得所述第四定时器， 用户设备可从所述基站获得所述第五定时器， 所述第四定时器和 /或所述第五定 时器可从所述基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消 息、 小区切换消息中至少一种中获得。 具体实现中， 所述第四定时器的长度小 于等于所述基站中的第六定时器的长度， 所述第五定时器的长度小于等于所述 基站中的第七定时器的长度。 所述第六定时器为所述基站中维护用于所述基站 侧触发降低功率开销的触发器， 所述第七定时器为所述基站中维护的用于所述 基站侧触发增加功率开销的触发器。 这样当用户设备中获得的第四定时器超时 时， 确定所述用设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销， 当用户设备获 得的第五定时器超时时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功 率开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备可从所述基站获得所述第六定时器， 用户设备可从所述基站获得所述第七定时器， 所述第六定时器和 /或所述第七定 时器可从所述基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消 息、 小区切换消息中至少一种中获得。 具体实现中， 当用户设备从基站获得第 六定时器长度和第七定时器的长度时， 可根据第六定时器在用户设备中设定第 四定时器， 以及根据第七定时器设定第五定时器， 且所设定的第四定时器的长 度可小于等于所述第六定时器的长度， 所设定的第五定时器的长度可小于等于 所述第七定时器的长度。 这样， 当用户设备中设定的第四定时器超时时， 确定 所述用设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销， 当用户设备设定的第五 定时器超时时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备可以自己根据从基站获取的消息估计 所述第六定时器和或所述第七定时器的长度。 比如， UE执行完一次数据收发操 作后启动一个计时器， 该计时器在 UE执行下一次数据收发操作后被重新启动， 假设基站向用户设备下发重配置消息 /RRC连接释放消息， 则用户设备可以根据 重配置消息 /RRC连接释放消息的内容来决定是否记录上述计时器的长度为第六 定时器和第七定时器的长度。 比如， 如果该重配置消息 /RRC连接释放消息是切 换命令， 或者建立新的无线承载， 或者释放原来的无线承载， 等， 用户设备不 会记录上述计时器的长度为第六定时器和第七定时器的长度； 如果该重配置消 息 /RRC连接释放消息是配置 DRX或配置更省电的 DRX, 则用户设备会记录上 述计时器的长度为该第六定时器和第七定时器的长度。
具体实现中， 当用户设备记录第六定时器长度和第七定时器的长度时， 可 根据第六定时器在用户设备中设定第四定时器， 以及根据第七定时器设定第五 定时器， 且所设定的第四定时器的长度可小于等于所述第六定时器的长度， 所 设定的第五定时器的长度可小于等于所述第七定时器的长度。 这样， 当用户设 备中设定的第四定时器超时时， 确定所述用设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降 低功率开销， 当用户设备设定的第五定时器超时时， 确定所述用户设备对功率 开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备可以通过多次估计来获得所述第六定 时器和或所述第七定时器的长度， 比如将多次的估计结果取平均值， 或者取最 小的值， 或者取最大的值等， 其中每次估计过程与上述估计方法相同， 在此不 作赘述， 以增加获得所述第六定时器和或所述第七定时器的长度的准确度。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 当用户设备执行完一次数据收发操作进入空闲 状态时， 所述用户设备可预计所述用户设备将持续处于空闲状态的时间 （具体 实现中， 用户设备可根据用户设备正在收发的数据的业务类型， 当前网络的状 况等因素预计所述用户设备将持续处于空闲状态的时间）， 比如为 10s, 与此同 时， 所述用户设备可根据从基站处接收的第六定时器设定第四定时器， 假设第 六定时器为 8s, 则用户设备可设定第四定时器为 5s, 或者直接从基站接收第四 定时器（比如， 为 l is ), 这样， 当所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状 态的时间 （比如上述的 10s ) 大于等于所述用户设备的第四定时器的长度 （比 如上述的 5s ), 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销， 若 当所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间（比如上述的 10s )小于 所述用户设备的第四定时器的长度 （比如上述的 l is ), 则不能得出偏好转变为 峰低功率开销的结论。 对于第五定时器类似， 在此不赘述。
具体实现中， 本发明实施例前述的确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转 变为需降低功率开销， 和 /或确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转换为需增加 功率开销的流程可独立于图 1所示的流程而存在。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 功率开销的偏好指示 （ "power preference indication" , 包括降低功率开销的偏好指示和增加功率开销的偏好指示）的发送 是基于用户设备所处的两种明确状态进行的， 此时， 用户设备包括默认状态 ( "default" 状态）和降低功率开销状态 （ "lower power consumption" 状态） 两 种状态， 当用户设备判断自己处于 "default (默认）" 状态时， 只能向基站 （比 如， 演进基站 eNB )发送 "lower power consumption (降低功率开销）" 的偏好 指示； 相反地， 如果用户判断自己处于 "lower power consumption" 状态， 仅能 向基站发送返回 "default" 状态 （增加功率开销） 的偏好指示。 此时， 在步骤 S10, 当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销时， 用户设备首先判 断自己是否处于默认状态， 如果判断结果为是， 则进一步判断用于限制降低功 率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器（可记录为 "T— Default" )是否超时（即 定时器不运行了）， 如果判断结果为是， 执行步骤 Sl l。 以及在步骤 S12, 当用 户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 判断自己是否处于降低功 率开销状态， 如果判断结果为是， 则向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示。 在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备判断自己所处的状态的判断方法可包 括：
所述用户设备根据指定的参数长度判断自己所处的状态， 当所述参数长度 符合默认状态所需满足的长度时， 则判断所述用户设备处于默认状态； 当所述 参数长度符合降低功率开销状态所需满足的长度， 则判断所述用户设备处于降 低功率开销状态。 比如， 可以以用户设备中的非连续性接收周期（DRX cycle ) 的长度判断自己所处的状态， 当用户设备当前所配置的 DRX cycle的长度小于 空闲 （IDLE )状态时 DRX cycle的长度时， 则判断自己处于 "default" 状态， 当用户设备当前所配置的 DRX cycle长度等于或大于 IDLE状态 DRX cycle长 度， 则认为 UE处于 "lower power consumption" 状态。 上述以空闲状态时 DRX cycle的长度作为阈值来区分 "default" 和 "lower power consumption" ^夫态, 仅 是仅一个例子， 具体实现中， 可使用其他参数的长度来作为阈值判断。 这样， 在步骤 S10, 当用户设备正在使用 "default" 状态对应的 DRX cycle的长度时， 即用户设备处于 "default"状态时， 若用户设备的功率偏好发生改变， 希望能降 低功率开销， 在满足第一定时器超时的前提下， 则用户设备向基站发送 "power preference indication" , 请求使用 "lower power consumption" 状态对应的 DRX 参数配置。 而在步骤 S12, 当用户设备正在使用 "lower power consumption" 状 态对应的 DRX cycle的长度， 即用户设备处于 "lower power consumption" 状态 时， 用户设备的功率偏好发生改变， 希望能提升性能， 即增加功率开销， 则用 户设备向基站发送 "power preference indication" , 请求使用 "default" 状态对应 的 DRX参数配置。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述用户设备判断自己所处的状态的判断方法 可包括：
所述用户设备根据所述基站为所述用户设备配置的非连续性接收 DRX参数 判断自己所处的状态， 当所述用户设备正在使用默认状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数时， 则判断所述用户设备处于默认状态； 当所述用户设备正在使用降 低功率开销状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数时， 则判断所述用户设备处于降 低功率开销状态。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 基站可同时将默认状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数和降低功率开销状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数同时配置给用户 设备， 并通过显式或隐式的方式提示给用户所述参数对应的状态。 或者， 基站 也可每次仅配置一套 DRX参数给用户设备， 并通过显式的方式指示所述 DRX 参数对应的状态。 比如， 基站可以无线资源管理 RRC连接建立时， 为用户设 备配置两套不同的 DRX参数。且基站可以通过显式的方式，指示 UE在进入 RRC 连接状态时使用哪套 DRX参数（使用 "default"对应的 DRX参数，或使用 "lower power consumption" 对应的 DRX参数）， 即处于哪个状态； 也可以默认规定， 用户设备在进入 RRC连接状态时， 直接进入 "default" 状态， 使用 "default" 状态对应的 DRX参数。 或者， 可以默认规定， 用户设备在进入 RRC连接状态 时, 直接进入 "lower power consumption"状态,使用 "lower power consumption" 状态对应的 DRX参数。再如，基站可以在 RRC连接重配置过程进行，即在 RRC 连接重配置过程， 基站为用户设备配置两套不同的 DRX参数。 那么基站可以通 过显示的指示， 指示用户设备在 RRC重配置过程后， 使用哪套 DRX参数， 即 处于哪个状态。 再如， 基站通过隐式的方式指示用户设备所处的状态， 其做法 为， 用户设备通过判断当前所使用的 DRX参数来判断自己所处的状态： 如果用 户设备发现基站新配置的两套 DRX参数， 其中一套 DRX参数与用户设备当前 使用的 DRX参数相同， 则 UE通过该套 DRX参数对应的状态， 确定自己在重 配置后所处的状态。 这样， 在步骤 S10, 当用户设备正在使用 "default" 状态对 应的 DRX参数时， 即用户设备处于 "default" 状态时， 若用户设备的功率偏好 发生改变， 希望能降低功率开销， 在满足第一定时器超时的前提下， 则用户设 备向基站发送 "power preference indication" ,请求使用 "lower power consumption" 状态对应的 DRX参数配置。 而在步骤 S12, 当用户设备正在使用 "lower power consumption " 状态对应的 DRX 参数时， 即用户设备处于 " lower power consumption" 状态时， 用户设备的功率偏好发生改变， 希望能提升性能， 即增 力口功率开销， 则用户设备向基站发送 "power preference indication" , 请求使用 "default" 状态对应的 DRX参数配置。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 功率开销的偏好指示 （ "power preference indication" , 包括降低功率开销的偏好指示和增加功率开销的偏好指示）的发送 可不受用户设备所处的状态的限制， 即当用户设备对功率开销的偏好发生转变 时， 均可发送功率开销的偏好指示给基站。 此时， 在步骤 S10, 当用户设备对功 率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销时， 直接判断用于限制降低功率开销的偏 好指示的发送的第一定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 则向基站发送降低 功率开销的偏好指示。 以及在步骤 S12, 当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需 增加功率开销时， 则直接向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 当步骤 S10判断所述第一定时器是否 超时的判断结果为否时， 即第一定时器还在运行时， 如果用户设备对于功率偏 好转变的判断与用户设备执行 "power preference indication" 发送及定时器管理 的操作不在同一协议层， （为了描述方便， 可称所述用户设备执行 "power preference indication"发送及定时器管理的操作的协议层为 AS ( Access Stratum, 接入层）， 而称判断功率偏好的协议层为 AS的 upper layer (上层））， 则用户设 备的 AS层可通知 upper layer, "power preference indication" 发送受限。 并当相 应的第一定时器超时后， 用户设备的 AS层还可以通知 upper layer, 发送已经不 受限。 而当 AS的 upper layer收到该不受限指示后， 判断用户设备仍需要发送降 低功率开销的偏好指示， 则可告知接入层 AS层； 否则， 如果用户设备已经不需 要发送降低功率开销的偏好指示， 则不进行任何操作。 如果用户设备对于功率 偏好的判断与用户设备执行 "power preference indication" 发送及定时器管理的 操作在同一协议层， （在此便不再具体定义该协议层， 执行主体统称为用户设 备）， 则用户设备可以不执行任何操作。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述第一定时器的长度预先设置在所述用户设 备中。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述第一定时器的长度由所述基站在无线资源 管理连接建立过程或无线资源管理连接重配置过程中指定给所述用户设备。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 当用户设备向基站发送降低功率开销 的偏好指示或所述向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示之后， 所述基站可 判断当前是否能为所述用户设备更新无线资源参数配置， 如果判断结果为否， 则所述基站不响应所述降低功率开销的偏好指示或所述基站不响应所述增加功 率开销的偏好指示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 当所述用户设备向基站发送降低功率 开销的偏好指示之后， 所述基站判断当前是否能为所述用户设备更新无线资源 参数配置， 如果判断结果为否， 则所述基站不响应所述降低功率开销的偏好指 示。
由上可见， 在本发明的一些可行的实施方式中， 通过第一定时器限定用户 设备对降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送， 而对增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送 不进行限制， 以此来分别限定用户设备对降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送和对 增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送， 与现有技术通过同一定时器来限定相比， 更 加灵活， 提升了用户的体验。 并且， 本发明实施例通过受网络侧的第六定时器 控制的第四定时器对用户设备是否进入了降低功率开销， 受网络侧的第七定时 器第五定时器增加功率开销的偏好进行控制， 更有效地协调了网络侧和用户设 备对功率偏好的需求， 保证了用户设备在最短的时间内对功率偏好进行调整。 能有效地解决网络侧定时器与用户设备侧的定时器时长矛盾而导致功率偏好调 整不及时的缺陷。 并且， 本发明实施例通过用户设备预计的用户设备处于空闲 状态的时间结合第四定时器和第五定时器联合对用户设备是否进入了降低功率 开销或者增加功率开销的偏好进行控制， 更有效地协调了用户设备对功率偏好 的需求， 保证了用户设备在最短的时间内对功率偏好进行调整。
图 2 为本发明的信令发送方法的第二实施例的流程示意图。 其为第一实施 例的扩展， 如图 2所示， 其可包括：
步骤 S20, 当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销时， 判断用 于限制降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果 为是， 执行步骤 S21。
步骤 S21 , 所述用户设备向基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示。
步骤 S22, 当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 判断用 于限制增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第二定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果 为是， 执行步骤 S23。
步骤 S23 , 所述用户设备向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 步骤 S20和步骤 S22可没有先后顺序， 即用户 设备对功率开销的偏好先转变为需要增加功率开销， 后转变为需要降低功率开 销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 在步骤 S20之前， 还可包括确定用户设备对功 率开销的偏好是否转变为需降低功率开销的流程， 其可包括：
用户设备获取第四定时器； 则当所述用户设备的第四定时器超时或所述用 户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间大于等于所述用户设备的第四定 时器的长度时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销； 在一些可行的实施方式中， 在步骤 S22之前， 还可包括确定用户设备对功 率开销的偏好是否转变为需增加功率开销的流程， 其可包括：
用户设备获取第五定时器， 则当所述用户设备的第五定时器超时或所述用 户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间小于等于所述用户设备的第五定 时器的长度时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备可从所述基站获得所述第四定时器， 用户设备可从所述基站获得所述第五定时器， 所述第四定时器和 /或所述第五定 时器可从所述基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消 息、 小区切换消息中至少一种中获得。 具体实现中， 所述第四定时器的长度小 于等于所述基站中的第六定时器的长度， 所述第五定时器的长度小于等于所述 基站中的第七定时器的长度。 所述第六定时器为所述基站中维护用于所述基站 侧触发降低功率开销的触发器， 所述第七定时器为所述基站中维护的用于所述 基站侧触发增加功率开销的触发器。 这样当用户设备中获得的第四定时器超时 时， 确定所述用设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销， 当用户设备获 得的第五定时器超时时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功 率开销。 在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备可从所述基站获得所述第六定时器， 用户设备可从所述基站获得所述第七定时器， 所述第六定时器和 /或所述第七定 时器可从所述基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消 息、 小区切换消息中至少一种中获得。 具体实现中， 当用户设备从基站获得第 六定时器长度和第七定时器的长度时， 可根据第六定时器在用户设备中设定第 四定时器， 以及根据第七定时器设定第五定时器， 且所设定的第四定时器的长 度可小于等于所述第六定时器的长度， 所设定的第五定时器的长度可小于等于 所述第七定时器的长度。 这样， 当用户设备中设定的第四定时器超时时， 确定 所述用设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销， 当用户设备设定的第五 定时器超时时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备可以自己根据从基站获取的消息估计 所述第六定时器和或所述第七定时器的长度。 比如， UE执行完一次数据收发操 作后启动一个计时器， 该计时器在 UE执行下一次数据收发操作后被重新启动， 假设基站向用户设备下发重配置消息 /RRC连接释放消息， 则用户设备可以根据 重配置消息 /RRC连接释放消息的内容来决定是否记录上述计时器的长度为第六 定时器和第七定时器的长度。 比如， 如果该重配置消息 /RRC连接释放消息是切 换命令， 或者建立新的无线承载， 或者释放原来的无线承载， 等， 用户设备不 会记录上述计时器的长度为第六定时器和第七定时器的长度； 如果该重配置消 息 /RRC连接释放消息是配置 DRX或配置更省电的 DRX, 则用户设备会记录上 述计时器的长度为该第六定时器和第七定时器的长度。
具体实现中， 当用户设备记录第六定时器长度和第七定时器的长度时， 可 根据第六定时器在用户设备中设定第四定时器， 以及根据第七定时器设定第五 定时器， 且所设定的第四定时器的长度可小于等于所述第六定时器的长度， 所 设定的第五定时器的长度可小于等于所述第七定时器的长度。 这样， 当用户设 备中设定的第四定时器超时时， 确定所述用设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降 低功率开销， 当用户设备设定的第五定时器超时时， 确定所述用户设备对功率 开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备可以通过多次估计来获得所述第六定 时器和或所述第七定时器的长度， 比如将多次的估计结果取平均值， 或者取最 小的值， 或者取最大的值等， 其中每次估计过程与上述估计方法相同， 在此不 作赘述， 以增加获得所述第六定时器和或所述第七定时器的长度的准确度。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 当用户设备执行完一次数据收发操作进入空闲 状态时， 所述用户设备可预计所述用户设备将持续处于空闲状态的时间 （具体 实现中， 用户设备可根据用户设备正在收发的数据的业务类型， 当前网络的状 况等因素预计所述用户设备将持续处于空闲状态的时间）， 比如为 10s, 与此同 时， 所述用户设备可根据从基站处接收的第六定时器设定第四定时器， 假设第 六定时器为 8s, 则用户设备可设定第四定时器为 5s, 或者直接从基站接收第四 定时器（比如， 为 l is ), 这样， 当所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状 态的时间 （比如上述的 10s ) 大于等于所述用户设备的第四定时器的长度 （比 如上述的 5s ), 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销， 若 当所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间（比如上述的 10s )小于 所述用户设备的第四定时器的长度 （比如上述的 l is ), 则不能得出偏好转变为 峰低功率开销的结论。 对于第五定时器类似， 在此不赘述。
具体实现中， 本发明实施例前述的确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转 变为需降低功率开销， 和 /或确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转换为需增加 功率开销的流程可独立于图 2所示的流程而存在。 在一些可行的实施方式中， 功率开销的偏好指示 （ "power preference indication" , 包括降低功率开销的偏好指示和增加功率开销的偏好指示）的发送 是基于用户设备所处的两种明确状态进行的， 此时， 用户设备包括默认状态 ( "default" 状态）和降低功率开销状态 （ "lower power consumption" 状态） 两 种状态， 当用户设备判断自己处于 "default (默认）" 状态时， 只能向基站 （比 如， 演进基站 eNB )发送 "lower power consumption (降低功率开销）" 的偏好 指示； 相反地， 如果用户判断自己处于 "lower power consumption" 状态， 仅能 向基站发送返回 "default" 状态 （增加功率开销） 的偏好指示。 此时， 在步骤 S20, 当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销时， 用户设备首先判 断自己是否处于默认状态， 如果判断结果为是， 则进一步判断用于限制降低功 率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器（可记录为 "T— Default" )是否超时（即 定时器不运行了）， 如果判断结果为是， 执行步骤 S21。 以及在步骤 S22, 当用 户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 判断自己是否处于降低功 率开销状态， 如果判断结果为是， 则进一步判断用于限制增加功率开销的偏好 指示的第二定时器（可记录为 "T— LowerPower" )是否超时， 如果判断为是， 则 向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备判断自己所处的状态的判断方法可包 括：
所述用户设备根据指定的参数长度判断自己所处的状态， 当所述参数长度 符合默认状态所需满足的长度时， 则判断所述用户设备处于默认状态； 当所述 参数长度符合降低功率开销状态所需满足的长度， 则判断所述用户设备处于降 低功率开销状态。 比如， 可以以用户设备中的非连续性接收周期（DRX cycle ) 的长度判断自己所处的状态， 当用户设备当前所配置的 DRX cycle的长度小于 空闲 （IDLE )状态时 DRX cycle的长度时， 则判断自己处于 "default" 状态， 当用户设备当前所配置的 DRX cycle长度等于或大于 IDLE状态 DRX cycle长 度， 则认为 UE处于 "lower power consumption" 状态。 上述以空闲状态时 DRX cycle的长度作为阈值来区分 "default" 和 "lower power consumption" ^夫态, 仅 是仅一个例子， 具体实现中， 可使用其他参数的长度来作为阈值判断。 这样， 在步骤 S20, 当用户设备正在使用 "default" 状态对应的 DRX cycle的长度时， 即用户设备处于 "default"状态时， 若用户设备的功率偏好发生改变， 希望能降 低功率开销， 在满足第一定时器超时的前提下， 则用户设备向基站发送 "power preference indication" , 请求使用 "lower power consumption" 状态对应的 DRX 参数配置。 而在步骤 S22, 当用户设备正在使用 "lower power consumption" 状 态对应的 DRX cycle的长度， 即用户设备处于 "lower power consumption" 状态 时， 用户设备的功率偏好发生改变， 希望能提升性能， 即增加功率开销， 则用 户设备向基站发送 "power preference indication" , 请求使用 "default" 状态对应 的 DRX参数配置。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述用户设备判断自己所处的状态的判断方法 可包括：
所述用户设备根据所述基站为所述用户设备配置的非连续性接收 DRX参数 判断自己所处的状态， 当所述用户设备正在使用默认状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数时， 则判断所述用户设备处于默认状态； 当所述用户设备正在使用降 低功率开销状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数时， 则判断所述用户设备处于降 低功率开销状态。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 基站可同时将默认状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数和降低功率开销状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数同时配置给用户 设备， 并通过显式或隐式的方式提示给用户所述参数对应的状态。 或者， 基站 也可每次仅配置一套 DRX参数给用户设备， 并通过显式的方式指示所述 DRX 参数对应的状态。 比如， 基站可以无线资源管理 RRC连接建立时， 为用户设 备配置两套不同的 DRX参数。且基站可以通过显式的方式，指示 UE在进入 RRC 连接状态时使用哪套 DRX参数（使用 "default"对应的 DRX参数，或使用 "lower power consumption" 对应的 DRX参数）， 即处于哪个状态； 也可以默认规定， 用户设备在进入 RRC连接状态时， 直接进入 "default" 状态， 使用 "default" 状态对应的 DRX参数。 或者， 可以默认规定， 用户设备在进入 RRC连接状态 时, 直接进入 "lower power consumption"状态,使用 "lower power consumption" 状态对应的 DRX参数。再如，基站可以在 RRC连接重配置过程进行，即在 RRC 连接重配置过程， 基站为用户设备配置两套不同的 DRX参数。 那么基站可以通 过显示的指示， 指示用户设备在 RRC重配置过程后， 使用哪套 DRX参数， 即 处于哪个状态。 再如， 基站通过隐式的方式指示用户设备所处的状态， 其做法 为， 用户设备通过判断当前所使用的 DRX参数来判断自己所处的状态： 如果用 户设备发现基站新配置的两套 DRX参数， 其中一套 DRX参数与用户设备当前 使用的 DRX参数相同， 则 UE通过该套 DRX参数对应的状态， 确定自己在重 配置后所处的状态。 这样， 在步骤 S20, 当用户设备正在使用 "default" 状态对 应的 DRX参数时， 即用户设备处于 "default" 状态时， 若用户设备的功率偏好 发生改变， 希望能降低功率开销， 在满足第一定时器超时的前提下， 则用户设 备向基站发送 "power preference indication" ,请求使用 "lower power consumption" 状态对应的 DRX参数配置。 而在步骤 S22, 当用户设备正在使用 "lower power consumption " 状态对应的 DRX 参数时， 即用户设备处于 " lower power consumption" 状态时， 用户设备的功率偏好发生改变， 希望能提升性能， 即增 加功率开销， 则在满足第二定时器超时的前提下， 用户设备向基站发送 "power preference indication" , 请求使用 "default" 状态对应的 DRX参数配置。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 功率开销的偏好指示 （ "power preference indication" , 包括降低功率开销的偏好指示和增加功率开销的偏好指示）的发送 可不受用户设备所处的状态的限制， 即当用户设备对功率开销的偏好发生转变 时， 均可发送功率开销的偏好指示给基站。 此时， 在步骤 S20, 当用户设备对功 率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销时， 直接判断用于限制降低功率开销的偏 好指示的发送的第一定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 则向基站发送降低 功率开销的偏好指示。 以及在步骤 S22, 当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需 增加功率开销时， 直接判断用于限制增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第二定 时器是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 则向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指 示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 当步骤 S20判断所述第一定时器是否 超时的判断结果为否时， 即第一定时器还在运行时， 如果用户设备对于功率偏 好转变的判断与用户设备执行 "power preference indication" 发送及定时器管理 的操作不在同一协议层， （为了描述方便， 可称所述用户设备执行 "power preference indication"发送及定时器管理的操作的协议层为 AS ( Access Stratum, 接入层）， 而称判断功率偏好的协议层为 AS的 upper layer (上层））， 则用户设 备的 AS层可通知 upper layer, "power preference indication" 发送受限。 并当相 应的第一定时器超时后， 用户设备的 AS层还可以通知 upper layer, 发送已经不 受限。 而当 AS的 upper layer收到该不受限指示后， 判断用户设备仍需要发送降 低功率开销的偏好指示， 则可告知接入层 AS层； 否则， 如果用户设备已经不需 要发送降低功率开销的偏好指示， 则不进行任何操作。 如果用户设备对于功率 偏好的判断与用户设备执行 "power preference indication" 发送及定时器管理的 操作在同一协议层， （在此便不再具体定义该协议层， 执行主体统称为用户设 备）， 则用户设备可以不执行任何操作。
在一些可行的实施例中， 可选的， 当步骤 S22判断所述第二定时器是否超 时的判断结果为否时， 即第二定时器还在运行时， 如果用户设备对于功率偏好 转变的判断与用户设备执行 "power preference indication" 发送及定时器管理的 操作不在同一协议层，（为了描述方便，可称所述用户设备执行" power preference indication"发送及定时器管理的操作的协议层为 AS ( Access Stratum, 接入层）， 而称判断功率偏好的协议层为 AS的 upper layer (上层））， 则用户设备的 AS层 可通知 upper layer, "power preference indication" 发送受限。 并当第二定时器超 时后， 用户设备的 AS层还可以通知 upper layer, 发送已经不受限。 而当 AS的 upper layer收到该不受限指示后，判断用户设备仍需要发送增加功率开销的偏好 指示， 则可告知接入层 AS层； 否则， 如果用户设备已经不需要发送增加功率开 销的偏好指示， 则不进行任何操作。 如果用户设备对于功率偏好的判断与用户 设备执行 "power preference indication"发送及定时器管理的操作在同一协议层， (在此便不再具体定义该协议层， 执行主体统称为用户设备）， 则用户设备可以 不执行任何操作。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述第一定时器和所述第二定时器的长度可预 先设置在所述用户设备中。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述第一定时器的长度和所述第二定时器的长 度可由所述基站在无线资源管理连接建立过程或无线资源管理连接重配置过程 中指定给所述用户设备。 在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述第一定时器的长度长于或等于所述第二定 时器的长度。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 当用户设备向基站发送降低功率开销 的偏好指示或所述向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示之后， 所述基站可 判断当前是否能为所述用户设备更新无线资源参数配置， 如果判断结果为否， 则所述基站不响应所述降低功率开销的偏好指示或所述基站不响应所述增加功 率开销的偏好指示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 当所述用户设备向基站发送降低功率 开销的偏好指示之后， 所述基站判断当前是否能为所述用户设备更新无线资源 参数配置， 如果判断结果为否， 则所述基站不响应所述降低功率开销的偏好指 示。
由上可见， 在本发明的一些可行的实施方式中， 通过第一定时器限定用户 设备对降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送， 通过第二定时器限定用户对增加功率 开销的偏好指示的发送， 以此来分别限定用户设备对降低功率开销的偏好指示 的发送和对增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送， 与现有技术通过同一定时器来限 定相比， 更加灵活， 提升了用户的体验。 并且， 本发明实施例通过受网络侧的 第六定时器控制的第四定时器对用户设备是否进入了降低功率开销 , 受网络侧 的第七定时器第五定时器增加功率开销的偏好进行控制， 更有效地协调了网络 侧和用户设备对功率偏好的需求， 保证了用户设备在最短的时间内对功率偏好 进行调整。 能有效地解决网络侧定时器与用户设备侧的定时器时长矛盾而导致 功率偏好调整不及时的缺陷。 并且， 本发明实施例通过用户设备预计的用户设 备处于空闲状态的时间结合第四定时器和第五定时器联合对用户设备是否进入 了降低功率开销或者增加功率开销的偏好进行控制， 更有效地协调了用户设备 对功率偏好的需求， 保证了用户设备在最短的时间内对功率偏好进行调整。 图 3 为本发明的信令发送方法的第三实施例的流程示意图， 该实施例是在 第二实施例的基础上进行的扩展。 如图 3所示， 其可包括：
步骤 S30, 当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销时， 判断用 于限制降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果 为是， 执行步骤 S31。
步骤 S31 , 所述用户设备向基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示。
步骤 S32, 当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 判断用 于限制增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第二定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果 为是， 执行步骤 S33。
步骤 S33 , 所述用户设备向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示。
步骤 S34, 所述用户设备启动所述第一定时器和 /或所述第二定时器。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 步骤 o和步骤 S32可没有先后顺序， 即用户 设备对功率开销的偏好先转变为需要增加功率开销， 后转变为需要降低功率开 销。 其中步骤 34与步骤 30, 步骤 31 , 步骤 32及步骤 33的顺序为： 步骤 30, 步骤 31 , 步骤 34; 或者步骤 32, 步骤 33 , 步骤 34。 即每次用户设备向所述基 站发送功率开销偏好指示后， 都需要执行步骤 34, 而不管该发送的功率开销偏 好指示为降低还是增加。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 在步骤 S30之前， 还可包括确定用户设备对功 率开销的偏好是否转变为需降低功率开销的流程， 其可包括：
用户设备获取第四定时器； 则当所述用户设备的第四定时器超时或所述用 户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间大于等于所述用户设备的第四定 时器的长度时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销； 在一些可行的实施方式中， 在步骤 S32之前， 还可包括确定用户设备对功 率开销的偏好是否转变为需增加功率开销的流程， 其可包括：
用户设备获取第五定时器， 则当所述用户设备的第五定时器超时或所述用 户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间小于等于所述用户设备的第五定 时器的长度时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备可从所述基站获得所述第四定时器， 用户设备可从所述基站获得所述第五定时器， 所述第四定时器和 /或所述第五定 时器可从所述基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消 息、 小区切换消息中至少一种中获得。 具体实现中， 所述第四定时器的长度小 于等于所述基站中的第六定时器的长度， 所述第五定时器的长度小于等于所述 基站中的第七定时器的长度。 所述第六定时器为所述基站中维护用于所述基站 侧触发降低功率开销的触发器， 所述第七定时器为所述基站中维护的用于所述 基站侧触发增加功率开销的触发器。 这样当用户设备中获得的第四定时器超时 时， 确定所述用设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销， 当用户设备获 得的第五定时器超时时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功 率开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备可从所述基站获得所述第六定时器， 用户设备可从所述基站获得所述第七定时器， 所述第六定时器和 /或所述第七定 时器可从所述基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消 息、 小区切换消息中至少一种中获得。 具体实现中， 当用户设备从基站获得第 六定时器长度和第七定时器的长度时， 可根据第六定时器在用户设备中设定第 四定时器， 以及根据第七定时器设定第五定时器， 且所设定的第四定时器的长 度可小于等于所述第六定时器的长度， 所设定的第五定时器的长度可小于等于 所述第七定时器的长度。 这样， 当用户设备中设定的第四定时器超时时， 确定 所述用设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销， 当用户设备设定的第五 定时器超时时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备可以自己根据从基站获取的消息估计 所述第六定时器和或所述第七定时器的长度。 比如， UE执行完一次数据收发操 作后启动一个计时器， 该计时器在 UE执行下一次数据收发操作后被重新启动， 假设基站向用户设备下发重配置消息 /RRC连接释放消息， 则用户设备可以根据 重配置消息 /RRC连接释放消息的内容来决定是否记录上述计时器的长度为第六 定时器和第七定时器的长度。 比如， 如果该重配置消息 /RRC连接释放消息是切 换命令， 或者建立新的无线承载， 或者释放原来的无线承载， 等， 用户设备不 会记录上述计时器的长度为第六定时器和第七定时器的长度； 如果该重配置消 息 /RRC连接释放消息是配置 DRX或配置更省电的 DRX, 则用户设备会记录上 述计时器的长度为该第六定时器和第七定时器的长度。
具体实现中， 当用户设备记录第六定时器长度和第七定时器的长度时， 可 根据第六定时器在用户设备中设定第四定时器， 以及根据第七定时器设定第五 定时器， 且所设定的第四定时器的长度可小于等于所述第六定时器的长度， 所 设定的第五定时器的长度可小于等于所述第七定时器的长度。 这样， 当用户设 备中设定的第四定时器超时时， 确定所述用设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降 低功率开销， 当用户设备设定的第五定时器超时时， 确定所述用户设备对功率 开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备可以通过多次估计来获得所述第六定 时器和或所述第七定时器的长度， 比如将多次的估计结果取平均值， 或者取最 小的值， 或者取最大的值等， 其中每次估计过程与上述估计方法相同， 在此不 作赘述， 以增加获得所述第六定时器和或所述第七定时器的长度的准确度。 在一些可行的实施方式中， 当用户设备执行完一次数据收发操作进入空闲 状态时， 所述用户设备可预计所述用户设备将持续处于空闲状态的时间 （具体 实现中， 用户设备可根据用户设备正在收发的数据的业务类型， 当前网络的状 况等因素预计所述用户设备将持续处于空闲状态的时间）， 比如为 10s, 与此同 时， 所述用户设备可根据从基站处接收的第六定时器设定第四定时器， 假设第 六定时器为 8s, 则用户设备可设定第四定时器为 5s, 或者直接从基站接收第四 定时器（比如， 为 l is ), 这样， 当所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状 态的时间 （比如上述的 10s ) 大于等于所述用户设备的第四定时器的长度 （比 如上述的 5s ), 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销， 若 当所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间（比如上述的 10s )小于 所述用户设备的第四定时器的长度 （比如上述的 l is ), 则不能得出偏好转变为 峰低功率开销的结论。 对于第五定时器类似， 在此不赘述。
具体实现中， 本发明实施例前述的确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转 变为需降低功率开销， 和 /或确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转换为需增加 功率开销的流程可独立于图 3所示的流程而存在。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 功率开销的偏好指示 （ "power preference indication" , 包括降低功率开销的偏好指示和增加功率开销的偏好指示）的发送 是基于用户设备所处的两种明确状态进行的， 此时， 用户设备包括默认状态 ( "default" 状态）和降低功率开销状态 （ "lower power consumption" 状态） 两 种状态， 当用户设备判断自己处于 "default (默认）" 状态时， 只能向基站 （比 如， 演进基站 eNB )发送 "lower power consumption (降低功率开销）" 的偏好 指示； 相反地， 如果用户判断自己处于 "lower power consumption" 状态， 仅能 向基站发送返回 "default" 状态 （增加功率开销） 的偏好指示。 此时， 在步骤 S30, 当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销时， 用户设备首先判 断自己是否处于默认状态， 如果判断结果为是， 则进一步判断用于限制降低功 率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器（可记录为 "T— Default" )是否超时（即 定时器不运行了）， 如果判断结果为是， 执行步骤 S31。 以及在步骤 S32, 当用 户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 判断自己是否处于降低功 率开销状态， 如果判断结果为是， 则进一步判断用于限制增加功率开销的偏好 指示的第二定时器（可记录为 "T— LowerPower" )是否超时， 如果判断为是， 则 向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备判断自己所处的状态的判断方法可包 括：
所述用户设备根据指定的参数长度判断自己所处的状态， 当所述参数长度 符合默认状态所需满足的长度时， 则判断所述用户设备处于默认状态； 当所述 参数长度符合降低功率开销状态所需满足的长度， 则判断所述用户设备处于降 低功率开销状态。 比如， 可以以用户设备中的非连续性接收周期（DRX cycle ) 的长度判断自己所处的状态， 当用户设备当前所配置的 DRX cycle的长度小于 空闲 （IDLE )状态时 DRX cycle的长度时， 则判断自己处于 "default" 状态， 当用户设备当前所配置的 DRX cycle长度等于或大于 IDLE状态 DRX cycle长 度， 则认为 UE处于 "lower power consumption" 状态。 上述以空闲状态时 DRX cycle的长度作为阈值来区分 "default" 和 "lower power consumption" ^夫态, 仅 是仅一个例子， 具体实现中， 可使用其他参数的长度来作为阈值判断。 这样， 在步骤 S30, 当用户设备正在使用 "default" 状态对应的 DRX cycle的长度时， 即用户设备处于 "default"状态时， 若用户设备的功率偏好发生改变， 希望能降 低功率开销， 在满足第一定时器超时的前提下， 则用户设备向基站发送 "power preference indication" , 请求使用 "lower power consumption" 状态对应的 DRX 参数配置。 而在步骤 S32, 当用户设备正在使用 "lower power consumption" 状 态对应的 DRX cycle的长度， 即用户设备处于 "lower power consumption" 状态 时， 用户设备的功率偏好发生改变， 希望能提升性能， 即增加功率开销， 则用 户设备向基站发送 "power preference indication" , 请求使用 "default" 状态对应 的 DRX参数配置。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述用户设备判断自己所处的状态的判断方法 可包括：
所述用户设备根据所述基站为所述用户设备配置的非连续性接收 DRX参数 判断自己所处的状态， 当所述用户设备正在使用默认状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数时， 则判断所述用户设备处于默认状态； 当所述用户设备正在使用降 低功率开销状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数时， 则判断所述用户设备处于降 低功率开销状态。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 基站可同时将默认状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数和降低功率开销状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数同时配置给用户 设备， 并通过显式或隐式的方式提示给用户所述参数对应的状态。 或者， 基站 也可每次仅配置一套 DRX参数给用户设备， 并通过显式的方式指示所述 DRX 参数对应的状态。 比如， 基站可以无线资源管理 RRC连接建立时， 为用户设 备配置两套不同的 DRX参数。且基站可以通过显式的方式，指示 UE在进入 RRC 连接状态时使用哪套 DRX参数（使用 "default"对应的 DRX参数，或使用 "lower power consumption" 对应的 DRX参数）， 即处于哪个状态； 也可以默认规定， 用户设备在进入 RRC连接状态时， 直接进入 "default" 状态， 使用 "default" 状态对应的 DRX参数。 或者， 可以默认规定， 用户设备在进入 RRC连接状态 时, 直接进入 "lower power consumption"状态,使用 "lower power consumption" 状态对应的 DRX参数。再如，基站可以在 RRC连接重配置过程进行，即在 RRC 连接重配置过程， 基站为用户设备配置两套不同的 DRX参数。 那么基站可以通 过显示的指示， 指示用户设备在 RRC重配置过程后， 使用哪套 DRX参数， 即 处于哪个状态。 再如， 基站通过隐式的方式指示用户设备所处的状态， 其做法 为， 用户设备通过判断当前所使用的 DRX参数来判断自己所处的状态： 如果用 户设备发现基站新配置的两套 DRX参数， 其中一套 DRX参数与用户设备当前 使用的 DRX参数相同， 则 UE通过该套 DRX参数对应的状态， 确定自己在重 配置后所处的状态。 这样， 在步骤 S310, 当用户设备正在使用 "default" 状态 对应的 DRX参数时， 即用户设备处于 "default" 状态时， 若用户设备的功率偏 好发生改变， 希望能降低功率开销， 在满足第一定时器超时的前提下， 则用户 设备向基站发送 " ower preference indication " , 请求使用 " lower power consumption" 状态对应的 DRX参数配置。 而在步骤 S32 , 当用户设备正在使用
"lower power consumption" 状态对应的 DRX参数时， 即用户设备处于 "lower power consumption" 状态时， 用户设备的功率偏好发生改变， 希望能提升性能， 即增加功率开销， 则在满足第二定时器超时的前提下， 用户设备向基站发送
"power preference indication" , 请求使用 "default" ^夫态对应的 DRX参数配置。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 功率开销的偏好指示 （ "power preference indication" , 包括降低功率开销的偏好指示和增加功率开销的偏好指示）的发送 可不受用户设备所处的状态的限制， 即当用户设备对功率开销的偏好发生转变 时， 均可发送功率开销的偏好指示给基站。 此时， 在步骤 S30, 当用户设备对功 率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销时， 直接判断用于限制降低功率开销的偏 好指示的发送的第一定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 则向基站发送降低 功率开销的偏好指示。 以及在步骤 S32, 当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需 增加功率开销时， 直接判断用于限制增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第二定 时器是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 则向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指 示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 当步骤 S30判断所述第一定时器是否 超时的判断结果为否时， 即第一定时器还在运行时， 如果用户设备对于功率偏 好转变的判断与用户设备执行 "power preference indication" 发送及定时器管理 的操作不在同一协议层， （为了描述方便， 可称所述用户设备执行 "power preference indication"发送及定时器管理的操作的协议层为 AS ( Access Stratum, 接入层）， 而称判断功率偏好的协议层为 AS的 upper layer (上层））， 则用户设 备的 AS层可通知 upper layer, "power preference indication" 发送受限。 并当相 应的第一定时器超时后， 用户设备的 AS层还可以通知 upper layer, 发送已经不 受限。 而当 AS的 upper layer收到该不受限指示后， 判断用户设备仍需要发送降 低功率开销的偏好指示， 则可告知接入层 AS层； 否则， 如果用户设备已经不需 要发送降低功率开销的偏好指示， 则不进行任何操作。 如果用户设备对于功率 偏好的判断与用户设备执行 "power preference indication" 发送及定时器管理的 操作在同一协议层， （在此便不再具体定义该协议层， 执行主体统称为用户设 备）， 则用户设备可以不执行任何操作。
在一些可行的实施例中， 可选的， 当步骤 S32判断所述第二定时器是否超 时的判断结果为否时， 即第二定时器还在运行时， 如果用户设备对于功率偏好 转变的判断与用户设备执行 "power preference indication" 发送及定时器管理的 操作不在同一协议层，（为了描述方便，可称所述用户设备执行" power preference indication"发送及定时器管理的操作的协议层为 AS ( Access Stratum, 接入层）， 而称判断功率偏好的协议层为 AS的 upper layer (上层））， 则用户设备的 AS层 可通知 upper layer, "power preference indication" 发送受限。 并当第二定时器超 时后， 用户设备的 AS层还可以通知 upper layer, 发送已经不受限。 而当 AS的 upper layer收到该不受限指示后，判断用户设备仍需要发送增加功率开销的偏好 指示， 则可告知接入层 AS层； 否则， 如果用户设备已经不需要发送增加功率开 销的偏好指示， 则不进行任何操作。 如果用户设备对于功率偏好的判断与用户 设备执行 "power preference indication"发送及定时器管理的操作在同一协议层， (在此便不再具体定义该协议层， 执行主体统称为用户设备）， 则用户设备可以 不执行任何操作。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述第一定时器和所述第二定时器的长度可预 先设置在所述用户设备中。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述第一定时器的长度和所述第二定时器的长 度可由所述基站在无线资源管理连接建立过程或无线资源管理连接重配置过程 中指定给所述用户设备。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述第一定时器的长度长于或等于所述第二定 时器的长度。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 当用户设备向基站发送降低功率开销 的偏好指示或所述向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示之后， 所述基站可 判断当前是否能为所述用户设备更新无线资源参数配置， 如果判断结果为否， 则所述基站不响应所述降低功率开销的偏好指示或所述基站不响应所述增加功 率开销的偏好指示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 当所述用户设备向基站发送降低功率 开销的偏好指示之后， 所述基站判断当前是否能为所述用户设备更新无线资源 参数配置， 如果判断结果为否， 则所述基站不响应所述降低功率开销的偏好指 示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可用 "当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需 增加功率开销时， 向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示" 的步骤替换步骤
S32和步骤 S33。此时，步骤 S34可替换为： 所述用户设备启动所述第一定时器。
在一些可行的实施例中， 当用户设备包括两种明确状态时， 在步骤 S34, 当 用户设备处于默认状态， 可仅启动第一定时器； 当用户设备处于降低功率开销 状态， 可仅启动第二定时器。 若所述用户设备仅包括第一定时器， 当在步骤 S34 判断用户处于降低功率开销状态时， 无需启动定时器。 若用户设备不受状态限 制时， 在步骤 S34可同时启动第一定时器和第二定时器； 若所述用户设备仅包 括第一定时器， 在步骤 S34仅启动第一定时器。 当用户设备同时启动两个定时 器时， 若用户设备请求发送新的功率开销偏好且满足发送条件发送后， 若两个 定时器中有一个定时器仍在运行， 需要停止该定时器后， 再同时启动第一定时 器和第二定时器。 在本实施例及后续各实施例中， 本发明所指的 "启动" 包括 第一次的启动和后续对定时器进行清零后的重新启动。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 当在执行步骤 S34之后， 所述用户设 备中的所述第一定时器已超时， 但未接收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置 结果， 且用户设备对功率开销的偏好再次转变为需降低功率开销时， 所述用户 设备不能向所述基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示， 直到接收到所述基站发送 的无线资源参数配置结果。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 当在执行步骤 S34之后， 所述用户设 备中的所述第二定时器已超时， 但未接收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置 结果， 且用户设备对功率开销的偏好再次转变为需增加功率开销时， 所述用户 设备不能向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示， 直到接收到所述基站发送 的无线资源参数配置结果。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 当在执行步骤 S34之后， 所述用户设 备中的所述第一定时器未超时时， 接收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结 果， 且用户设备对功率开销的偏好再次转变为需降低功率开销时， 所述用户设 备不能向所述基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示， 直到所述第一定时器超时。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 当在执行步骤 S34之后， 所述用户设 备中的所述第二定时器未超时时， 接收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结 果， 且用户设备对功率开销的偏好再次转变为需增加功率开销时， 所述用户设 备不能向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示， 直到所述第二定时器超时。
由上可见， 在本发明的一些可行的实施方式中， 通过第一定时器限定用户 设备对降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送， 通过第二定时器限定用户对增加功率 开销的偏好指示的发送， 以此来分别限定用户设备对降低功率开销的偏好指示 的发送和对增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送， 与现有技术通过同一定时器来限 定相比， 更加灵活， 提升了用户的体验。 并且， 本发明实施例通过受网络侧的 第六定时器控制的第四定时器对用户设备是否进入了降低功率开销 , 受网络侧 的第七定时器第五定时器增加功率开销的偏好进行控制， 更有效地协调了网络 侧和用户设备对功率偏好的需求， 保证了用户设备在最短的时间内对功率偏好 进行调整。 能有效地解决网络侧定时器与用户设备侧的定时器时长矛盾而导致 功率偏好调整不及时的缺陷。 并且， 本发明实施例通过用户设备预计的用户设 备处于空闲状态的时间结合第四定时器和第五定时器联合对用户设备是否进入 了降低功率开销或者增加功率开销的偏好进行控制， 更有效地协调了用户设备 对功率偏好的需求， 保证了用户设备在最短的时间内对功率偏好进行调整。 图 4 为本发明的信令发送方法的第四实施例的流程示意图， 该实施例是在 第二实施例的基础上进行的扩展。 如图 4所示， 其可包括：
步骤 S40, 当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销时， 判断用 于限制降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果 为是， 执行步骤 S41。
步骤 S41 , 所述用户设备向基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示。
步骤 S42, 当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 判断用 于限制增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第二定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果 为是， 执行步骤 S43。
步骤 S43 , 所述用户设备向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示。
步骤 S44,所述基站根据接收到的所述降低功率开销的偏好指示或所述增加 功率开销的偏好指示， 为所述用户设备配置无线资源参数。
步骤 S45 , 所述用户设备接收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果。 步骤 S46, 所述用户设备启动所述第一定时器和 /或所述第二定时器。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 步骤 S40和步骤 S42可没有先后顺序， 即用户 设备对功率开销的偏好先转变为需要增加功率开销， 后转变为需要降低功率开 销。 其中步骤 44〜步骤 46与步骤 40, 步骤 41 , 步骤 42及步骤 43的顺序为： 步 骤 40, 步骤 41 , 步骤 44〜步骤 46; 或者步骤 42, 步骤 43 , 步骤 44〜步骤 46。 即每次用户设备收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果后， 都需要执行步 骤 44〜步骤 46, 而不管该发送的功率开销偏好指示为降低还是增加。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 在步骤 S40之前， 还可包括确定用户设备对功 率开销的偏好是否转变为需降低功率开销的流程， 其可包括： 用户设备获取第四定时器； 则当所述用户设备的第四定时器超时或所述用 户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间大于等于所述用户设备的第四定 时器的长度时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销； 在一些可行的实施方式中， 在步骤 S42之前， 还可包括确定用户设备对功 率开销的偏好是否转变为需增加功率开销的流程， 其可包括：
用户设备获取第五定时器， 则当所述用户设备的第五定时器超时或所述用 户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间小于等于所述用户设备的第五定 时器的长度时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备可从所述基站获得所述第四定时器， 用户设备可从所述基站获得所述第五定时器， 所述第四定时器和 /或所述第五定 时器可从所述基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消 息、 小区切换消息中至少一种中获得。 具体实现中， 所述第四定时器的长度小 于等于所述基站中的第六定时器的长度， 所述第五定时器的长度小于等于所述 基站中的第七定时器的长度。 所述第六定时器为所述基站中维护用于所述基站 侧触发降低功率开销的触发器， 所述第七定时器为所述基站中维护的用于所述 基站侧触发增加功率开销的触发器。 这样当用户设备中获得的第四定时器超时 时， 确定所述用设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销， 当用户设备获 得的第五定时器超时时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功 率开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备可从所述基站获得所述第六定时器， 用户设备可从所述基站获得所述第七定时器， 所述第六定时器和 /或所述第七定 时器可从所述基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消 息、 小区切换消息中至少一种中获得。 具体实现中， 当用户设备从基站获得第 六定时器长度和第七定时器的长度时， 可根据第六定时器在用户设备中设定第 四定时器， 以及根据第七定时器设定第五定时器， 且所设定的第四定时器的长 度可小于等于所述第六定时器的长度， 所设定的第五定时器的长度可小于等于 所述第七定时器的长度。 这样， 当用户设备中设定的第四定时器超时时， 确定 所述用设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销， 当用户设备设定的第五 定时器超时时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备可以自己根据从基站获取的消息估计 所述第六定时器和或所述第七定时器的长度。 比如， UE执行完一次数据收发操 作后启动一个计时器， 该计时器在 UE执行下一次数据收发操作后被重新启动， 假设基站向用户设备下发重配置消息 /RRC连接释放消息， 则用户设备可以根据 重配置消息 /RRC连接释放消息的内容来决定是否记录上述计时器的长度为第六 定时器和第七定时器的长度。 比如， 如果该重配置消息 /RRC连接释放消息是切 换命令， 或者建立新的无线承载， 或者释放原来的无线承载， 等， 用户设备不 会记录上述计时器的长度为第六定时器和第七定时器的长度； 如果该重配置消 息 /RRC连接释放消息是配置 DRX或配置更省电的 DRX, 则用户设备会记录上 述计时器的长度为该第六定时器和第七定时器的长度。
具体实现中， 当用户设备记录第六定时器长度和第七定时器的长度时， 可 根据第六定时器在用户设备中设定第四定时器， 以及根据第七定时器设定第五 定时器， 且所设定的第四定时器的长度可小于等于所述第六定时器的长度， 所 设定的第五定时器的长度可小于等于所述第七定时器的长度。 这样， 当用户设 备中设定的第四定时器超时时， 确定所述用设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降 低功率开销， 当用户设备设定的第五定时器超时时， 确定所述用户设备对功率 开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销。 在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备可以通过多次估计来获得所述第六定 时器和或所述第七定时器的长度， 比如将多次的估计结果取平均值， 或者取最 小的值， 或者取最大的值等， 其中每次估计过程与上述估计方法相同， 在此不 作赘述， 以增加获得所述第六定时器和或所述第七定时器的长度的准确度。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 当用户设备执行完一次数据收发操作进入空闲 状态时， 所述用户设备可预计所述用户设备将持续处于空闲状态的时间 （具体 实现中， 用户设备可根据用户设备正在收发的数据的业务类型， 当前网络的状 况等因素预计所述用户设备将持续处于空闲状态的时间）， 比如为 10s, 与此同 时， 所述用户设备可根据从基站处接收的第六定时器设定第四定时器， 假设第 六定时器为 8s, 则用户设备可设定第四定时器为 5s, 或者直接从基站接收第四 定时器（比如， 为 l is ), 这样， 当所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状 态的时间 （比如上述的 10s ) 大于等于所述用户设备的第四定时器的长度 （比 如上述的 5s ), 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销， 若 当所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间（比如上述的 10s )小于 所述用户设备的第四定时器的长度 （比如上述的 l is ), 则不能得出偏好转变为 峰低功率开销的结论。 对于第五定时器类似， 在此不赘述。
具体实现中， 本发明实施例前述的确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转 变为需降低功率开销， 和 /或确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转换为需增加 功率开销的流程可独立于图 4所示的流程而存在。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 功率开销的偏好指示 （ "power preference indication" , 包括降低功率开销的偏好指示和增加功率开销的偏好指示）的发送 是基于用户设备所处的两种明确状态进行的， 此时， 用户设备包括默认状态 ( "default" 状态）和降低功率开销状态 （ "lower power consumption" 状态） 两 种状态， 当用户设备判断自己处于 "default (默认）" 状态时， 只能向基站 （比 如， 演进基站 eNB )发送 "lower power consumption (降低功率开销），， 的偏好 指示； 相反地， 如果用户判断自己处于 "lower power consumption" 状态， 仅能 向基站发送返回 "default" 状态 （增加功率开销） 的偏好指示。 此时， 在步骤 S40, 当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销时， 用户设备首先判 断自己是否处于默认状态， 如果判断结果为是， 则进一步判断用于限制降低功 率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器（可记录为 "T— Default" )是否超时（即 定时器不运行了）， 如果判断结果为是， 执行步骤 S41。 以及在步骤 S42, 当用 户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 判断自己是否处于降低功 率开销状态， 如果判断结果为是， 则进一步判断用于限制增加功率开销的偏好 指示的第二定时器（可记录为 "T— LowerPower" )是否超时， 如果判断为是， 则 向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备判断自己所处的状态的判断方法可包 括：
所述用户设备根据指定的参数长度判断自己所处的状态， 当所述参数长度 符合默认状态所需满足的长度时， 则判断所述用户设备处于默认状态； 当所述 参数长度符合降低功率开销状态所需满足的长度， 则判断所述用户设备处于降 低功率开销状态。 比如， 可以以用户设备中的非连续性接收周期（DRX cycle ) 的长度判断自己所处的状态， 当用户设备当前所配置的 DRX cycle的长度小于 空闲 （IDLE )状态时 DRX cycle的长度时， 则判断自己处于 "default" 状态， 当用户设备当前所配置的 DRX cycle长度等于或大于 IDLE状态 DRX cycle长 度， 则认为 UE处于 "lower power consumption" 状态。 上述以空闲状态时 DRX cycle的长度作为阈值来区分 "default" 和 "lower power consumption" ^夫态, 仅 是仅一个例子， 具体实现中， 可使用其他参数的长度来作为阈值判断。 这样， 在步骤 S40, 当用户设备正在使用 "default" 状态对应的 DRX cycle的长度时， 即用户设备处于 "default"状态时， 若用户设备的功率偏好发生改变， 希望能降 低功率开销， 在满足第一定时器超时的前提下， 则用户设备向基站发送 "power preference indication" , 请求使用 "lower power consumption" 状态对应的 DRX 参数配置。 而在步骤 S42, 当用户设备正在使用 "lower power consumption" 状 态对应的 DRX cycle的长度， 即用户设备处于 "lower power consumption" 状态 时， 用户设备的功率偏好发生改变， 希望能提升性能， 即增加功率开销， 则用 户设备向基站发送 "power preference indication" , 请求使用 "default" 状态对应 的 DRX参数配置。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述用户设备判断自己所处的状态的判断方法 可包括：
所述用户设备根据所述基站为所述用户设备配置的非连续性接收 DRX参数 判断自己所处的状态， 当所述用户设备正在使用默认状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数时， 则判断所述用户设备处于默认状态； 当所述用户设备正在使用降 低功率开销状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数时， 则判断所述用户设备处于降 低功率开销状态。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 基站可同时将默认状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数和降低功率开销状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数同时配置给用户 设备， 并通过显式或隐式的方式提示给用户所述参数对应的状态。 或者， 基站 也可每次仅配置一套 DRX参数给用户设备， 并通过显式的方式指示所述 DRX 参数对应的状态。 比如， 基站可以无线资源管理 RRC连接建立时， 为用户设 备配置两套不同的 DRX参数。且基站可以通过显式的方式，指示 UE在进入 RRC 连接状态时使用哪套 DRX参数（使用 "default"对应的 DRX参数，或使用 "lower power consumption" 对应的 DRX参数）， 即处于哪个状态； 也可以默认规定， 用户设备在进入 RRC连接状态时， 直接进入 "default" 状态， 使用 "default" 状态对应的 DRX参数。 或者， 可以默认规定， 用户设备在进入 RRC连接状态 时, 直接进入 "lower power consumption"状态,使用 "lower power consumption" 状态对应的 DRX参数。再如，基站可以在 RRC连接重配置过程进行，即在 RRC 连接重配置过程， 基站为用户设备配置两套不同的 DRX参数。 那么基站可以通 过显示的指示， 指示用户设备在 RRC重配置过程后， 使用哪套 DRX参数， 即 处于哪个状态。 再如， 基站通过隐式的方式指示用户设备所处的状态， 其做法 为， 用户设备通过判断当前所使用的 DRX参数来判断自己所处的状态： 如果用 户设备发现基站新配置的两套 DRX参数， 其中一套 DRX参数与用户设备当前 使用的 DRX参数相同， 则 UE通过该套 DRX参数对应的状态， 确定自己在重 配置后所处的状态。 这样， 在步骤 S40, 当用户设备正在使用 "default" 状态对 应的 DRX参数时， 即用户设备处于 "default" 状态时， 若用户设备的功率偏好 发生改变， 希望能降低功率开销， 在满足第一定时器超时的前提下， 则用户设 备向基站发送 "power preference indication" ,请求使用 "lower power consumption" 状态对应的 DRX参数配置。 而在步骤 S42, 当用户设备正在使用 "lower power consumption " 状态对应的 DRX 参数时， 即用户设备处于 " lower power consumption" 状态时， 用户设备的功率偏好发生改变， 希望能提升性能， 即增 加功率开销， 则在满足第二定时器超时的前提下， 用户设备向基站发送 "power preference indication" , 请求使用 "default" 状态对应的 DRX参数配置。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 功率开销的偏好指示 （ "power preference indication" ), 包括降低功率开销的偏好指示和增加功率开销的偏好指示） 的发 送可不受用户设备所处的状态的限制， 即当用户设备对功率开销的偏好发生转 变时， 均可发送功率开销的偏好指示给基站。 此时， 在步骤 S40, 当用户设备对 功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销时， 直接判断用于限制降低功率开销的 偏好指示的发送的第一定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 则向基站发送降 低功率开销的偏好指示。 以及在步骤 S42, 当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为 需增加功率开销时， 直接判断用于限制增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第二 定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 则向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好 指示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 当步骤 S40判断所述第一定时器是否 超时的判断结果为否时， 即第一定时器还在运行时， 如果用户设备对于功率偏 好转变的判断与用户设备执行 "power preference indication" 发送及定时器管理 的操作不在同一协议层， （为了描述方便， 可称所述用户设备执行 "power preference indication"发送及定时器管理的操作的协议层为 AS ( Access Stratum, 接入层）， 而称判断功率偏好的协议层为 AS的 upper layer (上层））， 则用户设 备的 AS层可通知 upper layer, "power preference indication" 发送受限。 并当相 应的第一定时器超时后， 用户设备的 AS层还可以通知 upper layer, 发送已经不 受限。 而当 AS的 upper layer收到该不受限指示后， 判断用户设备仍需要发送降 低功率开销的偏好指示， 则可告知接入层 AS层； 否则， 如果用户设备已经不需 要发送降低功率开销的偏好指示， 则不进行任何操作。 如果用户设备对于功率 偏好的判断与用户设备执行 "power preference indication" 发送及定时器管理的 操作在同一协议层， （在此便不再具体定义该协议层， 执行主体统称为用户设 备）， 则用户设备可以不执行任何操作。
在一些可行的实施例中， 可选的， 当步骤 S42判断所述第二定时器是否超 时的判断结果为否时， 即第二定时器还在运行时， 如果用户设备对于功率偏好 转变的判断与用户设备执行 "power preference indication" 发送及定时器管理的 操作不在同一协议层，（为了描述方便，可称所述用户设备执行" power preference indication"发送及定时器管理的操作的协议层为 AS ( Access Stratum, 接入层）， 而称判断功率偏好的协议层为 AS的 upper layer (上层））， 则用户设备的 AS层 可通知 upper layer, "power preference indication" 发送受限。 并当第二定时器超 时后， 用户设备的 AS层还可以通知 upper layer, 发送已经不受限。 而当 AS的 upper layer收到该不受限指示后，判断用户设备仍需要发送增加功率开销的偏好 指示， 则可告知接入层 AS层； 否则， 如果用户设备已经不需要发送增加功率开 销的偏好指示， 则不进行任何操作。 如果用户设备对于功率偏好的判断与用户 设备执行 "power preference indication"发送及定时器管理的操作在同一协议层， (在此便不再具体定义该协议层， 执行主体统称为用户设备）， 则用户设备可以 不执行任何操作。
在一些可行的实施方式中，在步骤 S44, 当基站接收到降低功率开销的偏好 指示后， 将降低功率开销 （ "lower power consumption" )状态对应的 DRX参数 和物理层参数配置（如 CQI, Sounding )给用户设备， 其做法可如下：
在 RRC 连接重配置时， 所述基站为所述用户设备配置两套非连续性接收 DRX参数， 并指示所述用户设备在进行无线资源管理连接时使用 "lower power consumption" 对应的 DRX参数； 以及所述基站根据两套非连续性接收 DRX参 数， 为所述用户设备配置两套物理层参数， 并指示用户设备在进行无线资源管 理连接时使用 "lower power consumption" 对应的 DRX参数对应的物理层参数。
在一些可行的实施方式中，在步骤 S44, 当基站接收到增加功率开销的偏好 指示后， 将增加功率开销 （"default" )状态对应的 DRX参数和物理层参数配置 (如 CQI, Sounding )给用户设备， 其做法可如下：
在 RRC 连接重配置时， 所述基站为所述用户设备配置两套非连续性接收 DRX参数， 并指示所述用户设备在进行无线资源管理连接时使用 "default" 对 应的 DRX参数； 以及所述基站根据两套非连续性接收 DRX参数， 为所述用户 设备配置两套物理层参数， 并指示用户设备在进行无线资源管理连接时使用 "default" 对应的 DRX参数对应的物理层参数。
在一些可行的实施方式中，基站对 DRX参数的设置包括 DRX cycle 的长度 的设置， 当接收到降低功率开销的偏好指示后， 可将 DRX cycle的长度设置为 小于于 IDLE状态 DRX cycle的长度。 当接收到增加功率开销的偏好指示后， 可 将 DRX cycle的长度设置为大于或等于 IDLE状态 DRX cycle的长度。
在一些可行的实施例中， 用户设备也可以通过判断当前所处的状态来隐式 的确定所使用的 DRX参数： 当前用户设备处于 "default" 状态， 如果基站没有 明确指示用户设备变换状态， 则用户设备使用新的对应 "default" 状态的 DRX 参数； 否则， 当前用户设备处于 "lower power consumption" 状态， 如果基站没 有明确指示用户设备变换状态， 则用户设备使用新的对应 " lower power consumption" 态的 DRX参数。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述第一定时器和所述第二定时器的长度可预 先设置在所述用户设备中。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述第一定时器的长度和所述第二定时器的长 度可由所述基站在无线资源管理连接建立过程或无线资源管理连接重配置过程 中指定给所述用户设备。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述第一定时器的长度长于或等于所述第二定 时器的长度。 在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 当用户设备向基站发送降低功率开销 的偏好指示或所述向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示之后， 所述基站可 判断当前是否能为所述用户设备更新无线资源参数配置， 如果判断结果为否， 则所述基站不响应所述降低功率开销的偏好指示或所述基站不响应所述增加功 率开销的偏好指示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 当所述用户设备向基站发送降低功率 开销的偏好指示之后， 所述基站判断当前是否能为所述用户设备更新无线资源 参数配置， 如果判断结果为否， 则所述基站不响应所述降低功率开销的偏好指 示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可用 "当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需 增加功率开销时， 向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示" 的步骤替换步骤
S42和步骤 S43。此时，步骤 S46可替换为： 所述用户设备启动所述第一定时器。
在一些可行的实施例中， 当用户设备包括两种明确状态时， 在步骤 S46, 当 用户设备处于默认状态， 可仅启动第一定时器； 当用户设备处于降低功率开销 状态， 可仅启动第二定时器。 若所述用户设备仅包括第一定时器， 当在步骤 S46 判断用户处于降低功率开销状态时， 无需启动定时器。 若用户设备不受状态限 制时， 在步骤 S46可同时启动第一定时器和第二定时器； 若所述用户设备仅包 括第一定时器， 在步骤 S46仅启动第一定时器。 当用户设备同时启动两个定时 器时， 若用户设备请求发送新的功率开销偏好且满足发送条件发送后， 若两个 定时器中有一个定时器仍在运行， 需要停止该定时器后， 再同时启动第一定时 器和第二定时器。
由上可见， 在本发明的一些可行的实施方式中， 通过第一定时器限定用户 设备对降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送， 通过第二定时器限定用户对增加功率 开销的偏好指示的发送， 以此来分别限定用户设备对降低功率开销的偏好指示 的发送和对增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送， 与现有技术通过同一定时器来限 定相比， 更加灵活， 提升了用户的体验。 并且， 本发明实施例通过受网络侧的 第六定时器控制的第四定时器对用户设备是否进入了降低功率开销 , 受网络侧 的第七定时器第五定时器增加功率开销的偏好进行控制， 更有效地协调了网络 侧和用户设备对功率偏好的需求， 保证了用户设备在最短的时间内对功率偏好 进行调整。 能有效地解决网络侧定时器与用户设备侧的定时器时长矛盾而导致 功率偏好调整不及时的缺陷。 并且， 本发明实施例通过用户设备预计的用户设 备处于空闲状态的时间结合第四定时器和第五定时器联合对用户设备是否进入 了降低功率开销或者增加功率开销的偏好进行控制， 更有效地协调了用户设备 对功率偏好的需求， 保证了用户设备在最短的时间内对功率偏好进行调整。
为更好实施本发明的方法实施例的各方案， 本发明实施例还提供了相关装 置。 的结构组成示意图， 如图 5所示， 本发明的用户设备可包括指示发送模块 700、 第一控制模块 701、 第二控制模块 702, 其中：
指示发送模块 700, 用于向基站发送功率开销偏好指示， 所述功率开销指示 包括降低功率开销的偏好指示或增加功率开销的偏好指示。
第一控制模块 701 ,用于当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开 销时， 判断用于限制降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 通知所述指示发送模块 700 向基站发送降低功率开销的偏 好指示。
所述第二控制模块 702,用于当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功 率开销时 , 通知所述指示发送模块向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示。 在一些可行的实施方式中， 功率开销的偏好指示 （ "power preference indication" , 包括降低功率开销的偏好指示和增加功率开销的偏好指示）的发送 可以是基于用户设备所处的两种明确状态进行的， 此时， 用户设备包括默认状 态 （ "default" ^犬态）和峰 [氐功率开销 ^犬态 （ "lower power consumption" 态） 两种状态， 当用户设备判断自己处于 "default (默认）"状态时， 只能向基站（比 如， 演进基站 eNB )发送 "lower power consumption (降低功率开销）" 的偏好 指示； 相反地， 如果用户判断自己处于 "lower power consumption" 状态， 仅能 向基站发送返回 "default" 状态（增加功率开销）的偏好指示。 此时， 可选的本 发明的用户设备还包括状态判断模块 704, 用于判断所述用户设备所处的状态。 第一控制模块 701 在当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销时， 且所述状态判断模块 704指示所述用户设备处于默认状态时， 判断用于限制降 低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器（可记录为 "T— Default" )是否超时 (即定时器不运行了）， 如果判断结果为是， 则通知所述指示发送模块 700向基 站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示。 以及第二控制模块 702在当用户设备对功率 开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 且所述状态判断模块 704指示所述用户 设备降低功率开销状态时， 通知所述指示发送模块 700向所述基站发送增加功 率开销的偏好指示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 状态判断模块 704判断用户设备所处的状态的 判断方法可包括：
所述状态判断模块 704根据指定的参数长度判断用户设备所处的状态， 当 所述参数长度符合默认状态所需满足的长度时， 则判断所述用户设备处于默认 状态； 当所述参数长度符合降低功率开销状态所需满足的长度， 则判断所述用 户设备处于降低功率开销状态。 比如， 状态判断模块 704 可以以用户设备中的 非连续性接收周期（DRX cycle ) 的长度判断所述用户设备所处的状态， 当用户 设备当前所配置的 DRX cycle的长度小于空闲 （ IDLE )状态时 DRX cycle的长 度时， 则判断自己处于 "default" 状态， 当用户设备当前所配置的 DRX cycle长 度等于或大于 IDLE 状态 DRX cycle 长度， 则认为 UE 处于 "lower power consumption" 状态。 上述以空闲状态时 DRX cycle 的长度作为阈值来区分 "default" 和 "lower power consumption" 状态， 仅是仅一个例子， 具体实现中， 可使用其他参数的长度来作为阈值判断。 这样， 当状态判断模块 704判断出用 户设备正在使用 "default"状态对应的 DRX cycle的长度时， 即判断出用户设备 处于 "default"状态时，若用户设备的功率偏好发生改变，希望能降低功率开销， 在满足第一定时器超时的前提下， 则指示发送模块 700 可向基站发送 "power preference indication" , 请求使用 "lower power consumption" 状态对应的 DRX 参数配置。 当状态判断模块 704 判断出用户设备正在使用 " lower power consumption" 状态对应的 DRX cycle 的长度， 即用户设备处于 "lower power consumption" 状态时， 用户设备的功率偏好发生改变， 希望能提升性能， 即增 加功率开销时， 指示发送模块 700可向基站发送 "power preference indication" , 请求使用 "default" 状态对应的 DRX参数配置。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述状态判断模块 704判断用户设备所处的状 态的判断方法可包括：
所述状态判断模块 704根据所述基站为所述用户设备配置的非连续性接收 DRX参数判断用户设备所处的状态， 当所述用户设备正在使用默认状态对应的 非连续性接收 DRX参数时， 则判断所述用户设备处于默认状态； 当所述用户设 备正在使用降低功率开销状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数时， 则判断所述用 户设备处于降低功率开销状态。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 基站可同时将默认状态对应的非连续性接收
DRX参数和降低功率开销状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数同时配置给用户 设备， 并通过显式或隐式的方式提示给用户所述参数对应的状态。 或者， 基站 也可每次仅配置一套 DRX参数给用户设备， 并通过显式的方式指示所述 DRX 参数对应的状态。 比如， 基站可以无线资源管理 RRC连接建立时， 为用户设 备配置两套不同的 DRX参数。且基站可以通过显式的方式，指示 UE在进入 RRC 连接状态时使用哪套 DRX参数（使用 "default"对应的 DRX参数，或使用 "lower power consumption" 对应的 DRX参数）， 即处于哪个状态； 也可以默认规定， 用户设备在进入 RRC连接状态时， 直接进入 "default" 状态， 使用 "default" 状态对应的 DRX参数。 或者， 可以默认规定， 用户设备在进入 RRC连接状态 时, 直接进入 "lower power consumption"状态,使用 "lower power consumption" 状态对应的 DRX参数。再如，基站可以在 RRC连接重配置过程进行，即在 RRC 连接重配置过程， 基站为用户设备配置两套不同的 DRX参数。 那么基站可以通 过显示的指示， 指示用户设备在 RRC重配置过程后， 使用哪套 DRX参数， 即 处于哪个状态。 再如， 基站通过隐式的方式指示用户设备所处的状态， 其做法 为， 用户设备通过判断当前所使用的 DRX参数来判断自己所处的状态： 如果用 户设备发现基站新配置的两套 DRX参数， 其中一套 DRX参数与用户设备当前 使用的 DRX参数相同， 则 UE通过该套 DRX参数对应的状态， 确定自己在重 配置后所处的状态。这样，状态判断模块 704判断出用户设备正在使用 "default" 状态对应的 DRX参数时， 即用户设备处于 "default" 状态时， 若用户设备的功 率偏好发生改变， 希望能降低功率开销， 在满足第一定时器超时的前提下， 则 用户设备可向基站发送 "power preference indication" , 请求使用 "lower power consumption"状态对应的 DRX参数配置。状态判断模块 704判断出用户设备正 在使用 "lower power consumption" 状态对应的 DRX参数时， 即用户设备处于 "lower power consumption" 状态时， 用户设备的功率偏好发生改变， 希望能提 升性能， 即增加功率开销， 则用户设备可向基站发送 " power preference indication" , 请求使用 "default" 状态对应的 DRX参数配置。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 功率开销的偏好指示 （ "power preference indication" , 包括降低功率开销的偏好指示和增加功率开销的偏好指示）的发送 可不受用户设备所处的状态的限制， 即当用户设备对功率开销的偏好发生转变 时， 均可发送功率开销的偏好指示给基站。 此时， 用户设备可不包括状态判断 模块 704。 当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销时， 第一控制模 块 701直接判断用于限制降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器是否超 时， 如果判断结果为是， 则通知指示发送模块 700向基站发送降低功率开销的 偏好指示。 以及当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 第二 控制模块 702则直接通知指示发送模块 700向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏 好指示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 第一控制模块 701 判断所述第一定时 器是否超时的判断结果为否时， 即第一定时器还在运行时， 如果用户设备对于 功率偏好转变的判断与用户设备执行 "power preference indication" 发送及定时 器管理的操作不在同一协议层，（为了描述方便， 可称所述用户设备执行 " power preference indication"发送及定时器管理的操作的协议层为 AS ( Access Stratum, 接入层）， 而称判断功率偏好的协议层为 AS的 upper layer (上层））， 则第一控 制模块 701还用于指示 AS层通 口 upper layer, "power preference indication" 发 送受限。 并当相应的第一定时器超时后， 第一控制模块 701还用于指示 AS层还 可以通知 upper layer, 发送已经不受限。 而当 AS的 upper layer收到该不受限指 示后， 判断用户设备仍需要发送降低功率开销的偏好指示， 则可告知接入层 AS 层； 否则， 如果用户设备已经不需要发送降低功率开销的偏好指示， 则不进行 任何操作。如果用户设备对于功率偏好的判断与用户设备执行 "power preference indication" 发送及定时器管理的操作在同一协议层， （在此便不再具体定义该协 议层， 执行主体统称为用户设备）， 则用户设备可以不执行任何操作。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述第一定时器的长度预先设置在所述用户设 备中， 此时， 可选的， 用户设备还可包括设置模块（未图示） ， 用于预先在用 户设备中设置所述第一定时器的长度。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述第一定时器的长度由所述基站在无线资源 管理连接建立过程或无线资源管理连接重配置过程中指定给所述用户设备。 此 时， 可选的， 用户设备还可包括长度接收模块（未图示） ， 用于接收所述基站 指定给所述用户设备的所述第一定时器的长度。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备还可包括定时器获取模块（未图示）， 用于获取第四定时器和第五定时器中至少一种；
指示确定模块（未图示）， 用于当所述定时器获取模块获取的第四定时器超 时或所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间大于等于所述定时器 获取模块获取的第四定时器的长度时 , 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转 变为需降低功率开销； 和 /或，
当所述所述定时器获取模块获取的第五定时器超时或所述用户设备预计所 述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间小于等于所述定时器获取模块获取的第五定时 器的长度时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述定时器获取模块包括第一获取子模块和第 二获取子模块中至少一种， 其中：
所述第一获取子模块， 用于根据第六定时器设定所述第四定时器； 或， 从 所述基站获得所述第四定时器， 所述第六定时器为所述基站中设置的定时器； 所述第二获取子模块， 用于根据第七定时器设定所述第五定时器； 或， 从 所述基站获得所述第五定时器， 所述第七定时器为所述基站中设置的定时器。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述第四定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第六 定时器的长度， 所述第一获取子模块还用于从所述基站获取所述第六定时器， 或者， 根据从所述基站获取的消息估算所述基站中设置的所述第六定时器的长 度；
所述第五定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第七定时器的长度， 所述第二获 取子模块还用于从所述基站获取所述第七定时器， 或者， 根据从所述基站获取 的消息估算所述基站中设置的所述第七定时器的长度。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 第一获取子模块可从所述基站获得所述第四定 时器， 所述第二获取子模块可从所述基站获得所述第五定时器， 具体的， 所述 第四定时器和 /或所述第五定时器可从所述基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中至少一种中获得。 具体实现中， 所述第四定时器的长度小于等于所述基站中的第六定时器的长度， 所述第五定 时器的长度小于等于所述基站中的第七定时器的长度。 所述第六定时器为所述 基站中维护用于所述基站侧触发降低功率开销的触发器， 所述第七定时器为所 述基站中维护的用于所述基站侧触发增加功率开销的触发器。 这样当指示确定 模块获知第一获取子模块获得的第四定时器超时时， 可确定所述用设备对功率 开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销， 当指示确定模块获知第二获取子模块获得 的第五定时器超时时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率 开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 第一获取子模块可从所述基站获得所述第六定 时器， 所述第二获取子模块可从所述基站获得所述第七定时器， 所述第六定时 器和 /或所述第七定时器可从所述基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消 息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中至少一种中获得。 具体实现中， 当第一 获取子模块从基站获得第六定时器时， 可根据第六定时器在用户设备中设定第 四定时器， 以及当第二获取子模块从基站获得第七定时器时， 可根据第七定时 器设定第五定时器， 且所设定的第四定时器的长度可小于等于所述第六定时器 的长度， 所设定的第五定时器的长度可小于等于所述第七定时器的长度。 这样， 当指示确定模块获知第一获取子模块设定的第四定时器超时时， 确定所述用设 备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销， 当指示确定模块获知第二获取子 模块设定的第五定时器超时时 , 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需 增加功率开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备可以自己根据第一获取子模块从基站 获取的消息估计所述第六定时器和或根据第二获取子模块从基站获取的消息估 计所述第七定时器的长度。 比如， UE执行完一次数据收发操作后启动一个计时 器，该计时器在 UE执行下一次数据收发操作后被重新启动，假设基站向用户设 备下发重配置消息 /RRC连接释放消息， 则第一获取子模块可以根据重配置消息 /RRC连接释放消息的内容来决定是否记录上述计时器的长度为第六定时器的长 度； 第二获取子模块可以根据重配置消息 /RRC连接释放消息的内容来决定是否 记录上述计时器的长度为第七定时器的长度。 比如， 如果该重配置消息 /RRC连 接释放消息是切换命令， 或者建立新的无线承载， 或者释放原来的无线承载等， 第一获取子模块或第二获取子模块不会记录上述计时器的长度为第六定时器的 长度；如果该重配置消息 /RRC连接释放消息是配置 DRX或配置更省电的 DRX, 则第一获取子模块会记录上述计时器的长度为该第六定时器的长度。
具体实现中， 当记录第六定时器长度和第七定时器的长度时， 第一获取子 模块可根据第六定时器在用户设备中设定第四定时器， 以及第二获取子模块可 根据第七定时器设定第五定时器， 且所设定的第四定时器的长度可小于等于所 述第六定时器的长度， 所设定的第五定时器的长度可小于等于所述第七定时器 的长度。 这样， 当指示确定模块获知第一获取子模块设定的第四定时器超时时， 确定所述用设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销， 当指示确定模块获 知第二获取子模块设定的第五定时器超时时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的 偏好转变为需增加功率开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备可以通过多次估计来获得所述第六定 时器和或所述第七定时器的长度， 比如将多次的估计结果取平均值， 或者取最 小的值， 或者取最大的值等， 其中每次估计过程与上述估计方法相同， 在此不 作赘述， 以增加获得所述第六定时器和或所述第七定时器的长度的准确度。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 当用户设备执行完一次数据收发操作进入空闲 状态时， 所述用户设备可预计所述用户设备将持续处于空闲状态的时间 （具体 实现中， 用户设备可根据用户设备正在收发的数据的业务类型， 当前网络的状 况等因素预计所述用户设备将持续处于空闲状态的时间）， 比如为 10s, 与此同 时， 所述用户设备可根据从基站处接收的第六定时器设定第四定时器， 假设第 六定时器为 8s, 则用户设备可设定第四定时器为 5s, 或者直接从基站接收第四 定时器（比如， 为 lis ), 这样， 当所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状 态的时间 （比如上述的 10s ) 大于等于所述用户设备的第四定时器的长度 （比 如上述的 5s ), 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销， 若 当所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间（比如上述的 10s )小于 所述用户设备的第四定时器的长度 （比如上述的 l is ), 则不能得出偏好转变为 峰低功率开销的结论。 对于第五定时器类似， 在此不赘述。
具体实现中， 本发明实施例的用户设备可仅包括定时器获取模块和指示确 定模块， 这样的用户设备可专用于确定用户设备的功率开销偏好。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 当用户设备向基站发送降低功率开销 的偏好指示或所述向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示之后， 所述基站可 判断当前是否能为所述用户设备更新无线资源参数配置， 如果判断结果为否， 则所述基站不响应所述降低功率开销的偏好指示或所述基站不响应所述增加功 率开销的偏好指示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 当所述用户设备向基站发送降低功率 开销的偏好指示之后， 所述基站判断当前是否能为所述用户设备更新无线资源 参数配置， 如果判断结果为否， 则所述基站不响应所述降低功率开销的偏好指 示。
由上可见， 在本发明的一些可行的实施方式中， 通过第一定时器限定用户 设备对降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送， 而对增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送 不进行限制， 以此来分别限定用户设备对降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送和对 增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送， 与现有技术通过同一定时器来限定相比， 更 加灵活， 提升了用户的体验。 并且， 本发明实施例通过受网络侧的第六定时器 控制的第四定时器对用户设备是否进入了降低功率开销， 受网络侧的第七定时 器第五定时器增加功率开销的偏好进行控制， 更有效地协调了网络侧和用户设 备对功率偏好的需求， 保证了用户设备在最短的时间内对功率偏好进行调整。 能有效地解决网络侧定时器与用户设备侧的定时器时长矛盾而导致功率偏好调 整不及时的缺陷。 并且， 本发明实施例通过用户设备预计的用户设备处于空闲 状态的时间结合第四定时器和第五定时器联合对用户设备是否进入了降低功率 开销或者增加功率开销的偏好进行控制， 更有效地协调了用户设备对功率偏好 的需求， 保证了用户设备在最短的时间内对功率偏好进行调整。
图 6为本发明的用户设备的第二实施例的结构组成示意图。 如图 6所示， 本发明的用户设备可包括指示发送模块 800、第一控制模块 801和第三控制模块 803: 其中：
指示发送模块 800, 用于向基站发送功率开销偏好指示， 所述功率开销指示 包括降低功率开销的偏好指示或增加功率开销的偏好指示。
第一控制模块 801 ,用于当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开 销时， 判断用于限制降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 通知所述指示发送模块 800 向基站发送降低功率开销的偏 好指示。
第三控制模块 803 ,用于当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开 销时， 判断用于限制增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第二定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 通知所述指示发送模块 800 向所述基站发送增加功率开销 的偏好指示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 功率开销的偏好指示 （ "power preference indication" , 包括降低功率开销的偏好指示和增加功率开销的偏好指示）的发送 是基于用户设备所处的两种明确状态进行的， 此时， 用户设备包括默认状态 ( "default" 状态）和降低功率开销状态 （ "lower power consumption" 状态） 两 种状态， 当用户设备判断自己处于 "default (默认）" 状态时， 只能向基站 （比 如， 演进基站 eNB )发送 "lower power consumption (降低功率开销）" 的偏好 指示； 相反地， 如果用户判断自己处于 "lower power consumption" 状态， 仅能 向基站发送返回 "default" 状态 （增加功率开销） 的偏好指示。 此时， 可选的， 用户设备还包括状态判断模块 804,当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低 功率开销时， 且所述状态判断模块 804指示所述用户设备处于默认状态时， 第 一控制模块 801判断用于限制降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器（可 记录为 "T— Default" )是否超时 （即定时器不运行了 ), 如果判断结果为是， 通 知所述指示发送模块 800 向基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示。 以及当用户设 备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 且所述状态判断模块 804指示 所述用户设备处于降低功率开销状态时， 第三控制模块 803 判断用于限制增加 功率开销的偏好指示的第二定时器（可记录为 "T— LowerPower" )是否超时， 如 果判断结果为是， 通知所述指示发送模块 800 向所述基站发送增加功率开销的 偏好指示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 状态判断模块 804判断用户设备所处的状态的 判断方法可包括：
所述状态判断模块 804根据指定的参数长度判断用户设备所处的状态， 当 所述参数长度符合默认状态所需满足的长度时， 则判断所述用户设备处于默认 状态； 当所述参数长度符合降低功率开销状态所需满足的长度， 则判断所述用 户设备处于降低功率开销状态。 比如， 可以以用户设备中的非连续性接收周期 ( DRX cycle )的长度判断用户设备所处的状态， 当用户设备当前所配置的 DRX cycle的长度小于空闲（ IDLE )状态时 DRX cycle的长度时， 则状态判断模块 84 判断用户设备处于 "default"状态， 当用户设备当前所配置的 DRX cycle长度等 于或大于 IDLE ^犬态 DRX cycle长度，则认为 UE处于" lower power consumption" 状态。 上述以空闲状态时 DRX cycle的长度作为阈值来区分 "default"和 "lower power consumption"状态， 仅是仅一个例子， 具体实现中， 可使用其他参数的长 度来作为阈值判断。 这样， 当状态判断模块 804 判断出用户设备正在使用 "default"状态对应的 DRX cycle的长度时， 即用户设备处于 "default"状态时， 若用户设备的功率偏好发生改变， 希望能降低功率开销， 在满足第一定时器超 时的前提下,贝1 J向基站发送" power preference indication" ,请求使用 "lower power consumption"状态对应的 DRX参数配置。 当状态判断模块 804判断出用户设备 正在使用 "lower power consumption" 状态对应的 DRX cycle的长度 , 即用户设 备处于 "lower power consumption" 状态时， 用户设备的功率偏好发生改变， 希 望能提升性能， 即增加功率开销， 则向基站发送 "power preference indication" , 请求使用 "default" 状态对应的 DRX参数配置。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述状态判断模块 804判断用户设备所处的状 态的判断方法可包括：
所述状态判断模块 804根据基站为所述用户设备配置的非连续性接收 DRX 参数判断自己所处的状态， 当所述用户设备正在使用默认状态对应的非连续性 接收 DRX参数时， 则判断所述用户设备处于默认状态； 当所述用户设备正在使 用降低功率开销状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数时， 则判断所述用户设备处 于峰低功率开销状态。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 基站可同时将默认状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数和降低功率开销状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数同时配置给用户 设备， 并通过显式或隐式的方式提示给用户所述参数对应的状态。 或者， 基站 也可每次仅配置一套 DRX参数给用户设备， 并通过显式的方式指示所述 DRX 参数对应的状态。 比如， 基站可以无线资源管理 RRC连接建立时， 为用户设 备配置两套不同的 DRX参数。且基站可以通过显式的方式，指示 UE在进入 RRC 连接状态时使用哪套 DRX参数（使用 "default"对应的 DRX参数，或使用 "lower power consumption" 对应的 DRX参数）， 即处于哪个状态； 也可以默认规定， 用户设备在进入 RRC连接状态时， 直接进入 "default" 状态， 使用 "default" 状态对应的 DRX参数。 或者， 可以默认规定， 用户设备在进入 RRC连接状态 时, 直接进入 "lower power consumption"状态,使用 "lower power consumption" 状态对应的 DRX参数。再如，基站可以在 RRC连接重配置过程进行，即在 RRC 连接重配置过程， 基站为用户设备配置两套不同的 DRX参数。 那么基站可以通 过显示的指示， 指示用户设备在 RRC重配置过程后， 使用哪套 DRX参数， 即 处于哪个状态。 再如， 基站通过隐式的方式指示用户设备所处的状态， 其做法 为， 用户设备通过判断当前所使用的 DRX参数来判断自己所处的状态： 如果用 户设备发现基站新配置的两套 DRX参数， 其中一套 DRX参数与用户设备当前 使用的 DRX参数相同， 则 UE通过该套 DRX参数对应的状态， 确定自己在重 配置后所处的状态。 这样， 当状态判断模块 804 判断出用户设备正在使用 "default" 状态对应的 DRX参数时， 即用户设备处于 "default" 状态时， 若用 户设备的功率偏好发生改变， 希望能降低功率开销， 在满足第一定时器超时的 前提下， 则用户设备向基站发送 " power preference indication" , 请求使用 "lower power consumption" 状态对应的 DRX参数配置。 当状态判断模块 804判断出用 户设备正在使用 "lower power consumption" 状态对应的 DRX参数时， 即用户 设备处于 "lower power consumption" 状态时， 用户设备的功率偏好发生改变， 希望能提升性能， 即增加功率开销， 则在满足第二定时器超时的前提下， 用户 设备向基站发送 "power preference indication" , 请求使用 "default" 态对应的 DRX参数配置。 在一些可行的实施方式中， 功率开销的偏好指示 （ "power preference indication" , 包括降低功率开销的偏好指示和增加功率开销的偏好指示）的发送 可不受用户设备所处的状态的限制， 即当用户设备对功率开销的偏好发生转变 时， 均可发送功率开销的偏好指示给基站。 此时， 用户设备可不包括状态判断 模块 804。 当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销时， 第一控制模 块 801直接判断用于限制降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器是否超 时， 如果判断结果为是， 通知所述指示发送模块 800向基站发送降低功率开销 的偏好指示。 以及当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 第 三控制模块 803直接判断用于限制增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第二定时 器是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 通知所述指示发送模块 800向所述基站发送 增加功率开销的偏好指示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 当第一控制模块 801 判断所述第一定 时器是否超时的判断结果为否时， 即第一定时器还在运行时， 如果用户设备对 于功率偏好转变的判断与用户设备执行 "power preference indication" 发送及定 时器管理的操作不在同一协议层， （为了描述方便， 可称所述用户设备执行 "power preference indication"发送及定时器管理的操作的协议层为 AS ( Access Stratum, 接入层）， 而称判断功率偏好的协议层为 AS的 upper layer (上层））， 则第一控制器 801还可指示用户设备的 AS层通知 upper layer, "power preference indication" 发送受限。 并当相应的第一定时器超时后， 第一控制器 801 还可指 示 AS层通知 upper layer , 发送已经不受限。 而当 AS的 upper layer收到该不受 限指示后， 判断用户设备仍需要发送降低功率开销的偏好指示， 则可告知接入 层 AS层； 否则， 如果用户设备已经不需要发送降低功率开销的偏好指示， 则不 进行任何操作。 如果用户设备对于功率偏好的判断与用户设备执行 "power preference indication" 发送及定时器管理的操作在同一协议层， （在此便不再具 体定义该协议层， 执行主体统称为用户设备）， 则第一控制模块 801指示用户设 备可以不执行任何操作。
在一些可行的实施例中， 可选的， 当第三控制模块 803 判断所述第二定时 器是否超时的判断结果为否时， 即第二定时器还在运行时， 如果用户设备对于 功率偏好转变的判断与用户设备执行 "power preference indication" 发送及定时 器管理的操作不在同一协议层，（为了描述方便， 可称所述用户设备执行 " power preference indication"发送及定时器管理的操作的协议层为 AS ( Access Stratum, 接入层）， 而称判断功率偏好的协议层为 AS的 upper layer (上层））， 则第三控 制模块 803 可指示用户设备的 AS 层通知 upper layer , "power preference indication" 发送受限。 并当第二定时器超时后， 第三控制模块 803 可指示用户 设备的 AS层通知 upper layer, 发送已经不受限。 而当 AS的 upper layer收到该 不受限指示后， 判断用户设备仍需要发送增加功率开销的偏好指示， 则可告知 接入层 AS层； 否则， 如果用户设备已经不需要发送增加功率开销的偏好指示， 则不进行任何操作。 如果用户设备对于功率偏好的判断与用户设备执行 "power preference indication" 发送及定时器管理的操作在同一协议层， （在此便不再具 体定义该协议层， 执行主体统称为用户设备）， 则第三控制模块 803指示用户设 备可以不执行任何操作。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述第一定时器的长度和所述第二定时器的长 度可预先设置在所述用户设备中， 此时， 可选的， 用户设备还可包括设置模块 (未图示） ， 用于预先在用户设备中设置所述第一定时器的长度和所述第二定 时器的长度。 在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述第一定时器的长度和所述第二定时器的长 度由所述基站在无线资源管理连接建立过程或无线资源管理连接重配置过程中 指定给所述用户设备。 此时， 可选的， 用户设备还可包括长度接收模块（未图 示） ， 用于接收所述基站指定给所述用户设备的所述第一定时器的长度和所述 第二定时器的长度。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述第一定时器的长度长于或等于所述第二定 时器的长度。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备还可包括定时器获取模块（未图示）， 用于获取第四定时器和第五定时器中至少一种；
指示确定模块（未图示）， 用于当所述定时器获取模块获取的第四定时器超 时或所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间大于等于所述定时器 获取模块获取的第四定时器的长度时 , 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转 变为需降低功率开销； 和 /或，
当所述所述定时器获取模块获取的第五定时器超时或所述用户设备预计所 述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间小于等于所述定时器获取模块获取的第五定时 器的长度时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述定时器获取模块包括第一获取子模块和第 二获取子模块中至少一种， 其中：
所述第一获取子模块， 用于根据第六定时器设定所述第四定时器； 或， 从 所述基站获得所述第四定时器， 所述第六定时器为所述基站中设置的定时器； 所述第二获取子模块， 用于根据第七定时器设定所述第五定时器； 或， 从 所述基站获得所述第五定时器， 所述第七定时器为所述基站中设置的定时器。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述第四定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第六 定时器的长度， 所述第一获取子模块还用于从所述基站获取所述第六定时器， 或者， 根据从所述基站获取的消息估算所述基站中设置的所述第六定时器的长 度；
所述第五定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第七定时器的长度， 所述第二获 取子模块还用于从所述基站获取所述第七定时器， 或者， 根据从所述基站获取 的消息估算所述基站中设置的所述第七定时器的长度。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 第一获取子模块可从所述基站获得所述第四定 时器， 所述第二获取子模块可从所述基站获得所述第五定时器， 具体的， 所述 第四定时器和 /或所述第五定时器可从所述基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中至少一种中获得。 具体实现中， 所述第四定时器的长度小于等于所述基站中的第六定时器的长度， 所述第五定 时器的长度小于等于所述基站中的第七定时器的长度。 所述第六定时器为所述 基站中维护用于所述基站侧触发降低功率开销的触发器， 所述第七定时器为所 述基站中维护的用于所述基站侧触发增加功率开销的触发器。 这样当指示确定 模块获知第一获取子模块获得的第四定时器超时时， 可确定所述用设备对功率 开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销， 当指示确定模块获知第二获取子模块获得 的第五定时器超时时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率 开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 第一获取子模块可从所述基站获得所述第六定 时器， 所述第二获取子模块可从所述基站获得所述第七定时器， 所述第六定时 器和 /或所述第七定时器可从所述基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消 息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中至少一种中获得。 具体实现中， 当第一 获取子模块从基站获得第六定时器时， 可根据第六定时器在用户设备中设定第 四定时器， 以及当第二获取子模块从基站获得第七定时器时， 可根据第七定时 器设定第五定时器， 且所设定的第四定时器的长度可小于等于所述第六定时器 的长度， 所设定的第五定时器的长度可小于等于所述第七定时器的长度。 这样， 当指示确定模块获知第一获取子模块设定的第四定时器超时时， 确定所述用设 备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销， 当指示确定模块获知第二获取子 模块设定的第五定时器超时时 , 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需 增加功率开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备可以自己根据第一获取子模块从基站 获取的消息估计所述第六定时器和或根据第二获取子模块从基站获取的消息估 计所述第七定时器的长度。 比如， UE执行完一次数据收发操作后启动一个计时 器，该计时器在 UE执行下一次数据收发操作后被重新启动，假设基站向用户设 备下发重配置消息 /RRC连接释放消息， 则第一获取子模块可以根据重配置消息 /RRC连接释放消息的内容来决定是否记录上述计时器的长度为第六定时器的长 度； 第二获取子模块可以根据重配置消息 /RRC连接释放消息的内容来决定是否 记录上述计时器的长度为第七定时器的长度。 比如， 如果该重配置消息 /RRC连 接释放消息是切换命令， 或者建立新的无线承载， 或者释放原来的无线承载等， 第一获取子模块或第二获取子模块不会记录上述计时器的长度为第六定时器的 长度；如果该重配置消息 /RRC连接释放消息是配置 DRX或配置更省电的 DRX, 则第一获取子模块会记录上述计时器的长度为该第六定时器的长度。
具体实现中， 当记录第六定时器长度和第七定时器的长度时， 第一获取子 模块可根据第六定时器在用户设备中设定第四定时器， 以及第二获取子模块可 根据第七定时器设定第五定时器， 且所设定的第四定时器的长度可小于等于所 述第六定时器的长度， 所设定的第五定时器的长度可小于等于所述第七定时器 的长度。 这样， 当指示确定模块获知第一获取子模块设定的第四定时器超时时， 确定所述用设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销， 当指示确定模块获 知第二获取子模块设定的第五定时器超时时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的 偏好转变为需增加功率开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备可以通过多次估计来获得所述第六定 时器和或所述第七定时器的长度， 比如将多次的估计结果取平均值， 或者取最 小的值， 或者取最大的值等， 其中每次估计过程与上述估计方法相同， 在此不 作赘述， 以增加获得所述第六定时器和或所述第七定时器的长度的准确度。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 当用户设备执行完一次数据收发操作进入空闲 状态时， 所述用户设备可预计所述用户设备将持续处于空闲状态的时间 （具体 实现中， 用户设备可根据用户设备正在收发的数据的业务类型， 当前网络的状 况等因素预计所述用户设备将持续处于空闲状态的时间）， 比如为 10s, 与此同 时， 所述用户设备可根据从基站处接收的第六定时器设定第四定时器， 假设第 六定时器为 8s, 则用户设备可设定第四定时器为 5s, 或者直接从基站接收第四 定时器（比如， 为 l is ), 这样， 当所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状 态的时间 （比如上述的 10s ) 大于等于所述用户设备的第四定时器的长度 （比 如上述的 5s ), 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销， 若 当所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间（比如上述的 10s )小于 所述用户设备的第四定时器的长度 （比如上述的 l is ), 则不能得出偏好转变为 峰低功率开销的结论。 对于第五定时器类似， 在此不赘述。
具体实现中， 本发明实施例的用户设备可仅包括定时器获取模块和指示确 定模块， 这样的用户设备可专用于确定用户设备的功率开销偏好。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 当用户设备向基站发送降低功率开销 的偏好指示或所述向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示之后， 所述基站可 判断当前是否能为所述用户设备更新无线资源参数配置， 如果判断结果为否， 则所述基站不响应所述降低功率开销的偏好指示或所述基站不响应所述增加功 率开销的偏好指示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 当所述用户设备向基站发送降低功率 开销的偏好指示之后， 所述基站判断当前是否能为所述用户设备更新无线资源 参数配置， 如果判断结果为否， 则所述基站不响应所述降低功率开销的偏好指 示。
由上可见， 在本发明的一些可行的实施方式中， 通过第一定时器限定用户 设备对降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送， 通过第二定时器限定用户对增加功率 开销的偏好指示的发送， 以此来分别限定用户设备对降低功率开销的偏好指示 的发送和对增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送， 与现有技术通过同一定时器来限 定相比， 更加灵活， 提升了用户的体验。 并且， 本发明实施例通过受网络侧的 第六定时器控制的第四定时器对用户设备是否进入了降低功率开销 , 受网络侧 的第七定时器第五定时器增加功率开销的偏好进行控制， 更有效地协调了网络 侧和用户设备对功率偏好的需求， 保证了用户设备在最短的时间内对功率偏好 进行调整。 能有效地解决网络侧定时器与用户设备侧的定时器时长矛盾而导致 功率偏好调整不及时的缺陷。 并且， 本发明实施例通过用户设备预计的用户设 备处于空闲状态的时间结合第四定时器和第五定时器联合对用户设备是否进入 了降低功率开销或者增加功率开销的偏好进行控制， 更有效地协调了用户设备 对功率偏好的需求， 保证了用户设备在最短的时间内对功率偏好进行调整。
图 7 为本发明的用户设备的第三实施例的结构组成示意图， 该实施例是在 第二实施例的基础上进行的扩展。 如图 7所示， 该用户设备可包括指示发送模 块 900、 第一控制模块 901、 第二控制模块 902、 第三控制模块 903、 第一定时 器管理模块 904,其中第二控制模块 902和第三控制模块 903至少有一个存在本 发明的用户设备中：
所述指示发送模块 900, 用于向基站发送功率开销偏好指示， 所述功率开销 指示包括降低功率开销的偏好指示或增加功率开销的偏好指示；
所述第一控制模块 901 ,用于当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功 率开销时， 判断用于限制降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器是否超 时， 如果判断结果为是， 通知所述指示发送模块 900 向基站发送降低功率开销 的偏好指示。
所述第二控制模块 902,用于当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功 率开销时， 通知所述指示发送模块 900 向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指 示。
所述第三控制模块 903 ,用于当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功 率开销时， 判断用于限制增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第二定时器是否超 时， 如果判断结果为是， 通知所述指示发送模块 900 向所述基站发送增加功率 开销的偏好指示。
第一定时器管理模块 904, 用于当所述用户设备包括第一定时器， 且所述指 示发送模块 900 向基站发送了功率开销偏好指示之后， 启动所述第一定时器； 以及当所述用户设备包括第一定时器和第二定时器， 且所述指示发送模块 900 向基站发送了功率开销偏好指示之后， 启动所述第一定时器和 /或所述第二定时 器。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 功率开销的偏好指示 （ "power preference indication" , 包括降低功率开销的偏好指示和增加功率开销的偏好指示）的发送 是基于用户设备所处的两种明确状态进行的， 此时， 用户设备包括默认状态
( "default" 状态）和降低功率开销状态 （ "lower power consumption" 状态） 两 种状态， 当用户设备判断自己处于 "default (默认）" 状态时， 只能向基站 （比 如， 演进基站 eNB )发送 "lower power consumption (降低功率开销）" 的偏好 指示； 相反地， 如果用户判断自己处于 "lower power consumption" 状态， 仅能 向基站发送返回 "default" 状态（增加功率开销）的偏好指示。 此时， 可选的本 发明的用户设备还包括状态判断模块 905 , 用于判断所述用户设备所处的状态。 第一控制模块 901 在当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销时， 且所述状态判断模块 905指示所述用户设备处于默认状态时， 判断用于限制降 低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器（可记录为 "T— Default" )是否超时
(即定时器不运行了）， 如果判断结果为是， 则通知所述指示发送模块 900向基 站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示。 以及第二控制模块 902在当用户设备对功率 开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 且所述状态判断模块 905指示所述用户 设备降低功率开销状态时， 通知所述指示发送模块 900向所述基站发送增加功 率开销的偏好指示。 以及当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销 时， 且所述状态判断模块 905指示所述用户设备处于降低功率开销状态时， 第 三控制模块 903 判断用于限制增加功率开销的偏好指示的第二定时器（可记录 为 "T— LowerPower" )是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 通知所述指示发送模块 90向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 状态判断模块 905 判断用户设备所处的状态的 判断方法可包括：
所述状态判断模块 905根据指定的参数长度判断用户设备所处的状态， 当 所述参数长度符合默认状态所需满足的长度时， 则判断所述用户设备处于默认 状态； 当所述参数长度符合降低功率开销状态所需满足的长度， 则判断所述用 户设备处于降低功率开销状态。 比如， 可以以用户设备中的非连续性接收周期
( DRX cycle )的长度判断用户设备所处的状态， 当用户设备当前所配置的 DRX cycle的长度小于空闲（ IDLE )状态时 DRX cycle的长度时，则状态判断模块 905 判断用户设备处于 "default"状态， 当用户设备当前所配置的 DRX cycle长度等 于或大于 IDLE ^犬态 DRX cycle长度，则认为 UE处于" lower power consumption" 状态。 上述以空闲状态时 DRX cycle的长度作为阈值来区分 "default"和 "lower power consumption"状态， 仅是仅一个例子， 具体实现中， 可使用其他参数的长 度来作为阈值判断。 这样， 当状态判断模块 905 判断出用户设备正在使用
"default"状态对应的 DRX cycle的长度时， 即用户设备处于 "default"状态时， 若用户设备的功率偏好发生改变， 希望能降低功率开销， 在满足第一定时器超 时的前提下,贝1 J向基站发送" power preference indication" ,请求使用 "lower power consumption"状态对应的 DRX参数配置。 当状态判断模块 905判断出用户设备 正在使用 "lower power consumption" 状态对应的 DRX cycle的长度 , 即用户设 备处于 "lower power consumption" 状态时， 用户设备的功率偏好发生改变， 希 望能提升性能， 即增加功率开销， 则向基站发送 "power preference indication" , 请求使用 "default" 状态对应的 DRX参数配置。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述状态判断模块 905 判断用户设备所处的状 态的判断方法可包括：
所述状态判断模块 905 可根据基站为所述用户设备配置的非连续性接收 DRX参数判断自己所处的状态， 当所述用户设备正在使用默认状态对应的非连 续性接收 DRX参数时， 则判断所述用户设备处于默认状态； 当所述用户设备正 在使用降低功率开销状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数时， 则判断所述用户设 备处于降低功率开销状态。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 基站可同时将默认状态对应的非连续性接收
DRX参数和降低功率开销状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数同时配置给用户 设备， 并通过显式或隐式的方式提示给用户所述参数对应的状态。 或者， 基站 也可每次仅配置一套 DRX参数给用户设备， 并通过显式的方式指示所述 DRX 参数对应的状态。 比如， 基站可以无线资源管理 RRC连接建立时， 为用户设 备配置两套不同的 DRX参数。且基站可以通过显式的方式，指示 UE在进入 RRC 连接状态时使用哪套 DRX参数（使用 "default"对应的 DRX参数，或使用 "lower power consumption" 对应的 DRX参数）， 即处于哪个状态； 也可以默认规定， 用户设备在进入 RRC连接状态时， 直接进入 "default" 状态， 使用 "default" 状态对应的 DRX参数。 或者， 可以默认规定， 用户设备在进入 RRC连接状态 时, 直接进入 "lower power consumption"状态,使用 "lower power consumption" 状态对应的 DRX参数。再如，基站可以在 RRC连接重配置过程进行，即在 RRC 连接重配置过程， 基站为用户设备配置两套不同的 DRX参数。 那么基站可以通 过显示的指示， 指示用户设备在 RRC重配置过程后， 使用哪套 DRX参数， 即 处于哪个状态。 再如， 基站通过隐式的方式指示用户设备所处的状态， 其做法 为， 用户设备通过判断当前所使用的 DRX参数来判断自己所处的状态： 如果用 户设备发现基站新配置的两套 DRX参数， 其中一套 DRX参数与用户设备当前 使用的 DRX参数相同， 则 UE通过该套 DRX参数对应的状态， 确定自己在重 配置后所处的状态。 这样， 当状态判断模块 905 判断出用户设备正在使用 "default" 状态对应的 DRX参数时， 即用户设备处于 "default" 状态时， 若用 户设备的功率偏好发生改变， 希望能降低功率开销， 在满足第一定时器超时的 前提下， 则指示发送模块 900可向基站发送 "power preference indication" , 请求 使用 "lower power consumption" 状态对应的 DRX参数配置。 而当状态判断模 块 905判断出用户设备正在使用 "lower power consumption" 状态对应的 DRX 参数时， 即用户设备处于 "lower power consumption" 状态时， 用户设备的功率 偏好发生改变， 希望能提升性能， 即增加功率开销， 则在满足第二定时器超时 的前提下（用户设备包括第三控制模块 903的前提下）， 指示发送模块 900可向 基站发送 "power preference indication" , 请求使用 "default" ^夫态^] "应的 DRX 参数配置。 以及当状态判断模块 904 判断出用户设备正在使用 "lower power consumption " 状态对应的 DRX 参数时， 即用户设备处于 " lower power consumption" 状态时， 用户设备的功率偏好发生改变， 希望能提升性能， 即增 加功率开销， 指示发送模块 900可向基站发送 "power preference indication" (用 户设备包括第二控制模块 902的前提下）， 请求使用 "default" 状态对应的 DRX 参数配置。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 功率开销的偏好指示 （ "power preference indication" , 包括降低功率开销的偏好指示和增加功率开销的偏好指示）的发送 可不受用户设备所处的状态的限制， 即当用户设备对功率开销的偏好发生转变 时， 均可发送功率开销的偏好指示给基站。 此时， 用户设备可不包括状态判断 模块 905当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销时， 第一控制模 块 901直接判断用于限制降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器是否超 时， 如果判断结果为是， 则通知所述指示发送模块 900向基站发送降低功率开 销的偏好指示。 以及当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 第二控制模块 902直接通知指示发送模块 900向所述基站发送增加功率开销的 偏好指示。 以及当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 第三 控制模块 903直接判断用于限制增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第二定时器 是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 通知所述指示发送模块 900向所述基站发送增 加功率开销的偏好指示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 当第一控制模块 901 判断出所述第一 定时器是否超时的判断结果为否时， 即第一定时器还在运行时， 如果用户设备 对于功率偏好转变的判断与用户设备执行 "power preference indication" 发送及 定时器管理的操作不在同一协议层， （为了描述方便， 可称所述用户设备执行
"power preference indication"发送及定时器管理的操作的协议层为 AS ( Access
Stratum, 接入层）， 而称判断功率偏好的协议层为 AS的 upper layer (上层））， 则第一控制模块 901可指示用户设备的 AS层通知 upper layer, "power preference indication"发送受限。 并当相应的第一定时器超时后， 指示用户设备的 AS层通 知 upper layer , 发送已经不受限。 而当 AS的 upper layer收到该不受限指示后， 判断用户设备仍需要发送降低功率开销的偏好指示， 则可告知接入层 AS层； 否 则， 如果用户设备已经不需要发送降低功率开销的偏好指示， 则不进行任何操 作。 如果用户设备对于功率偏好的判断与用户设备执行 "power preference indication" 发送及定时器管理的操作在同一协议层， （在此便不再具体定义该协 议层， 执行主体统称为用户设备）， 则第一控制模块 901可通知用户设备不执行 任何操作。
在一些可行的实施例中， 可选的， 当第三控制模块 903 判断所述第二定时 器是否超时的判断结果为否时， 即第二定时器还在运行时， 如果用户设备对于 功率偏好转变的判断与用户设备执行 "power preference indication" 发送及定时 器管理的操作不在同一协议层，（为了描述方便， 可称所述用户设备执行 " power preference indication"发送及定时器管理的操作的协议层为 AS ( Access Stratum, 接入层）， 而称判断功率偏好的协议层为 AS的 upper layer (上层））， 则第三控 制模块 903 可指示用户设备的 AS 层通知 upper layer , "power preference indication" 发送受限。 并当第二定时器超时后， 第三控制模块 903 可指示用户 设备的 AS层通知 upper layer, 发送已经不受限。 而当 AS的 upper layer收到该 不受限指示后， 判断用户设备仍需要发送增加功率开销的偏好指示， 则可告知 接入层 AS层； 否则， 如果用户设备已经不需要发送增加功率开销的偏好指示， 则不进行任何操作。 如果用户设备对于功率偏好的判断与用户设备执行 "power preference indication" 发送及定时器管理的操作在同一协议层， （在此便不再具 体定义该协议层， 执行主体统称为用户设备）， 则第三控制模块 903指示用户设 备可以不执行任何操作。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述第一定时器的长度和所述第二定时器的长 度可预先设置在所述用户设备中， 此时， 可选的， 用户设备还可包括设置模块 (未图示） ， 用于预先在用户设备中设置所述第一定时器的长度和所述第二定 时器的长度。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述第一定时器的长度和所述第二定时器的长 度由所述基站在无线资源管理连接建立过程或无线资源管理连接重配置过程中 指定给所述用户设备。 此时， 可选的， 用户设备还可包括长度接收模块（未图 示） ， 用于接收所述基站指定给所述用户设备的所述第一定时器的长度和所述 第二定时器的长度。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述第一定时器的长度长于或等于所述第二定 时器的长度。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备还可包括定时器获取模块（未图示）， 用于获取第四定时器和第五定时器中至少一种；
指示确定模块（未图示）， 用于当所述定时器获取模块获取的第四定时器超 时或所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间大于等于所述定时器 获取模块获取的第四定时器的长度时 , 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转 变为需降低功率开销； 和 /或，
当所述所述定时器获取模块获取的第五定时器超时或所述用户设备预计所 述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间小于等于所述定时器获取模块获取的第五定时 器的长度时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述定时器获取模块包括第一获取子模块和第 二获取子模块中至少一种， 其中：
所述第一获取子模块， 用于根据第六定时器设定所述第四定时器； 或， 从 所述基站获得所述第四定时器， 所述第六定时器为所述基站中设置的定时器； 所述第二获取子模块， 用于根据第七定时器设定所述第五定时器； 或， 从 所述基站获得所述第五定时器， 所述第七定时器为所述基站中设置的定时器。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述第四定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第六 定时器的长度， 所述第一获取子模块还用于从所述基站获取所述第六定时器， 或者， 根据从所述基站获取的消息估算所述基站中设置的所述第六定时器的长 度；
所述第五定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第七定时器的长度， 所述第二获 取子模块还用于从所述基站获取所述第七定时器， 或者， 根据从所述基站获取 的消息估算所述基站中设置的所述第七定时器的长度。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 第一获取子模块可从所述基站获得所述第四定 时器， 所述第二获取子模块可从所述基站获得所述第五定时器， 具体的， 所述 第四定时器和 /或所述第五定时器可从所述基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中至少一种中获得。 具体实现中， 所述第四定时器的长度小于等于所述基站中的第六定时器的长度， 所述第五定 时器的长度小于等于所述基站中的第七定时器的长度。 所述第六定时器为所述 基站中维护用于所述基站侧触发降低功率开销的触发器， 所述第七定时器为所 述基站中维护的用于所述基站侧触发增加功率开销的触发器。 这样当指示确定 模块获知第一获取子模块获得的第四定时器超时时， 可确定所述用设备对功率 开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销， 当指示确定模块获知第二获取子模块获得 的第五定时器超时时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率 开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 第一获取子模块可从所述基站获得所述第六定 时器， 所述第二获取子模块可从所述基站获得所述第七定时器， 所述第六定时 器和 /或所述第七定时器可从所述基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消 息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中至少一种中获得。 具体实现中， 当第一 获取子模块从基站获得第六定时器时， 可根据第六定时器在用户设备中设定第 四定时器， 以及当第二获取子模块从基站获得第七定时器时， 可根据第七定时 器设定第五定时器， 且所设定的第四定时器的长度可小于等于所述第六定时器 的长度， 所设定的第五定时器的长度可小于等于所述第七定时器的长度。 这样， 当指示确定模块获知第一获取子模块设定的第四定时器超时时， 确定所述用设 备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销， 当指示确定模块获知第二获取子 模块设定的第五定时器超时时 , 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需 增加功率开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备可以自己根据第一获取子模块从基站 获取的消息估计所述第六定时器和或根据第二获取子模块从基站获取的消息估 计所述第七定时器的长度。 比如， UE执行完一次数据收发操作后启动一个计时 器，该计时器在 UE执行下一次数据收发操作后被重新启动，假设基站向用户设 备下发重配置消息 /RRC连接释放消息， 则第一获取子模块可以根据重配置消息 /RRC连接释放消息的内容来决定是否记录上述计时器的长度为第六定时器的长 度； 第二获取子模块可以根据重配置消息 /RRC连接释放消息的内容来决定是否 记录上述计时器的长度为第七定时器的长度。 比如， 如果该重配置消息 /RRC连 接释放消息是切换命令， 或者建立新的无线承载， 或者释放原来的无线承载等， 第一获取子模块或第二获取子模块不会记录上述计时器的长度为第六定时器的 长度；如果该重配置消息 /RRC连接释放消息是配置 DRX或配置更省电的 DRX, 则第一获取子模块会记录上述计时器的长度为该第六定时器的长度。
具体实现中， 当记录第六定时器长度和第七定时器的长度时， 第一获取子 模块可根据第六定时器在用户设备中设定第四定时器， 以及第二获取子模块可 根据第七定时器设定第五定时器， 且所设定的第四定时器的长度可小于等于所 述第六定时器的长度， 所设定的第五定时器的长度可小于等于所述第七定时器 的长度。 这样， 当指示确定模块获知第一获取子模块设定的第四定时器超时时， 确定所述用设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销， 当指示确定模块获 知第二获取子模块设定的第五定时器超时时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的 偏好转变为需增加功率开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备可以通过多次估计来获得所述第六定 时器和或所述第七定时器的长度， 比如将多次的估计结果取平均值， 或者取最 小的值， 或者取最大的值等， 其中每次估计过程与上述估计方法相同， 在此不 作赘述， 以增加获得所述第六定时器和或所述第七定时器的长度的准确度。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 当用户设备执行完一次数据收发操作进入空闲 状态时， 所述用户设备可预计所述用户设备将持续处于空闲状态的时间 （具体 实现中， 用户设备可根据用户设备正在收发的数据的业务类型， 当前网络的状 况等因素预计所述用户设备将持续处于空闲状态的时间）， 比如为 10s, 与此同 时， 所述用户设备可根据从基站处接收的第六定时器设定第四定时器， 假设第 六定时器为 8s, 则用户设备可设定第四定时器为 5s, 或者直接从基站接收第四 定时器（比如， 为 l is ), 这样， 当所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状 态的时间 （比如上述的 10s ) 大于等于所述用户设备的第四定时器的长度 （比 如上述的 5s ), 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销， 若 当所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间（比如上述的 10s )小于 所述用户设备的第四定时器的长度 （比如上述的 l is ), 则不能得出偏好转变为 峰低功率开销的结论。 对于第五定时器类似， 在此不赘述。
具体实现中， 本发明实施例的用户设备可仅包括定时器获取模块和指示确 定模块， 这样的用户设备可专用于确定用户设备的功率开销偏好。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 当用户设备向基站发送降低功率开销 的偏好指示或所述向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示之后， 所述基站可 判断当前是否能为所述用户设备更新无线资源参数配置， 如果判断结果为否， 则所述基站不响应所述降低功率开销的偏好指示或所述基站不响应所述增加功 率开销的偏好指示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 当所述用户设备向基站发送降低功率 开销的偏好指示之后， 所述基站判断当前是否能为所述用户设备更新无线资源 参数配置， 如果判断结果为否， 则所述基站不响应所述降低功率开销的偏好指 示。
在一些可行的实施例中， 当用户设备包括两种明确状态时， 当用户设备处 于默认状态， 第一定时器管理模块 904可仅启动第一定时器； 当用户设备处于 峰低功率开销状态， 第一定时器管理模块 904可仅启动第二定时器。 若所述用 户设备仅包括第一定时器， 当用户处于降低功率开销状态时， 第一定时器管理 模块 904无需启动定时器。 若用户设备不受状态限制时， 第一定时器管理模块 904可同时启动第一定时器和第二定时器； 若所述用户设备仅包括第一定时器， 第一定时器管理模块 904仅启动第一定时器。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 用户设备还可包括配置接收模块 908、 在包括配置接收模块 908的基础上， 还可包括第六控制模块 909和第七控制模 块 910中至少一个。 （此时 ， 用户设备可不包括第八控制模块 911、 第九控制模 块 912 ), 其中：
配置接收模块 908,用于接收基站为所述用户设备配置的无线资源参数配置 结果。
第六控制模块 909, 用于当所述用户设备中的第一定时器未超时时， 但所述 配置接收模块 908接收到无线资源参数配置结果， 且用户设备对功率开销的偏 好再次转变为需降低功率开销时， 通知所述指示发送模块 900在所述第一定时 器超时前不能向所述基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示。
第七控制模块 910, 用于当所述用户设备中的第二定时器未超时时， 但所述 配置接收模块 908接收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果， 且用户设备 对功率开销的偏好再次转变为需增加功率开销时， 通知所述指示发送模块 900 在所述第二定时器超时前不能向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 用户设备还可包括配置接收模块 908、 在包括配置接收模块 908的基础上， 还可包括第八控制模块 911和第九控制模 块 912至少一个（此时 ， 用户设备可不包括第六控制模块 909、 第七控制模块 910 ), 其中： 配置接收模块 908,用于接收基站为所述用户设备配置的无线资源参数配置 结果。
第八控制模块 911 , 用于当所述用户设备中的所述第一定时器已超时， 但所 述配置接收模块 908 未接收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果， 且用户 设备对功率开销的偏好再次转变为需降低功率开销时 , 通知所述指示发送模块 900在配置接收模块 908接收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果之前不能 向所述基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示。
第九控制模块 912, 用于当所述用户设备中的所述第二定时器已超时，但所 述配置接收模块 908 未接收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果， 且用户 设备对功率开销的偏好再次转变为需增加功率开销时， 通知所述指示发送模块 900在配置接收模块 908接收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果之前不能 向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示。
由上可见， 在本发明的一些可行的实施方式中， 通过第一定时器限定用户 设备对降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送， 通过第二定时器限定用户对增加功率 开销的偏好指示的发送， 以此来分别限定用户设备对降低功率开销的偏好指示 的发送和对增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送， 与现有技术通过同一定时器来限 定相比， 更加灵活， 提升了用户的体验。 并且， 本发明实施例通过受网络侧的 第六定时器控制的第四定时器对用户设备是否进入了降低功率开销 , 受网络侧 的第七定时器第五定时器增加功率开销的偏好进行控制， 更有效地协调了网络 侧和用户设备对功率偏好的需求， 保证了用户设备在最短的时间内对功率偏好 进行调整。 能有效地解决网络侧定时器与用户设备侧的定时器时长矛盾而导致 功率偏好调整不及时的缺陷。 并且， 本发明实施例通过用户设备预计的用户设 备处于空闲状态的时间结合第四定时器和第五定时器联合对用户设备是否进入 了降低功率开销或者增加功率开销的偏好进行控制， 更有效地协调了用户设备 对功率偏好的需求， 保证了用户设备在最短的时间内对功率偏好进行调整。
图 8为本发明的用户设备的第四实施例的结构组成示意图。 如图 8所示， 本实施例的用户设备可包括指示发送模块 1000、 第一控制模块 1001、 第二控制 模块 1002、 第三控制模块 1003、 配置接收模块 1004以及第三定时器管理模块 1005 , 其中第二控制模块 1002和第三控制模块 1003至少有一个存在本发明的 用户设备中：
所述指示发送模块 1000, 用于向基站发送功率开销偏好指示， 所述功率开 销指示包括降低功率开销的偏好指示或增加功率开销的偏好指示。
所述第一控制模块 1001 , 用于当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低 功率开销时， 判断用于限制降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器是否 超时， 如果判断结果为是， 通知所述指示发送模块 1000向基站发送降低功率开 销的偏好指示。
所述第二控制模块 1002, 用于当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加 功率开销时， 通知所述指示发送模块 1000向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好 指示。
所述第三控制模块 1003 , 用于当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加 功率开销时， 判断用于限制增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第二定时器是否 超时， 如果判断结果为是， 通知所述指示发送模块 1000向所述基站发送增加功 率开销的偏好指示。
配置接收模块 1004, 用于接收基站为所述用户设备配置的无线资源参数配 置结果。
第三定时器管理模块 1005 ,用于当所述配置接收模块 1004接收到所述无线 资源参数配置结果后， 当所述用户设备中包括第一定时器时， 启动所述第一定 时器； 当所述用户设备中包括第一定时器和第二定时器时， 启动所述第一定时 器和 /或所述第二定时器。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 功率开销的偏好指示 （ "power preference indication" , 包括降低功率开销的偏好指示和增加功率开销的偏好指示）的发送 是基于用户设备所处的两种明确状态进行的， 此时， 用户设备包括默认状态
( "default" 状态）和降低功率开销状态 （ "lower power consumption" 状态） 两 种状态， 当用户设备判断自己处于 "default (默认）" 状态时， 只能向基站 （比 如， 演进基站 eNB )发送 "lower power consumption (降低功率开销）" 的偏好 指示； 相反地， 如果用户判断自己处于 "lower power consumption" 状态， 仅能 向基站发送返回 "default" 状态（增加功率开销）的偏好指示。 此时， 可选的本 发明的用户设备还包括状态判断模块 1006,用于判断所述用户设备所处的状态。 第一控制模块 1001在当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销时， 且所述状态判断模块 1006指示所述用户设备处于默认状态时， 判断用于限制降 低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器（可记录为 "T— Default" )是否超时
(即定时器不运行了 ), 如果判断结果为是， 则通知所述指示发送模块 1000 向 基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示。 以及第二控制模块 1002在当用户设备对功 率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 且所述状态判断模块 1006指示所述用 户设备降低功率开销状态时， 通知所述指示发送模块 1000向所述基站发送增加 功率开销的偏好指示。 以及当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开 销时， 且所述状态判断模块 1006指示所述用户设备处于降低功率开销状态时， 第三控制模块 1003判断用于限制增加功率开销的偏好指示的第二定时器（可记 录为 "T LowerPower" )是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 通知所述指示发送模块 90向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 状态判断模块 1006判断用户设备所处的状态的 判断方法可包括：
所述状态判断模块 1006根据指定的参数长度判断用户设备所处的状态， 当 所述参数长度符合默认状态所需满足的长度时， 则判断所述用户设备处于默认 状态； 当所述参数长度符合降低功率开销状态所需满足的长度， 则判断所述用 户设备处于降低功率开销状态。 比如， 可以以用户设备中的非连续性接收周期 ( DRX cycle )的长度判断用户设备所处的状态， 当用户设备当前所配置的 DRX cycle的长度小于空闲（ IDLE )状态时 DRX cycle的长度时， 则状态判断模块 84 判断用户设备处于 "default"状态， 当用户设备当前所配置的 DRX cycle长度等 于或大于 IDLE ^犬态 DRX cycle长度，则认为 UE处于" lower power consumption" 状态。 上述以空闲状态时 DRX cycle的长度作为阈值来区分 "default"和 "lower power consumption"状态， 仅是仅一个例子， 具体实现中， 可使用其他参数的长 度来作为阈值判断。 这样， 当状态判断模块 1006 判断出用户设备正在使用 "default"状态对应的 DRX cycle的长度时， 即用户设备处于 "default"状态时， 若用户设备的功率偏好发生改变， 希望能降低功率开销， 在满足第一定时器超 时的前提下,贝1 J向基站发送" power preference indication" ,请求使用 "lower power consumption" 状态对应的 DRX参数配置。 当状态判断模块 1006判断出用户设 备正在使用 "lower power consumption" 状态对应的 DRX cycle的长度， 即用户 设备处于 "lower power consumption" 状态时， 用户设备的功率偏好发生改变， 希望能提升性能， 即增加功率开销，则向基站发送 "power preference indication" , 请求使用 "default" 状态对应的 DRX参数配置。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述状态判断模块 1006判断用户设备所处的状 态的判断方法可包括：
所述状态判断模块 1006 可根据基站为所述用户设备配置的非连续性接收 DRX参数判断自己所处的状态， 当所述用户设备正在使用默认状态对应的非连 续性接收 DRX参数时， 则判断所述用户设备处于默认状态； 当所述用户设备正 在使用降低功率开销状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数时， 则判断所述用户设 备处于降低功率开销状态。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 基站可同时将默认状态对应的非连续性接收
DRX参数和降低功率开销状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数同时配置给用户 设备， 并通过显式或隐式的方式提示给用户所述参数对应的状态。 或者， 基站 也可每次仅配置一套 DRX参数给用户设备， 并通过显式的方式指示所述 DRX 参数对应的状态。 比如， 基站可以无线资源管理 RRC连接建立时， 为用户设 备配置两套不同的 DRX参数。且基站可以通过显式的方式，指示 UE在进入 RRC 连接状态时使用哪套 DRX参数（使用 "default"对应的 DRX参数，或使用 "lower power consumption" 对应的 DRX参数）， 即处于哪个状态； 也可以默认规定， 用户设备在进入 RRC连接状态时， 直接进入 "default" 状态， 使用 "default" 状态对应的 DRX参数。 或者， 可以默认规定， 用户设备在进入 RRC连接状态 时, 直接进入 "lower power consumption"状态,使用 "lower power consumption" 状态对应的 DRX参数。再如，基站可以在 RRC连接重配置过程进行，即在 RRC 连接重配置过程， 基站为用户设备配置两套不同的 DRX参数。 那么基站可以通 过显示的指示， 指示用户设备在 RRC重配置过程后， 使用哪套 DRX参数， 即 处于哪个状态。 再如， 基站通过隐式的方式指示用户设备所处的状态， 其做法 为， 用户设备通过判断当前所使用的 DRX参数来判断自己所处的状态： 如果用 户设备发现基站新配置的两套 DRX参数， 其中一套 DRX参数与用户设备当前 使用的 DRX参数相同， 则 UE通过该套 DRX参数对应的状态， 确定自己在重 配置后所处的状态。 这样， 当状态判断模块 1006 判断出用户设备正在使用 "default" 状态对应的 DRX参数时， 即用户设备处于 "default" 状态时， 若用 户设备的功率偏好发生改变， 希望能降低功率开销， 在满足第一定时器超时的 前提下， 则指示发送模块 1000可向基站发送 "power preference indication" , 请 求使用 "lower power consumption" 状态对应的 DRX参数配置。 而当状态判断 模块 1006判断出用户设备正在使用 "lower power consumption"状态对应的 DRX 参数时， 即用户设备处于 "lower power consumption" 状态时， 用户设备的功率 偏好发生改变， 希望能提升性能， 即增加功率开销， 则在满足第二定时器超时 的前提下（用户设备包括第三控制模块 1003的前提下）， 指示发送模块 1000可 向基站发送 "power preference indication" , 请求使用 "default" 态对应的 DRX 参数配置。 以及当状态判断模块 1006 判断出用户设备正在使用 "lower power consumption " 状态对应的 DRX 参数时， 即用户设备处于 " lower power consumption" 状态时， 用户设备的功率偏好发生改变， 希望能提升性能， 即增 加功率开销，指示发送模块 1000可向基站发送 "power preference indication" (用 户设备包括第二控制模块 1002的前提下），请求使用 "default"状态对应的 DRX 参数配置。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 功率开销的偏好指示 （ "power preference indication" , 包括降低功率开销的偏好指示和增加功率开销的偏好指示）的发送 可不受用户设备所处的状态的限制， 即当用户设备对功率开销的偏好发生转变 时， 均可发送功率开销的偏好指示给基站。 此时， 用户设备可不包括状态判断 模块 1006。 当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销时， 第一控制 模块 1001直接判断用于限制降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器是否 超时， 如果判断结果为是， 则通知所述指示发送模块 1000向基站发送降低功率 开销的偏好指示。 以及当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 第二控制模块 1002直接通知指示发送模块 1000向所述基站发送增加功率开销 的偏好指示。 以及当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 第 三控制模块 1003直接判断用于限制增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第二定时 器是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 通知所述指示发送模块 1000向所述基站发送 增加功率开销的偏好指示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 当第一控制模块 1001判断出所述第一 定时器是否超时的判断结果为否时， 即第一定时器还在运行时， 如果用户设备 对于功率偏好转变的判断与用户设备执行 "power preference indication" 发送及 定时器管理的操作不在同一协议层， （为了描述方便， 可称所述用户设备执行 "power preference indication"发送及定时器管理的操作的协议层为 AS ( Access Stratum, 接入层）， 而称判断功率偏好的协议层为 AS的 upper layer (上层））， 则第一控制模块 1001可指示用户设备的 AS层通知 upper layer, "power preference indication"发送受限。 并当相应的第一定时器超时后， 指示用户设备的 AS层通 知 upper layer , 发送已经不受限。 而当 AS的 upper layer收到该不受限指示后， 判断用户设备仍需要发送降低功率开销的偏好指示， 则可告知接入层 AS层； 否 则， 如果用户设备已经不需要发送降低功率开销的偏好指示， 则不进行任何操 作。 如果用户设备对于功率偏好的判断与用户设备执行 "power preference indication" 发送及定时器管理的操作在同一协议层， （在此便不再具体定义该协 议层， 执行主体统称为用户设备）， 则第一控制模块 1001 可通知用户设备不执 行任何操作。
在一些可行的实施例中， 可选的， 当第三控制模块 1003判断所述第二定时 器是否超时的判断结果为否时， 即第二定时器还在运行时， 如果用户设备对于 功率偏好转变的判断与用户设备执行 "power preference indication" 发送及定时 器管理的操作不在同一协议层，（为了描述方便， 可称所述用户设备执行 " power preference indication"发送及定时器管理的操作的协议层为 AS ( Access Stratum, 接入层）， 而称判断功率偏好的协议层为 AS的 upper layer (上层））， 则第三控 制模块 1003 可指示用户设备的 AS 层通知 upper layer , "power preference indication" 发送受限。 并当第二定时器超时后， 第三控制模块 1003可指示用户 设备的 AS层通知 upper layer, 发送已经不受限。 而当 AS的 upper layer收到该 不受限指示后， 判断用户设备仍需要发送增加功率开销的偏好指示， 则可告知 接入层 AS层； 否则， 如果用户设备已经不需要发送增加功率开销的偏好指示， 则不进行任何操作。 如果用户设备对于功率偏好的判断与用户设备执行 "power preference indication" 发送及定时器管理的操作在同一协议层， （在此便不再具 体定义该协议层， 执行主体统称为用户设备）， 则第三控制模块 1003 指示用户 设备可以不执行任何操作。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述第一定时器的长度和所述第二定时器的长 度可预先设置在所述用户设备中， 此时， 可选的， 用户设备还可包括设置模块 (未图示） ， 用于预先在用户设备中设置所述第一定时器的长度和所述第二定 时器的长度。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述第一定时器的长度和所述第二定时器的长 度由所述基站在无线资源管理连接建立过程或无线资源管理连接重配置过程中 指定给所述用户设备。 此时， 可选的， 用户设备还可包括长度接收模块（未图 示） ， 用于接收所述基站指定给所述用户设备的所述第一定时器的长度和所述 第二定时器的长度。 在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述第一定时器的长度长于或等于所述第二定 时器的长度。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备还可包括定时器获取模块（未图示）， 用于获取第四定时器和第五定时器中至少一种；
指示确定模块（未图示）， 用于当所述定时器获取模块获取的第四定时器超 时或所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间大于等于所述定时器 获取模块获取的第四定时器的长度时 , 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转 变为需降低功率开销； 和 /或，
当所述所述定时器获取模块获取的第五定时器超时或所述用户设备预计所 述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间小于等于所述定时器获取模块获取的第五定时 器的长度时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述定时器获取模块包括第一获取子模块和第 二获取子模块中至少一种， 其中：
所述第一获取子模块， 用于根据第六定时器设定所述第四定时器； 或， 从 所述基站获得所述第四定时器， 所述第六定时器为所述基站中设置的定时器； 所述第二获取子模块， 用于根据第七定时器设定所述第五定时器； 或， 从 所述基站获得所述第五定时器， 所述第七定时器为所述基站中设置的定时器。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述第四定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第六 定时器的长度， 所述第一获取子模块还用于从所述基站获取所述第六定时器， 或者， 根据从所述基站获取的消息估算所述基站中设置的所述第六定时器的长 度；
所述第五定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第七定时器的长度， 所述第二获 取子模块还用于从所述基站获取所述第七定时器， 或者， 根据从所述基站获取 的消息估算所述基站中设置的所述第七定时器的长度。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 第一获取子模块可从所述基站获得所述第四定 时器， 所述第二获取子模块可从所述基站获得所述第五定时器， 具体的， 所述 第四定时器和 /或所述第五定时器可从所述基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中至少一种中获得。 具体实现中， 所述第四定时器的长度小于等于所述基站中的第六定时器的长度， 所述第五定 时器的长度小于等于所述基站中的第七定时器的长度。 所述第六定时器为所述 基站中维护用于所述基站侧触发降低功率开销的触发器， 所述第七定时器为所 述基站中维护的用于所述基站侧触发增加功率开销的触发器。 这样当指示确定 模块获知第一获取子模块获得的第四定时器超时时， 可确定所述用设备对功率 开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销， 当指示确定模块获知第二获取子模块获得 的第五定时器超时时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率 开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 第一获取子模块可从所述基站获得所述第六定 时器， 所述第二获取子模块可从所述基站获得所述第七定时器， 所述第六定时 器和 /或所述第七定时器可从所述基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消 息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中至少一种中获得。 具体实现中， 当第一 获取子模块从基站获得第六定时器时， 可根据第六定时器在用户设备中设定第 四定时器， 以及当第二获取子模块从基站获得第七定时器时， 可根据第七定时 器设定第五定时器， 且所设定的第四定时器的长度可小于等于所述第六定时器 的长度， 所设定的第五定时器的长度可小于等于所述第七定时器的长度。 这样， 当指示确定模块获知第一获取子模块设定的第四定时器超时时， 确定所述用设 备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销， 当指示确定模块获知第二获取子 模块设定的第五定时器超时时 , 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需 增加功率开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备可以自己根据第一获取子模块从基站 获取的消息估计所述第六定时器和或根据第二获取子模块从基站获取的消息估 计所述第七定时器的长度。 比如， UE执行完一次数据收发操作后启动一个计时 器，该计时器在 UE执行下一次数据收发操作后被重新启动，假设基站向用户设 备下发重配置消息 /RRC连接释放消息， 则第一获取子模块可以根据重配置消息 /RRC连接释放消息的内容来决定是否记录上述计时器的长度为第六定时器的长 度； 第二获取子模块可以根据重配置消息 /RRC连接释放消息的内容来决定是否 记录上述计时器的长度为第七定时器的长度。 比如， 如果该重配置消息 /RRC连 接释放消息是切换命令， 或者建立新的无线承载， 或者释放原来的无线承载等， 第一获取子模块或第二获取子模块不会记录上述计时器的长度为第六定时器的 长度；如果该重配置消息 /RRC连接释放消息是配置 DRX或配置更省电的 DRX, 则第一获取子模块会记录上述计时器的长度为该第六定时器的长度。
具体实现中， 当记录第六定时器长度和第七定时器的长度时， 第一获取子 模块可根据第六定时器在用户设备中设定第四定时器， 以及第二获取子模块可 根据第七定时器设定第五定时器， 且所设定的第四定时器的长度可小于等于所 述第六定时器的长度， 所设定的第五定时器的长度可小于等于所述第七定时器 的长度。 这样， 当指示确定模块获知第一获取子模块设定的第四定时器超时时， 确定所述用设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销， 当指示确定模块获 知第二获取子模块设定的第五定时器超时时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的 偏好转变为需增加功率开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 用户设备可以通过多次估计来获得所述第六定 时器和或所述第七定时器的长度， 比如将多次的估计结果取平均值， 或者取最 小的值， 或者取最大的值等， 其中每次估计过程与上述估计方法相同， 在此不 作赘述， 以增加获得所述第六定时器和或所述第七定时器的长度的准确度。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 当用户设备执行完一次数据收发操作进入空闲 状态时， 所述用户设备可预计所述用户设备将持续处于空闲状态的时间 （具体 实现中， 用户设备可根据用户设备正在收发的数据的业务类型， 当前网络的状 况等因素预计所述用户设备将持续处于空闲状态的时间）， 比如为 10s, 与此同 时， 所述用户设备可根据从基站处接收的第六定时器设定第四定时器， 假设第 六定时器为 8s, 则用户设备可设定第四定时器为 5s, 或者直接从基站接收第四 定时器（比如， 为 l is ), 这样， 当所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状 态的时间 （比如上述的 10s ) 大于等于所述用户设备的第四定时器的长度 （比 如上述的 5s ), 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销， 若 当所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间（比如上述的 10s )小于 所述用户设备的第四定时器的长度 （比如上述的 l is ), 则不能得出偏好转变为 峰低功率开销的结论。 对于第五定时器类似， 在此不赘述。
具体实现中， 本发明实施例的用户设备可仅包括定时器获取模块和指示确 定模块， 这样的用户设备可专用于确定用户设备的功率开销偏好。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 当基站接收到降低功率开销的偏好指示后， 将 降低功率开销 （ "lower power consumption" )状态对应的 DRX参数和物理层参 数配置 （如 CQI, Sounding )给用户设备， 其做法可如下：
在 RRC 连接重配置时， 所述基站为所述用户设备配置两套非连续性接收 DRX参数， 并指示所述用户设备在进行无线资源管理连接时使用 "lower power consumption" 对应的 DRX参数； 以及所述基站根据两套非连续性接收 DRX参 数， 为所述用户设备配置两套物理层参数， 并指示用户设备在进行无线资源管 理连接时使用 "lower power consumption" 对应的 DRX参数对应的物理层参数。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 当基站接收到增加功率开销的偏好指示后， 将 增加功率开销 （"default" )状态对应的 DRX参数和物理层参数配置（如 CQI, Sounding )给用户设备， 其做法可如下：
在 RRC 连接重配置时， 所述基站为所述用户设备配置两套非连续性接收 DRX参数， 并指示所述用户设备在进行无线资源管理连接时使用 "default" 对 应的 DRX参数； 以及所述基站根据两套非连续性接收 DRX参数， 为所述用户 设备配置两套物理层参数， 并指示用户设备在进行无线资源管理连接时使用 "default" 对应的 DRX参数对应的物理层参数。
在一些可行的实施方式中，基站对 DRX参数的设置包括 DRX cycle 的长度 的设置， 当接收到降低功率开销的偏好指示后， 可将 DRX cycle的长度设置为 小于于 IDLE状态 DRX cycle的长度。 当接收到增加功率开销的偏好指示后， 可 将 DRX cycle的长度设置为大于或等于 IDLE状态 DRX cycle的长度。
在一些可行的实施例中， 用户设备也可以通过判断当前所处的状态来隐式 的确定所使用的 DRX参数： 当前用户设备处于 "default" 状态， 如果基站没有 明确指示用户设备变换状态， 则用户设备使用新的对应 "default" 状态的 DRX 参数； 否则， 当前用户设备处于 "lower power consumption" 状态， 如果基站没 有明确指示用户设备变换状态， 则用户设备使用新的对应 " lower power consumption" 态的 DRX参数。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 当用户设备向基站发送降低功率开销 的偏好指示或所述向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示之后， 所述基站可 判断当前是否能为所述用户设备更新无线资源参数配置， 如果判断结果为否， 则所述基站不响应所述降低功率开销的偏好指示或所述基站不响应所述增加功 率开销的偏好指示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 当所述用户设备向基站发送降低功率 开销的偏好指示之后， 所述基站判断当前是否能为所述用户设备更新无线资源 参数配置， 如果判断结果为否， 则所述基站不响应所述降低功率开销的偏好指 示。
在一些可行的实施例中， 当用户设备包括两种明确状态时， 当用户设备处 于默认状态， 第三定时器管理模块 1005可仅启动第一定时器； 当用户设备处于 峰低功率开销状态， 第三定时器管理模块 1005可仅启动第二定时器。 若所述用 户设备仅包括第一定时器， 当用户处于降低功率开销状态时， 第三定时器管理 模块 1005无需启动定时器。 若用户设备不受状态限制时， 第三定时器管理模块 1005可同时启动第一定时器和第二定时器；若所述用户设备仅包括第一定时器， 第三定时器管理模块 1005仅启动第一定时器。
由上可见， 在本发明的一些可行的实施方式中， 通过第一定时器限定用户 设备对降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送， 通过第二定时器限定用户对增加功率 开销的偏好指示的发送， 以此来分别限定用户设备对降低功率开销的偏好指示 的发送和对增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送， 与现有技术通过同一定时器来限 定相比， 更加灵活， 提升了用户的体验。 并且， 本发明实施例通过受网络侧的 第六定时器控制的第四定时器对用户设备是否进入了降低功率开销 , 受网络侧 的第七定时器第五定时器增加功率开销的偏好进行控制， 更有效地协调了网络 侧和用户设备对功率偏好的需求， 保证了用户设备在最短的时间内对功率偏好 进行调整。 能有效地解决网络侧定时器与用户设备侧的定时器时长矛盾而导致 功率偏好调整不及时的缺陷。 并且， 本发明实施例通过用户设备预计的用户设 备处于空闲状态的时间结合第四定时器和第五定时器联合对用户设备是否进入 了降低功率开销或者增加功率开销的偏好进行控制， 更有效地协调了用户设备 对功率偏好的需求， 保证了用户设备在最短的时间内对功率偏好进行调整。
相应的， 本发明实施例还提供了了信令发送系统， 其可包括用户设备 131 和基站 132, 其中用户设备 131为本发明前述的用户设备实施例中的任一种， 所 述基站 132用于接收所述用户设备发送的功率开销偏好指示， 并通过无线资源 管理过程为所述用户设备进行无线资源参数配置， 所述功率开销偏好指示包括 降低功率开销的偏好指示或增加功率开销的偏好指示。 所述基站还用于向所述 用户设备发送第四定时器、 第五定时器、 第六定时器、 第七定时器中至少一种。
当所述用户设备包括默认状态和降低功率开销状态两种状态时，
所述基站通过无线资源管理过程为所述用户设备进行无线资源参数配置， 其包括： 在无线资源管理连接建立时， 所述基站为所述用户设备配置两套非连 续性接收 DRX参数， 并指示所述用户设备在进行无线资源管理连接时使用的 DRX参数， 其中一套参数用于指示所述用户设备处于默认状态， 另一套参数用 于指示所述用户设备处于降低功率开销状态； 所述基站根据不同的非连续性接 收 DRX参数， 为所述用户设备配置对应的两套物理层；
或者，
所述基站通过无线资源管理过程为所述用户设备进行无线资源参数配置， 其包括： 在无线资源管理重配置过程进行时， 所述基站为所述用户设备配置两 套非连续性接收 DRX参数， 并指示所述用户设备在进行无线资源管理重配置完 成后使用的 DRX参数， 其中一套参数用于指示所述用户设备处于默认状态， 另 一套参数用于指示所述用户设备处于降低功率开销状态； 所述基站根据不同的 非连续性接收 DRX参数， 为所述用户设备配置对应的两套物理层。 具体实现中， 本发明还提供一种计算机存储介质， 其中， 该计算机存储介 质可存储有程序， 给程序执行时可包括本发明提供的信令发送方法或确定功率 开销偏好的方法的各实施例中的部分或全部步骤。 所述的存储介质可为磁碟、 光盘、只读存储记忆体（ Read-Only Memory, ROM )或随机存储记忆体（ Random Access Memory, RAM )等。
具体实现中， 如图 10所示， 本发明还提供一种用户设备 14, 可包括： 输入 装置 141、 输出装置 142和处理器 144 (具体实现中， 网络设备 14的处理器 144 可为多个， 图 10中仅以一个为例进行说明）其中， 所述处理器 144执行如下步 骤：
当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销时， 判断用于限制降 低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 指 示所述输出装置 142向基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示；
当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 指示所述输出装 置 142 向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示， 或者， 判断用于限制增加功 率开销的偏好指示的发送的第二定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 指示所 述输出装置 142则向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述用户设备包括默认状态和降低功率开销状 态两种状态， 则所述处理器 144还执行如下步骤：
当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销时， 执行判断用户设 备是否处于默认状态的第一判断， 如果第一判断的判断结果为是， 则执行判断 用于限制降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器是否超时的第二判断， 如果第二判断的判断结果为是， 指示所述输出装置 142向基站发送降低功率开 销的偏好指示； 以及当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 判断用户设 备是否处于降低功率开销状态， 如果判断结果为是， 指示所述输出装置 142 向 所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示；
以及， 当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 执行用户 设备是否处于 降低功率开销状态的第三判断， 如果第三判断的判断结果为是， 执行用于限制增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第二定时器是否超时的第四判 断， 如果第四判断的判断结果为是， 指示所述输出装置 142 向所述基站发送增 加功率开销的偏好指示。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述处理器 144判断所述用户设备所处的状态 的判断方法包括：
所述处理器 144根据指定的参数长度判断自己所处的状态， 当所述参数长 度符合默认状态所需满足的长度时， 则判断所述用户设备处于默认状态； 当所 述参数长度符合降低功率开销状态所需满足的长度， 则判断所述用户设备处于 降低功率开销状态；
或者， 所述处理器 144判断所述用户设备所处的状态的判断方法包括： 所述处理器 144根据所述基站为所述用户设备配置的非连续性接收 DRX参 数判断所述用户设备所处的状态， 当所述用户设备正在使用默认状态对应的非 连续性接收 DRX参数时， 则判断所述用户设备处于默认状态； 当所述用户设备 正在使用降低功率开销状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数时， 则判断所述用户 设备处于降低功率开销状态。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述处理器 144还执行如下步骤：
当判断所述第一定时器是否超时的判断结果为否时， 通知所述用户设备内 用于发送降低功率开销的偏好指示的协议层通知获知用户设备的功率开销的偏 好发生转变的协议层降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送受限；
或者，
当判断所述第一定时器是否超时的判断结果为否时， 通知所述用户设备不 执行任何操作。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述处理器 144还执行如下步骤：
当判断所述第二定时器是否超时的判断结果为否时， 通知所述用户设备内 用于发送增加功率开销的偏好指示的协议层通知获知用户设备的功率开销的偏 好发生转变的协议层增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送受限；
或者，
当判断所述第二定时器是否超时的判断结果为否时， 通知用户设备不执行 任何操作。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述处理器 144 向基站发送降低功率开销的偏 好指示或所述向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示之后， 所述处理器 144 还执行如下步骤：
当所述用户设备中包括第一定时器时， 启动所述第一定时器；
当所述用户设备中包括第一定时器和第二定时器时， 启动所述第一定时器 和 /或所述第二定时器。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述处理器 144还执行如下步骤：
当所述用户设备中的第一定时器未超时时， 接收到所述基站发送的无线资 源参数配置结果， 且用户设备对功率开销的偏好再次转变为需降低功率开销时 , 指示所述输出装置 142 不能向所述基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示， 直到所 述第一定时器超时；
当所述用户设备中的第二定时器未超时时， 接收到所述基站发送的无线资 源参数配置结果， 且用户设备对功率开销的偏好再次转变为需增加功率开销时， 指示所述输出装置 142 不能向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示， 直到所 述第二定时器超时。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述处理器 144还执行如下步骤：
当所述用户设备中的所述第一定时器已超时， 但未接收到所述基站发送的 无线资源参数配置结果， 且用户设备对功率开销的偏好再次转变为需降低功率 开销时， 指示所述输出装置 142不能向所述基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示， 直到接收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果；
当所述用户设备中的所述第二定时器已超时， 但未接收到所述基站发送的 无线资源参数配置结果， 且用户设备对功率开销的偏好再次转变为需增加功率 开销时， 指示所述输出装置 142不能向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示， 直到接收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果。
在一些可行的是实施方式中， 所述处理器 144还执行如下步骤：
接收所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果；
当所述用户设备中包括第一定时器时， 启动所述第一定时器；
当所述用户设备中包括第一定时器和第二定时器时， 启动所述第一定时器 和 /或所述第二定时器。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述处理器 144还执行如下步骤：
当所述输入装置 141 接收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果时， 停 止所述第三定时器。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述第一定时器的长度大于等于所述第二定时 器的长度。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述处理器 144还执行如下步骤： 预先在所述用户设备中设置所述第一定时器的长度、 所述第二定时器的长 度；
或者， 接收由所述基站在无线资源管理连接建立过程或无线资源管理连接 重配置过程中指定给所述用户设备的所述第一定时器的长度、 所述第二定时器 的长度。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 可选的， 所述处理器 144还执行如下步骤： 获 取第四定时器；
则当所述获取的第四定时器超时或所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处于空 闲状态的时间大于等于所述获取的第四定时器的长度时， 所述处理器确定所述 用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销；
获取第五定时器；
则当所述用户设备的第五定时器超时或所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处 于空闲状态的时间小于等于所述用户设备的第五定时器的长度时， 所述处理器 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述处理器 144获取第四定时器获取第四定时 器具体包括：
所述处理器根据第六定时器设定所述第四定时器； 或， 所述处理器从所述 基站获得所述第四定时器， 所述第六定时器为所述基站中设置的定时器；
所述处理器获取第五定时器具体包括：
所述处理器根据第七定时器设定所述第五定时器； 或， 所述处理器从所述 基站获得所述第五定时器， 所述第七定时器为所述基站中设置的定时器。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 所述第四定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第六 定时器的长度， 所述处理器 144根据第六定时器设定所述第四定时器之前， 还 执行如下步骤：
从所述基站获取所述第六定时器， 或者， 根据从所述基站获取的消息估算 所述基站中设置的所述第六定时器的长度；
所述第五定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第七定时器的长度， 所述处理器 根据第七定时器设定所述第五定时器之前， 还执行如下步骤：
从所述基站获取所述第七定时器， 或者， 根据从所述基站获取的消息估算 所述基站中设置的所述第七定时器的长度。
在一些可行的实施方式中， 当所述处理器 144从所述基站获得所述第四定时器时， 所述第四定时器携 带在所述基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中任一种中；
当所述处理器 144从所述基站获得所述第五定时器时， 所述第五定时器携 带在所述基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中任一种中；
当所述处理器 144从所述基站获得所述第六定时器时， 所述第六定时器携 带在所述基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中任一种中；
当所述处理器 144从所述基站获得所述第七定时器时， 所述第七定时器携 带在所述基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中任一种中。
明的精神和范围。 这样， 倘若本发明的这些修改和变型属于本发明权利要求及 其等同技术的范围之内， 则本发明也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。

Claims

权 利 要 求
1、 一种信令发送方法， 其特征在于， 包括：
当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销时， 判断用于限制降 低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 则 向基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示；
当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 向所述基站发送 增加功率开销的偏好指示， 或者判断用于限制增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送 的第二定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 则向所述基站发送增加功率开销 的偏好指示。
2、 如权利要求 1所述的信令发送方法， 其特征在于， 所述用户设备包括默 认状态和降低功率开销状态两种状态， 则当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为 需降低功率开销时， 执行判断用户设备是否处于默认状态的第一判断， 如果第 一判断的判断结果为是， 则执行判断用于限制降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送 的第一定时器是否超时的第二判断， 如果第二判断的判断结果为是， 则向基站 发送降低功率开销的偏好指示；
以及当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 判断用户设 备是否处于降低功率开销状态， 如果判断结果为是， 则向所述基站发送增加功 率开销的偏好指示；
以及， 当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 执行用户 设备是否处于降低功率开销状态的第三判断， 如果第三判断的判断结果为是， 执行用于限制增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第二定时器是否超时的第四判 断， 如果第四判断的判断结果为是， 则向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好才;
3、 如权利要求 2所述的信令发送方法， 其特征在于，
所述用户设备判断自己所处的状态的判断方法包括：
所述用户设备根据指定的参数长度判断自己所处的状态， 当所述参数长度 符合默认状态所需满足的长度时， 则判断所述用户设备处于默认状态； 当所述 参数长度符合降低功率开销状态所需满足的长度， 则判断所述用户设备处于降 低功率开销状态；
或者， 所述用户设备判断自己所处的状态的判断方法包括：
所述用户设备根据所述基站为所述用户设备配置的非连续性接收 DRX参数 判断自己所处的状态， 当所述用户设备正在使用默认状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数时， 则判断所述用户设备处于默认状态； 当所述用户设备正在使用降 低功率开销状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数时， 则判断所述用户设备处于降 低功率开销状态。
4、 如权利要求 1-3中任一项所述的信令发送方法， 其特征在于， 还包括： 当判断所述第一定时器不超时时， 所述用户设备内用于发送降低功率开销 的偏好指示的协议层通知获知用户设备的功率开销的偏好发生转变的协议层降 低功率开销的偏好指示的发送受限；
或者，
当判断所述第一定时器不超时时， 所述用户设备不执行任何操作。
5、 如权利要求 1-3中任一项所述的信令发送方法， 其特征在于， 还包括： 当判断所述第二定时器不超时时， 所述用户设备内用于发送增加功率开销 的偏好指示的协议层通知获知用户设备的功率开销的偏好发生转变的协议层增 加功率开销的偏好指示的发送受限；
或者，
当判断所述第二定时器不超时时， 用户设备不执行任何操作。
6、 如权利要求 1-5中任一项所述的信令发送方法， 其特征在于， 所述向基 站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示或所述向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指 示之后， 还包括：
当所述用户设备中包括第一定时器时， 启动所述第一定时器；
当所述用户设备中包括第一定时器和第二定时器时， 启动所述第一定时器 和 /或所述第二定时器。
7、 如权利要求 6所述的信令发送方法， 其特征在于， 还包括：
当所述用户设备中的第一定时器未超时时， 接收到所述基站发送的无线资 源参数配置结果， 且用户设备对功率开销的偏好再次转变为需降低功率开销时 , 所述用户设备不能向所述基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示， 直到所述第一定 时器超时；
以及， 当所述用户设备中的第二定时器未超时时， 接收到所述基站发送的 无线资源参数配置结果， 且用户设备对功率开销的偏好再次转变为需增加功率 开销时， 所述用户设备不能向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示， 直到所 述第二定时器超时。
8、 如权利要求 6所述的信令发送方法， 其特征在于， 还包括： 当所述用户设备中的所述第一定时器已超时， 但未接收到所述基站发送的 无线资源参数配置结果， 且用户设备对功率开销的偏好再次转变为需降低功率 开销时， 所述用户设备不能向所述基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示， 直到接 收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果；
以及， 当所述用户设备中的所述第二定时器已超时， 但未接收到所述基站 发送的无线资源参数配置结果， 且用户设备对功率开销的偏好再次转变为需增 加功率开销时， 所述用户设备不能向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示， 直到接收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果。
9、 如权利要求 1-5中任一项所述的信令发送方法， 其特征在于， 所述向基 站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示或所述向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指 示之后， 还包括：
所述用户设备接收所述基站根据接收到的所述降低功率开销的偏好指示或 所述增加功率开销的偏好指示为所述用户设备配置的无线资源参数。
10、 如权利要求 9所述的信令发送方法， 其特征在于， 所述为所述用户设 备配置无线资源参数之后， 还包括：
当所述用户设备中包括第一定时器时， 启动所述第一定时器；
当所述用户设备中包括第一定时器和第二定时器时， 启动所述第一定时器 和 /或所述第二定时器。
11、 如权利要求 1-5中任一项所述的信令发送方法， 其特征在于， 所述向基 站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示或所述向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指 示之后， 还包括：
当基站判断当前不能为用户设备更新无线资源参数配置时， 所述用户设备 未接收到所述基站对所述降低功率开销的偏好指示或所述增加功率开销的偏好 指示的响应消息。
12、 如权利要求 9或 10所述的信令发送方法， 其特征在于， 所述用户设备 接收所述基站根据接收到的所述降低功率开销的偏好指示或所述增加功率开销 的偏好指示为所述用户设备配置的无线资源参数， 包括：
所述用户设备接收所述基站通过无线资源管理过程为所述用户设备配置的 非连续接收 DRX参数和物理层参数。
13、 如权利要求 12所述的信令发送方法， 其特征在于， 当所述用户设备包 括默认状态和降低功率开销状态两种状态时， 所述用户设备接收所述基站通过 无线资源管理过程为所述用户设备配置的非连续接收 DRX参数和物理层参数包 括：
所述用户设备接收所述基站在无线资源管理 RRC连接重配置时， 为所述用 户设备配置两套非连续性接收 DRX参数， 和指示所述用户设备在进行无线资源 管理连接时使用降低功率开销对应的 DRX参数的指示信息； 以及接收所述基站 根据两套非连续性接收 DRX参数， 为所述用户设备配置的两套物理层参数， 和 指示用户设备在进行无线资源管理连接重配置后， 使用降低功率开销对应的 DRX参数对应的物理层参数的指示信息。
14、 如权利要求 12所述的信令发送方法， 其特征在于， 当所述用户设备包 括默认状态和降低功率开销状态两种状态时， 所述用户设备接收所述基站通过 无线资源管理过程为所述用户设备配置的非连续接收 DRX参数和物理层参数包 括：
所述用户设备接收所述基站在无线资源管理 RRC连接重配置时， 为所述用 户设备配置两套非连续性接收 DRX参数， 和指示所述用户设备在进行无线资源 管理连接时使用增加功率开销对应的 DRX参数的指示信息； 以及接收所述基站 根据两套非连续性接收 DRX参数， 为所述用户设备配置的两套物理层参数， 和 指示用户设备在进行无线资源管理连接重配置后， 使用增加功率开销对应的 DRX参数对应的物理层参数的指示信息。
15、 如权利要求 1-14中任一项所述的信令发送方法， 其特征在于， 所述第 一定时器的长度大于等于所述第二定时器的长度。
16、 如权利要求 6或 11所述的信令发送方法， 其特征在于，
所述第一定时器的长度、 所述第二定时器的长度预先设置在所述用户设备 中；
或者， 所述第一定时器的长度、 所述第二定时器的长度由所述基站在无线 资源管理连接建立过程或无线资源管理连接重配置过程中指定给所述用户设 备。
17、 如权利要求 1-16中任一项所述的信令发送方法， 其特征在于， 用户设 备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销之前， 还包括：
用户设备获取第四定时器；
则当所述用户设备的第四定时器超时或所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处 于空闲状态的时间大于等于所述用户设备的第四定时器的长度时， 确定所述用 户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销；
用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销之前， 还包括： 用户设备获取第五定时器；
则当所述用户设备的第五定时器超时或所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处 于空闲状态的时间小于等于所述用户设备的第五定时器的长度时， 确定所述用 户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销。
18、 如权利要求 17所述的信令发送方法， 其特征在于， 所述用户设备获取 第四定时器包括：
所述用户设备根据第六定时器设定所述第四定时器； 或， 从所述基站获得 所述第四定时器， 所述第六定时器为所述基站中设置的定时器；
所述用户设备获取第五定时器包括：
所述用户设备根据第七定时器设定所述第五定时器； 或， 从所述基站获得 所述第五定时器， 所述第七定时器为所述基站中设置的定时器。
19、 如权利要求 18所述的确定功率开销偏好的方法， 其特征在于， 所述第 四定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第六定时器的长度， 所述用户设备根据第六 定时器设定所述第四定时器之前， 还包括：
从所述基站获取所述第六定时器， 或者， 根据从所述基站获取的消息估算 所述基站中设置的所述第六定时器的长度；
所述第五定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第七定时器的长度， 所述用户设 备根据第七定时器设定所述第五定时器之前， 还包括：
从所述基站获取所述第七定时器， 或者， 根据从所述基站获取的消息估算 所述基站中设置的所述第七定时器的长度。
20、 如权利要求 19所述的确定功率开销偏好的方法， 其特征在于， 当从所述基站获得所述第四定时器时， 所述第四定时器携带在所述基站发 送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中 任一种中；
当从所述基站获得所述第五定时器时， 所述第五定时器携带在所述基站发 送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中 任一种中；
当从所述基站获得所述第六定时器时， 所述第六定时器携带在所述基站发 送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中 任一种中；
当从所述基站获得所述第七定时器时， 所述第七定时器携带在所述基站发 送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中 任一种中。
21、 一种确定功率开销偏好的方法， 其特征在于， 包括：
用户设备获取第四定时器和第五定时器中至少一种；
当所述用户设备的第四定时器超时或所述用户设备预计出所述用户设备处 于空闲状态的时间大于等于所述用户设备的第四定时器的长度时， 确定所述用 户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销；
当所述用户设备的第五定时器超时或所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处于 空闲状态的时间小于等于所述用户设备的第五定时器的长度时， 确定所述用户 设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销。
22、 如权利要求 21所述的确定功率开销偏好的方法， 其特征在于， 所述用 户设备获取第四定时器包括：
所述用户设备根据第六定时器设定所述第四定时器； 或， 从所述基站获得 所述第四定时器， 所述第六定时器为所述基站中设置的定时器；
所述用户设备获取第五定时器包括：
所述用户设备根据第七定时器设定所述第五定时器； 或， 从所述基站获得 所述第五定时器， 所述第七定时器为所述基站中设置的定时器。
23、 如权利要求 22所述的确定功率开销偏好的方法， 其特征在于， 所述第 四定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第六定时器的长度， 所述用户设备根据第六 定时器设定所述第四定时器之前， 还包括：
从所述基站获取所述第六定时器， 或者， 根据从所述基站获取的消息估算 所述基站中设置的所述第六定时器的长度；
所述第五定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第七定时器的长度， 所述用户设 备根据第七定时器设定所述第五定时器之前， 还包括：
从所述基站获取所述第七定时器， 或者， 根据从所述基站获取的消息估算 所述基站中设置的所述第七定时器的长度。
24、 如权利要求 23所述的确定功率开销偏好的方法， 其特征在于， 当从所述基站获得所述第四定时器时， 所述第四定时器携带在所述基站发 送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中 任一种中；
当从所述基站获得所述第五定时器时， 所述第五定时器携带在所述基站发 送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中 任一种中；
当从所述基站获得所述第六定时器时， 所述第六定时器携带在所述基站发 送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中 任一种中；
当从所述基站获得所述第七定时器时， 所述第七定时器携带在所述基站发 送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中 任一种中。
25、 一种用户设备， 其特征在于， 所述用户设备在包括指示发送模块和第 一控制模块的基础上， 还包括第二控制模块和第三控制模块中至少一个：
所述指示发送模块， 用于向基站发送功率开销偏好指示， 所述功率开销指 示包括降低功率开销的偏好指示或增加功率开销的偏好指示；
所述第一控制模块， 用于当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率 开销时， 判断用于限制降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 通知所述指示发送模块向基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指 所述第二控制模块， 用于当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率 开销时， 通知所述指示发送模块向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示； 或， 所述第三控制模块， 用于当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率 开销时， 判断用于限制增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第二定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 通知所述指示发送模块向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏 好指示。
26、 如权利要求 25所述的用户设备， 其特征在于， 所述用户设备包括默认 状态和降低功率开销状态两种状态； 所述用户设备还包括用于判断所述用户设 备所处的状态的状态判断模块；
则 , 所述第一控制模块具体用于当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降 低功率开销， 且所述状态判断模块指示所述用户设备处于默认状态时， 判断用 于限制降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器是否超时 , 如果判断结果 为是， 通知所述指示发送模块向基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示；
以及， 所述第二控制模块具体用于当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需 增加功率开销时 , 且所述状态判断模块指示所述用户设备降低功率开销状态时 , 通知所述指示发送模块向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示；
以及， 所述第三控制模块具体用于当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需 增加功率开销时 , 且所述状态判断模块指示所述用户设备降低功率开销状态时 , 判断用于限制增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第二定时器是否超时， 如果判 断结果为是， 通知所述指示发送模块向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示。
27、 如权利要求 26所述的用户设备， 其特征在于， 所述状态判断模块判断 所述用户设备所处的状态包括：
所述状态判断模块根据指定的的参数长度判断所述用户设备所处的状态， 当所述参数长度符合默认状态所需满足的长度时， 则判断所述用户设备处于默 认状态； 当所述参数长度符合降低功率开销状态所需满足的长度， 则判断所述 用户设备处于降低功率开销状态；
或者， 所述状态判断模块判断所述用户设备所处的状态包括：
所述状态判断模块根据所述基站为所述用户设备配置的非连续性接收 DRX 参数判断自己所处的状态， 当所述用户设备正在使用默认状态对应的非连续性 接收 DRX参数时， 则判断所述用户设备处于默认状态； 当所述用户设备正在使 用降低功率开销状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数时， 则判断所述用户设备处 于降低功率开销状态。
28、 如权利要求 25-27中任一项所述的用户设备， 其特征在于， 所述第一控 制模块还用于当判断所述第一定时器不超时时， 指示处于所述用户设备内发送 降低功率开销的偏好指示的协议层的指示发送模块通知所述用户设备内用于获 知用户设备的功率开销的偏好发生转变的协议层降低功率开销的偏好指示的发 送受限； 或者， 当判断所述第一定时器不超时时， 指示所述用户设备不执行任 何操作。
29、 如权利要求 25-27中任一项所述的用户设备， 其特征在于， 所述第三控 制模块还用于当判断所述第二定时器不超时时， 指示处于所述用户设备内发送 增加功率开销的偏好指示的协议层通知获知用户设备的功率开销的偏好发生转 变的协议层增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送受限； 或者， 当判断所述第二定时 不超时时， 指示所述用户设备不执行任何操作 (
30、 如权利要求 25-29中任一项所述的用户设备， 其特征在于， 还包括： 第一定时器管理模块， 用于当所述用户设备包括第一定时器， 且所述指示 发送模块向基站发送了功率开销偏好指示之后， 启动所述第一定时器； 以及当 所述用户设备包括第一定时器和第二定时器， 且所述指示发送模块向基站发送 了功率开销偏好指示之后， 启动所述第一定时器和 /或所述第二定时器。
31、 如权利要求 30所述的用户设备， 其特征在于， 还包括：
配置接收模块， 用于接收基站为所述用户设备配置的无线资源参数配置结 果；
在包括配置接收模块的基础上， 所述用户设备还包括第六控制模块、 第七 控制模块中至少一个， 其中；
所述第六控制模块， 用于当所述用户设备中的第一定时器未超时时， 但所 述配置接收模块接收到无线资源参数配置结果， 且用户设备对功率开销的偏好 再次转变为需降低功率开销时， 通知所述指示发送模块在所述第一定时器超时 前不能向所述基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示；
所述第七控制模块， 用于当所述用户设备中的第二定时器未超时时， 但所 述配置接收模块接收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果， 且用户设备对 功率开销的偏好再次转变为需增加功率开销时， 通知所述指示发送模块在所述 第二定时器超时前不能向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示。
32、 如权利要求 30所述的用户设备， 其特征在于， 还包括: 配置接收模块， 用于接收基站为所述用户设备配置的无线资源参数配置结 果；
在包括配置接收模块的基础上， 所述用户设备还包括第八控制模块、 第九 控制模块中至少一个， 其中；
所述第八控制模块， 用于当所述用户设备中的所述第一定时器已超时， 但 所述配置接收模块未接收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果， 且用户设 备对功率开销的偏好再次转变为需降低功率开销时 , 通知所述指示发送模块在 接收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果之前不能向所述基站发送降低功 率开销的偏好指示；
所述第九控制模块， 用于当所述用户设备中的所述第二定时器已超时， 但 所述配置接收模块未接收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果， 且用户设 备对功率开销的偏好再次转变为需增加功率开销时， 通知所述指示发送模块在 接收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果之前不能向所述基站发送增加功 率开销的偏好指示。
33、 如权利要求 25-29中任一项所述的用户设备， 其特征在于， 还包括： 配置接收模块， 用于接收基站为所述用户设备配置的无线资源参数配置结 果；
第三定时器管理模块， 用于当所述配置接收模块接收到所述无线资源参数 配置结果后， 当所述用户设备中包括第一定时器时， 启动所述第一定时器； 当 所述用户设备中包括第一定时器和第二定时器时， 启动所述第一定时器和 /或所 述第二定时器。
34、 如权利要求 30所述的用户设备， 其特征在于， 还包括：
设置模块， 用于预先在所述用户设备中设置所述第一定时器的长度、 所述 第二定时器的长度。
35、 如权利要求 30所述的用户设备， 其特征在于， 还包括：
长度接收模块， 用于接收所述基站指定给所述用户设备的所述第一定时器 的长度、 所述第二定时器的长度。
36、 如权利要求 25-35中任一项所述的用户设备， 其特征在于， 还包括： 定时器获取模块， 用于获取第四定时器和第五定时器中至少一种； 指示确定模块， 用于当所述定时器获取模块获取的第四定时器超时或所述 用户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间大于等于所述定时器获取模块 获取的第四定时器的长度时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降 低功率开销； 和 /或，
当所述所述定时器获取模块获取的第五定时器超时或所述用户设备预计所 述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间小于等于所述定时器获取模块获取的第五定时 器的长度时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销。
37、 如权利要求 36所述的用户设备， 其特征在于， 所述定时器获取模块包 括第一获取子模块和第二获取子模块中至少一种， 其中：
所述第一获取子模块， 用于根据第六定时器设定所述第四定时器； 或， 从 所述基站获得所述第四定时器， 所述第六定时器为所述基站中设置的定时器； 所述第二获取子模块， 用于根据第七定时器设定所述第五定时器； 或， 从 所述基站获得所述第五定时器， 所述第七定时器为所述基站中设置的定时器。
38、 如权利要求 37所述的用户设备， 其特征在于， 所述第四定时器的长度 小于或者等于所述第六定时器的长度， 所述第一获取子模块还用于从所述基站 获取所述第六定时器， 或者， 根据从所述基站获取的消息估算所述基站中设置 的所述第六定时器的长度；
所述第五定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第七定时器的长度， 所述第二获 取子模块还用于从所述基站获取所述第七定时器， 或者， 根据从所述基站获取 的消息估算所述基站中设置的所述第七定时器的长度。
39、 如权利要求 38所述的用户设备， 其特征在于， 所述第四定时器的长度 小于或者等于所述第六定时器， 所述第二设置模块在设定所述第四定时器之前， 所述定时器接收模块从所述基站获取所述第六定时器， 或者所述第二设置模块 在设定所述第四定时器之前通过从所述基站获取的消息估算所述第六定时器的 长度；
所述第五定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第七定时器， 所述第二设置模块 在设定所述第五定时器之前， 所述定时器接收模块从所述基站获取所述第七定 时器， 或者所述第二设置模块在设定所述第五定时器之前通过从所述基站获取 的消息估算所述第七定时器的长度。
40、 如权利要求 39所述用户设备， 其特征在于， 当所述第一获取子模块从 所述基站获得所述第四定时器时， 从所述基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中任一种中获得所述第四定时器； 当所述第二获取子模块从所述基站获得所述第五定时器时， 从所述基站发 送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中 任一种中获得所述第五定时器；
当所述第一获取子模块从所述基站获得所述第六定时器时， 从所述基站发 送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中 任一种中获得所述第六定时器；
当所述第二获取子模块从所述基站获得所述第七定时器时， 从所述基站发 送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中 任一种中获得所述第七定时器。
41、 一种用户设备， 其特征在于， 包括：
定时器获取模块， 用于获取第四定时器和第五定时器中至少一种； 指示确定模块， 用于当所述定时器获取模块获取的第四定时器超时或所述 用户设备预计所述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间大于等于所述定时器获取模块 获取的第四定时器的长度时 , 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降 低功率开销； 和 /或，
当所述所述定时器获取模块获取的第五定时器超时或所述用户设备预计所 述用户设备处于空闲状态的时间小于等于所述定时器获取模块获取的第五定时 器的长度时， 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销。
42、 如权利要求 41所述的用户设备， 其特征在于， 所述定时器获取模块包 括第一获取子模块和第二获取子模块中至少一种， 其中：
所述第一获取子模块， 用于根据第六定时器设定所述第四定时器； 或， 从 所述基站获得所述第四定时器， 所述第六定时器为所述基站中设置的定时器； 所述第二获取子模块， 用于根据第七定时器设定所述第五定时器； 或， 从 所述基站获得所述第五定时器， 所述第七定时器为所述基站中设置的定时器。
43、 如权利要求 42所述的用户设备， 其特征在于， 所述第四定时器的长度 小于或者等于所述第六定时器的长度， 所述第一获取子模块还用于从所述基站 获取所述第六定时器， 或者， 根据从所述基站获取的消息估算所述基站中设置 的所述第六定时器的长度；
所述第五定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第七定时器的长度， 所述第二获 取子模块还用于从所述基站获取所述第七定时器， 或者， 根据从所述基站获取 的消息估算所述基站中设置的所述第七定时器的长度。
44、 如权利要求 43所述的用户设备， 其特征在于， 所述第四定时器的长度 小于或者等于所述第六定时器， 所述第二设置模块在设定所述第四定时器之前， 所述定时器接收模块从所述基站获取所述第六定时器， 或者所述第二设置模块 在设定所述第四定时器之前通过从所述基站获取的消息估算所述第六定时器的 长度；
所述第五定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第七定时器， 所述第二设置模块 在设定所述第五定时器之前， 所述定时器接收模块从所述基站获取所述第七定 时器， 或者所述第二设置模块在设定所述第五定时器之前通过从所述基站获取 的消息估算所述第七定时器的长度。
45、 如权利要求 44所述用户设备， 其特征在于， 当所述第一获取子模块从 所述基站获得所述第四定时器时， 从所述基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中任一种中获得所述第四定时器； 当所述第二获取子模块从所述基站获得所述第五定时器时， 从所述基站发 送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中 任一种中获得所述第五定时器；
当所述第一获取子模块从所述基站获得所述第六定时器时， 从所述基站发 送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中 任一种中获得所述第六定时器；
当所述第二获取子模块从所述基站获得所述第七定时器时， 从所述基站发 送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区切换消息中 任一种中获得所述第七定时器。
46、 一种信令发送控制系统， 其特征在于， 包括如权利要求 25-40中任一项 所述的用户设备和基站， 所述基站用于接收所述用户设备发送的功率开销偏好 指示， 并通过无线资源管理过程为所述用户设备进行无线资源参数配置， 所述 功率开销偏好指示包括降低功率开销的偏好指示或增加功率开销的偏好指示。
47、 如权利要求 46所述的信令发送控制系统， 其特征在于， 所述基站还用 于向所述用户设备发送第四定时器、 第五定时器、 第六定时器、 第七定时器中 至少一种。
48、 如权利要求 46或 47所述的信令发送控制系统， 其特征在于, 当所述用户设备包括默认状态和降低功率开销状态两种状态时， 所述基站通过无线资源管理过程为所述用户设备进行无线资源参数配置， 其包括： 在无线资源管理连接建立时， 所述基站为所述用户设备配置两套非连 续性接收 DRX参数， 并指示所述用户设备在进行无线资源管理连接时使用的 DRX参数， 其中一套参数用于指示所述用户设备处于默认状态， 另一套参数用 于指示所述用户设备处于降低功率开销状态； 所述基站根据不同的非连续性接 收 DRX参数， 为所述用户设备配置对应的两套物理层；
或者，
所述基站通过无线资源管理过程为所述用户设备进行无线资源参数配置， 其包括： 在无线资源管理重配置过程进行时， 所述基站为所述用户设备配置两 套非连续性接收 DRX参数， 并指示所述用户设备在进行无线资源管理重配置完 成后使用的 DRX参数， 其中一套参数用于指示所述用户设备处于默认状态， 另 一套参数用于指示所述用户设备处于降低功率开销状态； 所述基站根据不同的 非连续性接收 DRX参数， 为所述用户设备配置对应的两套物理层。
49、 一种计算机存储介质， 其特征在于， 该计算机存储介质可存储有程序， 给程序执行时可包括如权利要求 1-20中任一项所述信令发送方法的部分或全部 步骤。
50、 一种计算机存储介质， 其特征在于， 该计算机存储介质可存储有程序， 给程序执行时可包括如权利要求 21-24 中任一项所述确定功率开销偏好的方法 的部分或全部步骤。
51、 一种用户设备， 其特征在于， 包括： 输入装置、 输出装置及处理器， 其中， 所述处理器执行如下步骤：
当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销时， 判断用于限制降 低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 则 指示所述输出装置向基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示；
当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 指示所述输出装 置向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示， 或者， 判断用于限制增加功率开 销的偏好指示的发送的第二定时器是否超时， 如果判断结果为是， 指示所述输 出装置向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示。
52、 如权利要求 51所述的用户设备， 其特征在于， 所述用户设备包括默认 状态和降低功率开销状态两种状态， 则所述处理器还执行如下步骤：
当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销时， 执行判断用户设 备是否处于默认状态的第一判断， 如果第一判断的判断结果为是， 则执行判断 用于限制降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第一定时器是否超时的第二判断， 如果第二判断的判断结果为是， 指示所述输出装置向基站发送降低功率开销的 偏好指示；
以及当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 判断用户设 备是否处于降低功率开销状态， 如果判断结果为是， 指示所述输出装置向所述 基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示；
或者， 当用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销时， 执行用户 设备是否处于 降低功率开销状态的第三判断， 如果第三判断的判断结果为是， 执行用于限制增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送的第二定时器是否超时的第四判 断， 如果第四判断的判断结果为是， 指示所述输出装置向所述基站发送增加功 率开销的偏好指示。
53、 如权利要求 52所述的用户设备， 其特征在于，
所述处理器判断所述用户设备所处的状态的判断方法包括：
所述处理器根据指定的参数长度判断自己所处的状态， 当所述参数长度符 合默认状态所需满足的长度时， 则判断所述用户设备处于默认状态； 当所述参 数长度符合降低功率开销状态所需满足的长度， 则判断所述用户设备处于降低 功率开销状态；
或者， 所述处理器判断所述用户设备所处的状态的判断方法包括： 所述处理器根据所述基站为所述用户设备配置的非连续性接收 DRX参数判 断所述用户设备所处的状态， 当所述用户设备正在使用默认状态对应的非连续 性接收 DRX参数时， 则判断所述用户设备处于默认状态； 当所述用户设备正在 使用降低功率开销状态对应的非连续性接收 DRX参数时， 则判断所述用户设备 处于降低功率开销状态。
54、 如权利要求 51-53中任一项所述的用户设备， 其特征在于， 所述处理器 还执行如下步骤：
当判断所述第一定时器不超时时， 通知所述用户设备内用于发送降低功率 开销的偏好指示的协议层通知获知用户设备的功率开销的偏好发生转变的协议 层降低功率开销的偏好指示的发送受限；
或者，
当判断所述第一定时器不超时时， 通知所述用户设备不执行任何操作。
55、 如权利要求 51-53中任一项所述的用户设备， 其特征在于， 所述处理器 还执行如下步骤：
当判断所述第二定时器不超时时， 通知所述用户设备内用于发送增加功率 开销的偏好指示的协议层通知获知用户设备的功率开销的偏好发生转变的协议 层增加功率开销的偏好指示的发送受限；
或者，
当判断所述第二定时器不超时时， 通知用户设备不执行任何操作。
56、 如权利要求 51-53中任一项所述的用户设备， 其特征在于， 所述向基站 发送降低功率开销的偏好指示或所述向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示 之后， 所述处理器还执行如下步骤：
当所述用户设备中包括第一定时器时， 启动所述第一定时器；
当所述用户设备中包括第一定时器和第二定时器时， 启动所述第一定时器 和所述第二定时器。
57、 如权利要求 56所述的用户设备， 其特征在于， 所述处理器还执行如下 步骤：
当所述用户设备中的第一定时器未超时时， 接收到所述基站发送的无线资 源参数配置结果， 且用户设备对功率开销的偏好再次转变为需降低功率开销时 , 指示所述输出装置不能向所述基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示， 直到所述第 一定时器超时；
当所述用户设备中的第二定时器未超时时， 接收到所述基站发送的无线资 源参数配置结果， 且用户设备对功率开销的偏好再次转变为需增加功率开销时， 指示指示所述输出装置不能向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示， 直到所 述第二定时器超时。
58、 如权利要求 56所述的用户设备， 其特征在于， 所述处理器还执行如下 步骤：
当所述用户设备中的所述第一定时器已超时， 但未接收到所述基站发送的 无线资源参数配置结果， 且用户设备对功率开销的偏好再次转变为需降低功率 开销时， 指示所述输出装置不能向所述基站发送降低功率开销的偏好指示， 直 到接收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果；
当所述用户设备中的所述第二定时器已超时， 但未接收到所述基站发送的 无线资源参数配置结果， 且用户设备对功率开销的偏好再次转变为需增加功率 开销时 , 指示指示所述输出装置不能向所述基站发送增加功率开销的偏好指示， 直到接收到所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果。
59、 如权利要求 51-53中任一项所述的用户设备， 其特征在于， 所述处理器 还执行如下步骤：
接收所述基站发送的无线资源参数配置结果；
当所述用户设备中包括第一定时器时， 启动所述第一定时器；
当所述用户设备中包括第一定时器和第二定时器时， 启动所述第一定时器 和所述第二定时器。
60、 如权利要求 51-66中任一项所述的用户设备， 其特征在于， 所述第一定 时器的长度大于等于所述第二定时器的长度。
61、 如权利要求 56所述的用户设备， 其特征在于， 所述处理器还执行如下 步骤：
预先在所述用户设备中设置所述第一定时器的长度、 所述第二定时器的长 度；
或者， 接收由所述基站在无线资源管理连接建立过程或无线资源管理连接 重配置过程中指定给所述用户设备的所述第一定时器的长度、 所述第二定时器 的长度。
62、 如权利要求 51-68中任一项所述的用户设备， 其特征在于， 所述处理器 还执行如下步骤： 获取第四定时器；
则当所述获取的第四定时器超时或所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处于空 闲状态的时间大于等于所述获取的第四定时器的长度时， 所述处理器确定所述 用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需降低功率开销；
获取第五定时器；
则当所述用户设备的第五定时器超时或所述用户设备预计所述用户设备处 于空闲状态的时间小于等于所述用户设备的第五定时器的长度时， 所述处理器 确定所述用户设备对功率开销的偏好转变为需增加功率开销。
63、 如权利要求 69所述的用户设备， 其特征在于， 所述处理器获取第四定 时器获取第四定时器具体包括：
所述处理器根据第六定时器设定所述第四定时器； 或， 所述处理器从所述 基站获得所述第四定时器， 所述第六定时器为所述基站中设置的定时器； 所述处理器获取第五定时器具体包括：
所述处理器根据第七定时器设定所述第五定时器； 或， 所述处理器从所述 基站获得所述第五定时器， 所述第七定时器为所述基站中设置的定时器。
64、 如权利要求 70所述的用户设备， 其特征在于， 所述第四定时器的长度 小于或者等于所述第六定时器的长度， 所述处理器根据第六定时器设定所述第 四定时器之前， 还执行如下步骤：
从所述基站获取所述第六定时器， 或者， 根据从所述基站获取的消息估算 所述基站中设置的所述第六定时器的长度；
所述第五定时器的长度小于或者等于所述第七定时器的长度， 所述处理器 根据第七定时器设定所述第五定时器之前， 还执行如下步骤：
从所述基站获取所述第七定时器， 或者， 根据从所述基站获取的消息估算 所述基站中设置的所述第七定时器的长度。
65、 如权利要求 71所述的用户设备， 其特征在于，
当所述处理器从所述基站获得所述第四定时器时， 所述第四定时器携带在 所述基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区 切换消息中任一种中；
当所述处理器从所述基站获得所述第五定时器时， 所述第五定时器携带在 所述基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区 切换消息中任一种中；
当所述处理器从所述基站获得所述第六定时器时， 所述第六定时器携带在 所述基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区 切换消息中任一种中；
当所述处理器从所述基站获得所述第七定时器时， 所述第七定时器携带在 所述基站发送的无线资源控制协议消息、 物理层消息、 数据链路层消息、 小区 切换消息中任一种中。
PCT/CN2013/073760 2012-08-06 2013-04-03 信令发送方法及相关设备 WO2014023106A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2013302146A AU2013302146B2 (en) 2012-08-06 2013-04-03 Method and Related Equipment for Sending Signalling
KR1020167026276A KR20160114197A (ko) 2012-08-06 2013-04-03 시그널링을 송신하는 방법 및 관련 기기
KR1020177023529A KR20170100061A (ko) 2012-08-06 2013-04-03 시그널링을 송신하는 방법 및 관련 기기
KR1020157005728A KR20150039841A (ko) 2012-08-06 2013-04-03 시그널링을 송신하는 방법 및 관련 기기
CN201380002697.XA CN103959864B (zh) 2012-08-06 2013-04-03 信令发送方法及相关设备
BR112015002702-4A BR112015002702B1 (pt) 2012-08-06 2013-04-03 Método e equipamento relacionado para o envio de sinalização
JP2015525707A JP6465466B2 (ja) 2012-08-06 2013-04-03 シグナリングを送信するための方法および関連機器
EP13827361.0A EP2874444B1 (en) 2012-08-06 2013-04-03 Signaling transmission method, and related device
US14/616,346 US9681376B2 (en) 2012-08-06 2015-02-06 Method and related equipment for sending signaling
US15/598,151 US10117177B2 (en) 2012-08-06 2017-05-17 Method and related equipment for sending signaling

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2012/079743 WO2014022962A1 (zh) 2012-08-06 2012-08-06 信令发送方法及相关设备
CNPCT/CN2012/079743 2012-08-06

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/616,346 Continuation US9681376B2 (en) 2012-08-06 2015-02-06 Method and related equipment for sending signaling

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014023106A1 true WO2014023106A1 (zh) 2014-02-13

Family

ID=50067360

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2012/079743 WO2014022962A1 (zh) 2012-08-06 2012-08-06 信令发送方法及相关设备
PCT/CN2013/073760 WO2014023106A1 (zh) 2012-08-06 2013-04-03 信令发送方法及相关设备

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2012/079743 WO2014022962A1 (zh) 2012-08-06 2012-08-06 信令发送方法及相关设备

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (2) US9681376B2 (zh)
EP (1) EP2874444B1 (zh)
JP (2) JP6465466B2 (zh)
KR (3) KR20160114197A (zh)
CN (1) CN103891366A (zh)
AU (1) AU2013302146B2 (zh)
BR (1) BR112015002702B1 (zh)
WO (2) WO2014022962A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB2519804A (en) * 2013-10-31 2015-05-06 Nec Corp Power saving in mobile radio communications device
CN107154832A (zh) * 2016-03-04 2017-09-12 西安中兴新软件有限责任公司 一种数据传输速率的控制方法及装置
CN107343299B (zh) * 2016-05-03 2021-01-05 株式会社Kt 用于改变ue的连接状态的方法和装置
WO2018008980A1 (ko) * 2016-07-05 2018-01-11 엘지전자(주) 무선 통신 시스템에서 사용자가 선호하는 자원 운용 선택 방법 및 이를 위한 장치
EP3800941A4 (en) 2018-05-31 2022-01-12 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ADJUSTING DRX PARAMETERS
CN110876185B (zh) 2018-08-31 2021-07-09 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 指示信令的传输、接收方法、装置、网络侧设备及终端
WO2020082278A1 (zh) * 2018-10-24 2020-04-30 北京小米移动软件有限公司 网络参数配置方法、装置及计算机可读存储介质

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1642033A (zh) * 2004-01-01 2005-07-20 华为技术有限公司 码分多址系统的前向功率控制方法
CN102448158A (zh) * 2010-10-11 2012-05-09 工业和信息化部电信传输研究所 一种td-scdma系统移动终端随机接入方法
CN102547947A (zh) * 2012-02-29 2012-07-04 电子科技大学 一种自适应的家庭基站功率控制方法

Family Cites Families (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1872485B1 (en) * 2005-04-22 2011-10-12 Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) Method and apparatus relating to power control
JP4991942B2 (ja) * 2008-01-17 2012-08-08 テレフオンアクチーボラゲット エル エム エリクソン（パブル） 無線通信ネットワークにおける無線受信機を処理する方法および構成
KR20100006110A (ko) * 2008-07-08 2010-01-18 한국전자통신연구원 이동 통신망에서의 전력 소모 방지 방법
CN101730249B (zh) * 2008-10-31 2012-11-21 华为技术有限公司 一种资源配置的方法、装置和系统
AU2009313191B2 (en) 2008-11-10 2014-03-13 Blackberry Limited Method and apparatus of transition to a battery efficient state or configuration by indicating end of data transmission in long term evolution
EP3691347B1 (en) * 2009-11-23 2022-02-16 BlackBerry Limited Method and apparatus for state/mode transitioning
JP5525621B2 (ja) * 2009-11-23 2014-06-18 ブラックベリー リミテッド Ｓｒｉメッセージ伝送に基づいてトリガする状態またはモード遷移
US8744534B2 (en) 2010-04-30 2014-06-03 Apple Inc. Methods and apparatus for preserving battery resources in a mobile communication device
EP2395797B8 (en) * 2010-06-11 2014-04-02 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH Method for controlling operation activity modes of a wireless telecommunications terminal
CN102378342B (zh) * 2010-08-11 2016-05-25 电信科学技术研究院 一种发送功率的调整及其指示方法、装置及系统

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1642033A (zh) * 2004-01-01 2005-07-20 华为技术有限公司 码分多址系统的前向功率控制方法
CN102448158A (zh) * 2010-10-11 2012-05-09 工业和信息化部电信传输研究所 一种td-scdma系统移动终端随机接入方法
CN102547947A (zh) * 2012-02-29 2012-07-04 电子科技大学 一种自适应的家庭基站功率控制方法

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP2874444A4 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2014022962A1 (zh) 2014-02-13
JP6465466B2 (ja) 2019-02-06
US9681376B2 (en) 2017-06-13
BR112015002702B1 (pt) 2019-07-02
JP2015524635A (ja) 2015-08-24
CN103891366A (zh) 2014-06-25
AU2013302146B2 (en) 2015-07-23
KR20170100061A (ko) 2017-09-01
AU2013302146A1 (en) 2015-03-05
US20170257825A1 (en) 2017-09-07
JP2017163572A (ja) 2017-09-14
EP2874444B1 (en) 2018-11-21
EP2874444A1 (en) 2015-05-20
KR20150039841A (ko) 2015-04-13
EP2874444A4 (en) 2015-09-23
KR20160114197A (ko) 2016-10-04
US20150156719A1 (en) 2015-06-04
US10117177B2 (en) 2018-10-30
JP6512582B2 (ja) 2019-05-15
BR112015002702A2 (pt) 2017-10-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2014023106A1 (zh) 信令发送方法及相关设备
JP6314186B2 (ja) Ｌｔｅ＿ａｃｔｉｖｅモードにおける黙示的なｄｒｘサイクル長の調整制御
JP5036808B2 (ja) 統合無線送信／受信ユニットにおけるバッテリ管理のための方法および装置
CA2844629C (en) Handling a connection in a wireless communication system
CA2844630C (en) Handling a connection in a wireless communication system
TWI559802B (zh) Method, device and system for determining connection state auxiliary parameters
JP2019515601A (ja) Ｒｒｃ状態制御のための方法及び装置
JP2016524364A (ja) 端末開始型の電力モード切り替え
JP2012257314A5 (zh)
JP6895511B2 (ja) ネットワーク設定方法及びネットワーク装置
WO2013144613A1 (en) eNB STORING RRC CONFIGURATION INFORMATION AT ANOTHER NETWORK COMPONENT
WO2013144606A1 (en) User equipment preference indicator for suspension of radio communications
WO2013144614A1 (en) Re-establishment of suspended rrc connection at a different enb
WO2013053327A1 (zh) 网络选择方法、移动终端及基站
WO2014121504A1 (en) Power saving management in multiple connection type communication
CN103959864B (zh) 信令发送方法及相关设备
JP6816043B2 (ja) 端末開始型の電力モード切り替え
WO2018121189A1 (zh) 一种无线数据单元rdu的切换方法及设备
WO2014179999A1 (zh) 一种信道质量指示cqi的上报方法及用户设备
JP2020053985A (ja) 端末開始型の電力モード切り替え

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13827361

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2015525707

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2013827361

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20157005728

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2013302146

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20130403

Kind code of ref document: A

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112015002702

Country of ref document: BR

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01E

Ref document number: 112015002702

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112015002702

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20150206